
Citation 
 Permanent Link:
 http://ufdc.ufl.edu/AA00000383/00026
Material Information
 Title:
 Chemical engineering education
 Alternate Title:
 CEE
 Abbreviated Title:
 Chem. eng. educ.
 Creator:
 American Society for Engineering Education  Chemical Engineering Division
 Publisher:
 Chemical Engineering Division, American Society for Engineering Education
 Publication Date:
 Fall 1969
 Frequency:
 Quarterly[1962]
Annual[ FORMER 19601961] quarterly regular
 Language:
 English
 Physical Description:
 v. : ill. ; 2228 cm.
Subjects
 Subjects / Keywords:
 Chemical engineering  Study and teaching  Periodicals ( lcsh )
 Genre:
 serial ( sobekcm )
periodical ( marcgt )
Notes
 Citation/Reference:
 Chemical abstracts
 Additional Physical Form:
 Also issued online.
 Dates or Sequential Designation:
 1960June 1964 ; v. 1, no. 1 (Oct. 1965)
 Numbering Peculiarities:
 Publication suspended briefly: issue designated v. 1, no. 4 (June 1966) published Nov. 1967.
 General Note:
 Title from cover.
 General Note:
 Place of publication varies: Rochester, N.Y., 19651967; Gainesville, Fla., 1968
Record Information
 Source Institution:
 University of Florida
 Rights Management:
 All applicable rights reserved by the source institution and holding location.
 Resource Identifier:
 01151209 ( OCLC )
70013732 ( LCCN ) 00092479 ( ISSN ) AA00000383_00026 ( sobekcm )
 Classification:
 TP165 .C18 ( lcc )
660/.2/071 ( ddc )

Downloads 
This item has the following downloads:

Full Text 
CHAIRMAN, CHEM ENGR DEPT
UNIV OF FLORIDA
GAINESVILLE, FLURIDA
32601
Excellent Text
that can be warmly recommended as an introduction to balances, for it
takes proper account of the nature of the subject and at the same time
leads to the use of the proper tools."
Professor Rutherford Aris
Department of Chemical Engineering
University of Minnesota
MATERIAL AND ENERGY BALANCE COMPUTATIONS
By ERNEST J. HENLEY, University of Houston; and
EDWARD M. ROSEN, Monsanto Company, St. Louis, Missouri.
This is the first book to bring material and energy balance into modern
focus. An excellent introduction for one or twosemester engineering
courses, the book stresses the problem of seeking and applying the physical
and mathematical principles of material and energy techniques. The subject
is approached from two viewpointscovering the material for the engineer
who will do his work with a slide rule, and for the engineer who will work
with a computerand the differences between the two approaches are
emphasized. A Volume in the Chemical Engineering Outline Series.
1969 577 pages $14.95
Another important text for electrical engineering students
FUNDAMENTALS OF MOMENTUM, HEAT, AND MASS TRANSFER
By JAMES R. WELTY, CHARLES E. WICKS, and ROBERT E. WILSON,
all of Oregon State University.
On an introductory level, this textbook presents the traditionally separate fields of
momentum transfer (fluid mechanics), heat transfer, and mass transfer (diffusion)
all from a unified viewpoint. The similar means of describing the various processes
are stressed; and it is shown how information on one area may be extrapolated to
provide an understanding of the other types of transfer.
1969 Approx. 672 pages $16.50
The only text focusing on the sociology of engineering
THE ENGINEERS AND THE SOCIAL SYSTEM
Edited by ROBERT PERRUCCI, Purdue University; and
JOEL GERSTL, Temple University.
The only book of its kind, this text provides a detailed examination of the engineer
ing profession within the social and historical context of American society. The
authors study the social origins, values, and career patterns of members of the
profession, occasionally contrasting the facts with data from other countries.
1969 344 pages $9.95
JOHN WILEY & SONS, Inc.
605 Third Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10016
In Canada: John Wiley & Sons Canada Ltd.
22 Worcester Roard, Rexdale, Ontario
EDITORIAL AND BUSINESS ADDRESS
Department of Chemical Engineering
University of Florida
Gainesville, Florida 32601
Editor: Ray Fahien
Associate Editor: Mack Tyner
Business Manager: R. B. Bennett
Publications Board and Regional
Advertising Representatives:
CENTRAL: James H. Weber
Chairman of Publication Board
University of Nebraska
Lincoln, Nebraska 68508
WEST: William H. Corcoran
California Institute of Technology
Pasadena, California 91109
SOUTH: Charles Littlejohn
Clemson University
Clemson, South Carolina 29631
SOUTHWEST: J. R. Crump
University of Houston
Houston, Texas 77004
EAST: Robert Matteson
College Relations
Sun Oil Company
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19100
E. P. Bartkus
Secretary's Department
E. I. du Pont de Nemours
Wilmington, Delaware 19898
Peter Le'derman
Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute
Brooklyn, New York 11201
NORTHEAST: George D. Keeffe
Newark College of Engineering
Newark, New Jersey, 07102
NORTH: J. J. Martin
University of Michigan
Ann Arbor, Michigan 48104
NORTHWEST: R. W. Moulton
University of Washington
Seattle, Washington 98105
MIDWEST: Richard S. Mayer
Ohio University
Athens, Ohio 45701
UNIVERSITY REPRESENTATIVE
J. A. Bergantz
State University of New York
Buffalo, New York 14200
PUBLISHERS REPRESENTATIVE
D. R. Coughanowr
Drexel University
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
Chemical Engineering Education
VOLUME 3, NUMBER 4 FALL 1969
Articles on Graduate Courses
174 Applied Mathematics N. R. Amundson
178 Energy Transport S. W. Churchill
184 Momentum Transport T. J. Hanratty
190 Particulate Systems H. M. Hulburt
194 Mass Transport E. N. Lightfoot
200 Optimal Control Leon Lapidus
204 Molecular Thermodynamics J. M. Prausnitz
212 Classical Thermodynamics J. J. Martin
218 Chemical Reaction Engineering
Dougharty, N.A., & Smith, J. M.
Departments
163 Editorial
165 Division Activities
James H. Weber
167 Letters
168 A Founder of the Profession
Allan P. Colburn remembered by Olaf Hougen
173 Biographical sketch.
222 Views and Opinions
Graduate Engineering and Technological
Accreditation, L. E. Grinter
228 The Curriculum
The ChemistryChemical Engineering
MerryGoRound, R. A. Morgen
199 Book Review
Boudart: Kinetics of Chemical Processes
by J. R. Butt
216 Problems for Teachers
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION is published quarterly by the Chemical
Engineering Division, American Society for Engineering Education. The publication
is edited at the Chemical Engineering Department. University of Florida. Secondclass
postage is paid at Gainesville, Florida, and at DeLand, Florida. Correspondence
regarding editorial matter, circulation and changes of address should b addressed
to the Editor at Gainesville, Florida 32601. Advertising rates and information are
available from the advertising representatives. Plates and other advertising material
may be sent directly to the printer: E. O. Painter Printing Co., 137 E. Wisconsin
Ave., DeLand, Florida 32720. Subscription rate U.S., Canada, and Mexico is $10 per
year to nonmembers of the ChE division of ASEE, $6 per year mailed to members,
and $4 per year to ChE faculty in bulk mailing. Individual copies of Vol. 2 and 3
are $3 each. Copyright () 1969, ChE Division of ASEE, Ray Fahien, Editor. The
statements and opinions expressed in this periodical are those of the writers and
not necessarily those of the ChE Division of the ASEE which body assumes no
responsibility for them.
FALL 1969
SEnrigineers
grow with the growing world of Sohio
We need talented people immediately to work on important projects in:
Research on Products and Processes Process and Product Development Economic
Analysis Process Design Plant Design, Construction and Operation Market
Research Sales and Marketing Management.
Sohio is a progressive company whose growth is based on continuous research,
development and marketing of products for transportation, industry, agriculture
and construction; not boomorbust military or space projects. That means we rely
on your technical talent to help us grow, and we offer rapid advancement to those
who.are willing to work hard to achieve it.
WRITE SOHIO TODAYI Join the Sohio team...where you can get ahead fast
because we're moving fast. We assist you with direct aid for education, too... so you
can get where you want to go as quickly as your growing interests and abilities
will take you.
We are the number one marketer of petroleum products in Ohio; our sales equal
those of the next four oil companies combined!
Our patented singlestep acrylonitrile process accounts for more than 75% of
the free world's supply!
SaleJhave risen over 50% ir the last six years! Profits over 190%. Write in
strict confidence, stating education, experience and salary requirements to:
Elwood G. Glass, Jr.
Mgr. Technical and Professional Recruitment
OH 10986 Midland Building
Cleveland, Ohio 44115
THE STANDARD OIL COMPANY (OHIO)
An Equal Opportunity Employer (M&F)
4n Cdi A NIal
A LETTER TO CHEMICAL ENGINEERING SENIORS
Should you go to graduate school?
Through this special issue on graduate educa
tion, Chemical Engineering Education invites you
to consider graduate school as an opportunity to
further your professional development. We be
lieve that you will find that graduate work is an
exciting and intellectually satisfying experience
that greatly enhances your ability to obtain re
sponsible and challenging positions in industry
and teaching. We also feel that graduate study
can provide you with insurance against the
increasing danger of technical obsolescence.
Furthermore, we believe that graduate research
work under the guidance of an inspiring and
interested faculty member will be important in
your growth toward confidence, independence, and
maturity.
What is taught in graduate school?
In order to familiarize you with the content of
some of the areas of graduate chemical engineer
ing we are including in this issue articles describ
ing graduate courses that have been taught by
professors who have specialized in these fields.
In doing so we wish to make clear the following:
1) that there is some variation in the content of
individual graduate courses in the same area as
taught at various schools (e.g., many schools
teach transport phenomena sequences, while
others teach individual courses in fluid mechanics,
heat transfer, and mass transfer), 2) that we
have not included all of the areas in which grad
uate courses are taught (e.g., we have not in
cluded a design course, per se), and 3) that the
professors who have written articles for us are
by no means the only authorities in those fields,
nor are their departments the only departments
which emphasize that particular area of study.
What is chemical engineering research?
We are dedicating this graduate education issue
to an outstanding chemical engineering researcher
and teacher: the late Allan P. Colburn. Although
Dr. Colburn's career included work in education,
industry, and government, he is best known
among educators for his pioneering research in
many areas of chemical engineering. This re
search, while based on fundamentals, was directed
toward the ultimate attainment of an engineer
ing answer, usually in the form of the many Col
burn equations or correlations that are still used
by practicing engineers. As an example of some
one to emulate in your own graduate career, we
urge you to read the article by Professor Olaf
Hougen on Allan Colburn's activities as a grad
uate student. (Incidentally Professor Olaf Hougen
was himself featured by CEE (Summer 1968)
and is also worthy of emulation).
Where should you go to graduate school?
It is common for a student to broaden himself
by doing graduate work at an institution other
than the one from which he receives his bachelor's
degree. Fortunately there are many very fine
chemical engineering departments in the United
States, each of which has its own "personality"
with special emphases and distinctive strengths.
For example, in choosing a graduate school you
might first consider which school is most suitable
for your own future plans to teach or go into
industry. Or if you have a specific research pro
ject in mind, you might want to attend a univer
sity which emphasizes that area and where a
prominent specialist is a member of the faculty.
On the other hand if you are unsure of your field
of research, you might consider a department
that has a large faculty with widely diversified
interests so as to ensure for yourself a wide
choice of projects. Or you might prefer the atmos
phere of a department with a small enrollment of
graduate students. In any case, we suggest that
you begin by writing the schools that have pro
vided information on their graduate programs in
the back of this issue. You will probably also wish
to seek advice from members of the faculty at
your own school.
But wherever you decide to go, we hope that
you make the decision to continue your education
in graduate school.
Sincerely,
Chemical Engineering Education
University of Florida
Gainesville, Florida 32601
NOTE TO DEPARTMENT CHAIRMENAdditional cop
ies of this Graduate Education Issue are available at no
charge (while supply lasts) to your seniors who are in
terested in graduate work. Please write the Editor at the
above address, stating the number of copies needed.
FALL 1969
62c~ ~a&L,
would you like
to plan a plant
in Puerto Rico?
 
Too late, the plant is planned! In fact
construction is already beginning on
Sun Oil's new $125 million refinery
complex and harbor at Yabucoa.
But the project at Yabucoa is sim
ply one indication of Sun on the move.
We're geared for growth and we need
people. Maybe you?
Perhaps you'd like to work for the
company that also recently boomed
into the 2 billion dollar class through
the merger of Sun and Sunray DX;
that's pioneering a new fertilizer
plant on the island of Martinique;
that operates a new Computation
Center in Philadelphia; that spon
sors winning teams and cars in major
road racing championships in the
United States and Canadato men
tion just a few exciting projects
We need men and women to grow
with us and build the future. We have
openings in Exploration, Production,
Manufacturing, Research and De
velopment, Engineering, Sales, Ac
counting, Economics and Computer
Operations. LocationsPhiladelphia,
Toledo, Tulsa, Dallas and many other
areas.
Write us for an appointment, write
for our book "Sunoco Career Oppor
tunities Guide," or contact your Col
lege Placement Director to see Sun's
representative when on campus.
SUN OIL COMPANY, Industrial Rela
tions Department, CED, 1608 Walnut
St., Phila., Pa. 19103.
An Equal Opportunity Employer M/F
S.rP
4 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING DIVISION ACTIVITIES
Fellow Division Members:
Chemical Engineering Education is completing
its second year with its new format. Under the
able Editorship of Ray Fahienassisted by his
colleagues Bob Bennett and Mack TynerCEE
has drawn praise from chemical engineers in in
dustry, teaching and government. We of the
Publication Board believe we have a good thing
going and feel a strong obligation to continue to
seek the necessary financial support.
The financial support for CEE has come chiefly
from two sourcesindustrial concerns and the
departments of chemical engineering. A grant
from NSF (to the Summer School) helped us
during our first year. Our financing method ap
pears sound; we have balanced our budget. Never
the less, we have to abolish free subscriptions to
CEE members. Cost is one reason, another is
duplicationmost Division members are also
faculty members. Furthermore, our present sys
tem of sending each department 10 copies regard
less of size, has meant that in the large depart
ments some faculty members seldom saw the
journal, while some small departments received
an oversupply.
Consequently, the Publication Board recom
mended, and your Executive Committee approved
the following plans for CEE distribution:
1. Chemical Engineering Departments will be
asked to request a definite number of copies at
$4/year for each of the four issues in 1970, with
a minimum contribution of $25/year. (They may
pay for these through departmental funds or
faculty contributions or both.)
2. ASEEChemical Engineering Division mem
bers may request (on the attached form) indi
vidually addressed copies to any address and pay
$6/year starting in January 1970.
3. Libraries and other subscribers that are not
members of the Chemical Engineering Division
of ASEE may subscribe as before at $10/year.
As a matter of interest, we are attempting to
make arrangements with ASEE to have our sub
scription fee collected with the annual dues. This
may be in effect in June 1970 for payment of 1971
subscriptions. Again, this applies only to those
desiring individual subscriptions.
Jim Weber is Regents' Professor and Chairman of the
Department at the University of Nebraska. He has been
at Nebraska since 1948 when he received the PhD from
the University of Pittsburgh. Jim is the author or co
author of fifty articles and serves as an industrial con
sultant. Besides ASEE, he is a member of AIChE., ACS,
and AAAS, and a registered professional engineer.
We wish to continue to give you a first rate
publication and thank you for past support. We
hope for your continued support and that you
appreciate the need for this change.
Very truly yours,
James H. Weber
Chairman, Publications Board
R. Br. Bennett, Bus. Mgr. CEE
Department of Chemical Engineering
University of Florida
Gainesville, Florida 32601
Please send our department copies of
CEE during 1970 at $4/year each (Minimum $25/
year).
[ Payment enclosed D Please send invoice
School
Address
Please find my check (made out to
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
for my 1970 subscription to CEE. I (am, am not)
a member of the ChE Division, ASEE.
Name
Address
FALL 1969
LOCATIONS HAVING
CURRENT OPENINGS
Olin
MAJOR PRODUCTS
PRODUCED
DISCIPLINE
REQUIREMENTS
TYPE OF WORK
PERFORMED
ChlorAlkali Products
Ammonia Process Development,
Augusta, Ga. Phosphates Design, Maintenance,
Brandenburg, Ky. Urea Planning, Scheduling,
Charleston, Tenn. Nitrogen ChE Production, Sales,
Joliet, Ill. Acids ME Production, Sales,
CHEMICALS Lake Charles, La. Hydrazine IE Accounting,
Inorganic Little Rock, Ark. Petrochemicals Chemistry Marketing,
Organic & McIntosh, Ala. Insecticides Accounting Financial Analysis,
Specialty New Haven, Conn. Pesticides Business Adm. Distribution,
Agricultural Niagara Falls, N.Y. Polyurethane Transportation Project Engineering
Pasadena, Texas Carbon Dioxide Marketing (Plant Startup &
Rochester, N.Y. Animal Health Construction),
Saltville, Va. Products Research Engineering,
Automotive Chemicals Technical Service
Other derivatives
Alumina ChE
Burnside, La. Aluminum IE Manufacturing
METALS Chattanooga, Tenn. Aluminum Extrusions ME Production
Aluminum Gulfport, Miss. Aluminum Sheet, Plate, Metallurgy Sales
Brass Hannibal, Ohio Coils Met. Engineering Maintenance
Ormet, Corp. East Alton, III. Brass Fabricated Parts Accounting Mintenance
New Haven, Conn. Sheet & Strip Brass Business Adm. nan
Sedalia, Mo. Roll Bond Ind Tech. Metals R&D
Wire & Cable Ind. Mgmt.
Carbonizing Paper Marketing
Fine Printing Papers ChE Process Engineering
FOREST PRODS, West Monroe, La. Specialty Paper Chemistry Plant Engineering
PAPER & FILM Pisgah Forest, N.C. Products Pulp & Paper Research & Dev.
Olinkraft, Inc Covington, Indiana Cigarette Paper & Tech. Statistician
Ecusta Filters IE
Ecusta ellterse ME Systems Engineering
Film Cellophane ME Production
Kraft Bags Mathematics Management
Kraft Paper Business Adm. General IE
Kraftboard Cartons Accounting Design and
Corrugated Containers Development
Olinkraft Lumber Accounting
East Alton, III.
New Haven, Conn.
Marion, III.
Kingsbury, Ind.
Sporting Arms
Ammunition
Powder Actuated tools
Smokeless Ball
Powders
Solid Propellants
Safety Flares
Franchised Clubs
Ind. Tech.
IE
ME
Mathematics
ChE
Accounting
Business Adm.
Marketing
Personnel Mgt.
Physics
Ind. Mgmt.
Production Control
Purchasing
Manufacturing
Plant Engineering
Sales
Financial Analysis.
Personnel
Marketing
R&D
PRODUCT
GROUP
WINCHESTER
WESTERN
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
JThe jlo1aWiC companies hiee auppeaded Qehical
74iiee6iwf PfCLucOn $turiwf twmr apCf eaala titc C"4
dmOmtiak.ao in lieAsa ai aeoijUi#q.
C. F. BRAUN & CO
DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY
MALLINCKRODT CHEMICAL COMPANY
MONSANTO COMPANY
MINNESOTA MINING AND MANUFACTURING COMPANY
OLIN MATHIESON CHEMICAL COMPANY
THE PROCTER AND GAMBLE COMPANY
STANDARD OIL (INDIANA) FOUNDATION
THE STAUFFER CHEMICAL COMPANY
from our READERS
Lynn responds to Fredrickson
Sir: Dr. A. G. Fredrickson's essay "The Dilemma of
Innovating Societies" (CEE, Summer 1969) points out a
number of the problems facing our society today. The
effects of increasing pollution, exploiting wilderness areas,
and a rapidly expanding population are steadily making
the world a less pleasant place to live. It was therefore
a disappointment to see Dr. Fredrickson weaken the
strength of his message substantially by overstating it in
an emotional tirade against straw villains of his own
construction.
It is, for instance, unconvincing to denounce the effects
of man's activities on our environment by proclaiming a
higherthanhuman set of values. There is no reason to
think that nature prefers alligators to algae, condors to
crickets, or any of these to mankind. Such preferences
are human value judgments and should be defended as
such. The holierthanthou stance only beclouds the issue.
If Dr. Fredrickson really questions the relative happi
ness of today's farmer astride his airpolluting tractor I
would suggest that he try spending a summer of 12hour
days plowing behind a mule. A good look at Van Gogh's
"The Potato Eaters" might also be instructive. The issue
clearly is not one of slowing down technological innova
tion but rather of directing innovative efforts to the solu
tion of the problems that are now becoming pressing.
It may be that society should have foreseen the urgency
of these problems one or two generations ago. However,
one should remember that 2020 hindsight is a common
virtue and also that no amount of castigation will change
the events of the past. Emotional polemics directed
against oversimplified whipping boys are highly favored
today by political extremists of the left and the right,
superconservationists, gungho developers, and many
others with a Cause. The trouble with such tactics is that
they alienate those whose support might be won by a
rational approach.
If the need to solve the problems arising from the
growth of population and technology is real, and I believe
that it is, then well reasoned arguments to this effect
can surely be found. It is clear that we have or can
develop the technology to solve these problems if we
can get general agreement within our society that they
need to be solved. Attaining such agreement will require
persuasive leadership, factual knowledge, and consider
able persistence. I submit that very few will be persuaded
by being told that they are simpleminded votaries of the
Cult of the Product, believers of the Creed of Technology,
and preachers of the Gospel of Growth.
Scott Lynn
University of California, Berkeley
Corrections from Lee
Sir: Enclosed please find a corrected copy of the short
article entitled Transport Phenomena: Equations of
Change, which was printed in the summer, 1969 issue of
CEE. Please note that equations 7, 9, 11, 15, 16, 17, 19, 20
are corrected, where originally either a small p (for
pressure) is missing or is mixed up with p (for density).
V. J. Lee
University of Missouri
Editors Note: CEE regrets that Professor Lee did not
correct this error on the galleys he received.
Praise from the Veep
Sir: I certainly appreciate receiving the copy of Chemi
cal Engineering Education and was particularly interested
in seeing the articles involving Stu Churchill.
A. L. Conn
VicePresident, AIChE
(Letters Continued on page 207)
FALL 1969
'167
N founder
In this issue, CEE begins a new depart
ment that will feature some of the found
ers of our chemical engineering profession.
This article deals with the graduate (and
earlier) university career of Allan P. Col
burn, who has been described by Professor
Olaf Hougen of the University of Wiscon
sin as "one of the most inspiring friendly
and intellectual teachers and leaders in
chemical engineering." The article is writ
ten by Professor Hougen, who was his
Ph.D. advisor.
ALLAN P. COLBURN**
OLAF A. HOUGEN, Professor Emeritus
University of Wisconsin
Madison, Wisconsin 53706
ALLAN PHILIP COLBURN was my first stu
dent in graduate research directed towards a
doctorate degree in chemical engineering.
Allan was born in Madison, Wisconsin, on June
8, 1904. His father, Willis P. Colburn*, at that
time, after twelve years of high school teaching,
was enrolled as a student in philosophy at the
University of Wisconsin. Upon graduation in 1905
Willis accepted a position as principal of the high
school in Rhinelander, Wisconsin. It was here that
Allan spent his childhood and received his ele
mentary and high school education. In June 1922
the Colburn family moved to Wauwatosa, a subur
ban city adjoining Milwaukee, where Willis was
employed as principal of a local high school.
In June 1922 Willis Colburn came with his son
*The records of Platteville Normal School (now Wis
consin State UniversityPlatteville) show that Willis
Paul Colburn, a resident of Grant County, Wisconsin,
attended Platteville Normal School in three school years
188687 and 188991 receiving a diploma in 1891. After
graduation he served as high school principal at Potosi,
Cassville and Viroqua, Wisconsin. He married Jennie
Grimm of Cassville. In 1903 he attended the University
of Wisconsin in Madison as a student in philosophy re
ceiving a bachelor of philosophy degree (BPh) in June
1905. In later life he returned for graduate courses in
Education in 1914 and in the summer session of 1929.
**This sketch was prepared for the dedication cere
monies of the Allan Philip Colburn Chemical Engineering
Building at the University of Delaware, Sept. 20, 1968.
Allan to my office to consider enrolling him in
the College of Engineering of Marquette Uni
versity in Milwaukee for a period of two years
prior to enrollment in chemical engineering at the
University of Wisconsin. [The chemical engineer
ing building was then located on the south shore
of Lake Mendota at the foot of Park Street.] From
Allan's superior high school record and his un
usual intelligence, I readily agreed that this plan
had much merit not only in the economy of living
at home but also in the cultural advantages asso
ciated with a sectarian school of high repute. At
Marquette University Allan received undergrad
uate instruction in general chemistry, mathema
tics, physics, English, shopwork and surveying.
Imagine! Surveying was a required course in
many curricula of chemical engineering 44 years
ago. On September 12, 1924 Allan enrolled as a
Junior at the University of Wisconsin. I served
as his adviser in his junior year; and Professor
Otto L. Kowalke in his senior year.
The period 1920 to 1930 was critical and transi
tional in the development of chemical engineering
education. The year 1923 marks the beginning of
the American system of education in chemical
engineering with the publication of the text,
"Principles of Chemical Engineering" by William
H. Walker, Warren K. Lewis, and William H. Mc
Adams. At Wisconsin the curriculum was at that
time predominant in conventional engineering
courses with instruction in chemical engineering
slowly emerging from descriptive courses in in
dustrial chemistry supplemented by laboratory
experiments largely empirical in nature.
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
A humanitarian goal in life was manifest in his selection
rounded citizenship.
ALLAN SET HIS GOAL EARLY at the highest
professional level not only towards advanced
studies and research leading to the doctorate
degree but also in seeking a career of high pro
fessional and civic responsibility. A humanitarian
goal in life was manifest in his selection of liberal
elective courses essential for a well rounded citi
zenship. In this selection Allan was guided by his
father whose own major college studies had been
in philosophy and by Professor Kowalke. In lib
eral courses he was fortunate in choosing five of
the most popular and inspirational professors at
Wisconsin, namely, William H. Kiekhofer in Eco
nomics, Louis Kahlenberg in the History of Chem
istry, Max Otto in Philosophy, A. A. Vasiliev in
Hellenistic Civilization, and Daniel W. Mead in
Contracts and Specifications. Mead's course was
essentially one in engineering ethics based upon
Mead's world wide experiences in the construction
of dams and power plants. Professor Kiekhofer
was the campus spark plug of enthusiasm in his
animated lectures on conventional principles of
economics injecting life into an otherwise dull
subject. Professor Max Otto held a similar posi
tion in philosophy and logic. The course in Hel
lenistic civilization described the Golden Age of
Greece, the causes of its origin and decline. With
a delightful sense of humor Kahlenberg portrayed
the joys and frustrations of scientific discovery
in the lives of great chemists. These five profes
sors, combined with parental influence and that
of Professor Kowalke gave Allan an altruistic
outlook on life and in his dedication to highly
ethical and benevolent standards. This served him
well in his later administrative responsibilities
and projects of community welfare. The present
day stress on the importance of liberal courses
in training of engineers was met by Colburn 40
years ago. In his college years, Allan became a
proponent of the Single Tax theory of economist
Henry George. This typified student protest forty
years ago in contrast to the violence of today.
The professional staff of the Chemical Engi
neering Department in 1924 consisted of Profes
sors Otto L. Kowalke, Oliver P. Watts and myself.
Courses in industrial chemistry and unit opera
tions were given by Professor Kowalke, applied
electrochemistry by Watts and a calculation
course, applied thermal chemistry, by myself.
Allan was graduated in June 1926 with a
of liberal elective courses essential for a well
bachelors degree in science (BS) and high honors.
An Engineering Fellowship was awarded him for
continuation in graduate studies and research.
This fellowship was later renewed for two addi
tional years. At this time a new dormitory system
for men was established at the University of
Wisconsin. Allan was one of the first graduate
students to be appointed as House Fellow. The
responsibilities of this position entailed living
with undergraduate students as counsellor, guide
and friend.
Allan received his MS degree in 1927 and
PhD degree in 1929.
In his graduate years Allan's two closest friends
were Kenneth M. Watson and Louis F. Warrick.
The former became a prominent chemical engi
neer in his contributions to education and indus
trial practice and the latter became the young
State Sanitary Engineer of Wisconsin in 1927.
A recent letter from Louis Warrick restores an
intimate insight into Allan's zest for living and
some of the extra curricular activities he enjoyed
during student days.
Before accepting a position with du Pont,
Warrick and Colburn had made enthusiastic plans
to form a partnership as consultants in solving
problems in the abatement of water pollution and
disposal of industrial wastes. Already forty years
ago these two young men were aware of the dire
consequences of water pollution, the irrevocable
evils of which are so strikingly evident today.
T HE RESEARCH PROJECT assigned to Allan
for his doctorate thesis was to obtain experi
mental data on heat and mass transfer coefficients
in the condensation of water vapor from saturated
air streams in a tubular gas condenser and to
formulate correlations based thereon useful for
design and operation. This project differed from
conventional dehumidification in that it involved
air saturated with water at high temperatures
with great reductions in volumetric and mass flow
rates of the gasvapor stream during cooling and
condensation.
The Committee on Condensing and Scrubbing
of the American Gas Association had collected
operating data on tubular gas condensers used for
refining crude coal gas with its high initial con
tent of water vapor, hydrogen sulfide, ammonia,
cyanogen, naphthalene and tar. These data were
FALL 1969
gathered from commercial plants scattered widely
throughout the United States. Professor Kowalke,
as a member of this committee, assigned to me
the task of trying to calculate and correlate the
overall heat transmission coefficients from these
data in terms of operating variables, physical
properties and gas composition. I was unsuccess
ful in making any meaningful correlations. In
deed, correlation in terms of the geographical
location of the plants seemed to be better than
any rational attempt. The decision was made to
establish data from carefully controlled operation
of a laboratory scale tubular condenser using
saturated airwater vapor mixtures under indus
trial conditions of operation.
In the period 192629 few graduate students
were enrolled in chemical engineering at the Uni
versity of Wisconsin. Prior to 1929 only three
doctorate degrees had been granted. In guiding
research towards a doctorate degree Allan was
the only student assigned to me.
A preliminary study of the condensation of
water vapor from air saturated at high initial
temperatures in a tubular condenser revealed
many complexities. Three fluid stream resistances
were involved, the airvapor stream, the con
densate layer and the stream of cooling water,
besides the resistance of the metal barrier. The
heat transfer coefficients of these three streams
were to be established each in terms of its inde
pendent variables. Because of large variations
along the length of the condenser it was evident
that coefficients of the individual streams should
be determined at short intervals of condenser
length. Calculations of average heat transmission
coefficients of the vapor stream from usual log
arithmic mean values of temperature drops at
terminal conditions were meaningless, indeed, the
temperature drop at the midsection of the con
denser was usually greater than at either ter
minal. In retrospect, considering the primitive
status of scientific information and the com
plexity of the problem, this investigation would
at that time justify three projects with inde
pendent approach to each.
A vertical tubular condenser, six feet long, was
constructed of three concentric pipes, 3, 7 and 10
inches nominal diameters, well insulated on the
outer shell. Cooling water flowed through the
inner pipe and saturated air flowed downwards
through the two annular channels; the outer
outer annular space served as a guard ring to
gether with external insulation to minimize the
Colburn's genius consisted in his extraordinary
capacity for intensive concentration with a mind
unusually well organized for retention and
retrieval.
outward flow of heat. With only $100 available
for mechanical help and additional apparatus over
a span of three years, the equipment and instru
mentation had to be assembled from supplies
available in the stock room or borrowed from dis
tressed laboratories, including piping, pumps,
thermocouples, orifice meters and potentiometers.
Allan constructed and calibrated all thermo
couples and orifice meters. The construction and
location of thermocouples were critical for mean
ingful measurements. Multijunction couples were
constructed for measuring average temperatures
of the gas stream at each level of cross section.
Single couples were located in isothermal areas to
avoid errors by conduction. A traveling thermo
couple was constructed and installed for measur
ing the temperature of the cooling water. Tem
peratures of the three adjoining fluid streams
and the central pipe wall were measured simul
taneously at successive short intervals of length.
Under commercial conditions of operation natural
convection predominated in the stream of cooling
water; both laminar flow and turbulence occurred
in the gas stream; the condensate accelerated
from laminar flow to turbulence with rippling at
the bottom of the tube.
T HE MEASUREMENT AND CORRELATION
of heat transmission coefficients of fluid
streams was in a primitive stage in 1926 when
Colburn began his experimental and theoretical
studies. Most published experiments had been
conducted within the preceding ten years. The
most significant work had been carried out in
Germany. This appeared in the German language
without published translation in English. In the
United States chemical engineers required that
formulations of transfer coefficients be expressed
in terms of molecular properties and operating
variables. Other engineers were still satisfied with
specific values of overall coefficients and physicists
had virtually abandoned the field upon discover
ing the empirical nature involved. Principles of
heat conduction in solids had been well known for
over a century starting with the mathematical
theory of Fourier in 1822 for the unsteady state.
These formulations were extended in the texts
of Ingersoll and Zobel in 1913 and by Carslaw
and Jaeger in 1921.
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
Colburn was an ideal student, scientist, and engineer. he had an unusual capacity for clarity of expression
. (and promoted) self confidence and ambition in others.
The analogy between mass, heat and momen
tum transfer in flowing fluids was presented by
Prandtl in 1910 based in part upon pressure drop
formulations of Reynolds in 1874. In England
work was reported in 1916 by Pannel for air flow
ing through tubes and by Stender in Germany for
water flowing through tubes. A theoretical equa
tion for the transfer of heat by free convection
in fluids was developed by Lorenz in 1881 and
greatly improved by Nusselt in 1915. Nusselt in
1910 also pioneered in deriving theoretical equa
tions for the transmission of heat through con
densate layers flowing over vertical surfaces and
horizontal cylinders.
At the time of Colburn's studies and just prior
thereto five books on general heat transmission
appeared in Germany, namely, by Grober (1921
and 1926), by Merkel (1927), Bosch (1927) and
Schack (1921). These were then without English
translation. The first authoritative book on heat
transmission printed in English and applicable to
general engineering processes was that of Mc
Adams in 1933 but this book did not appear until
seven years after Colburn started his research.
McAdams' text and researches generated wide
attention to research in heat transmission
throughout the United States and among other
branches of engineering besides chemical.
Allan proceeded at once to read intensively the
German sources relying on his high school in
struction and his preparation for absolving the
German language requirement of the doctorate
degree. The extraction of complex theoretical
principles from lengthy German dissertations re
quired exceptional capacity for intensive concen
tration. Allan studied the original German sources
with intense concentration over long intervals of
time to the point of pain and fatigue. Colburn
had exceptional capacity for retaining the argu
ments and voluminous observations of previous
investigators with subsequent instant recall. Col
burn's genius consisted in this extraordinary ca
pacity for intensive concentration with a mind
unusually well organized for retention and re
trieval.
In his graduate years Allan devoted fully half
of his time to theoretical studies and experimenta
tion related to his thesis over a period of three
years. In his efforts to establish simultaneously
the principles of heat and mass transfer in fluid
streams, condensate layers and water streams
with free convection, Allan suffered many periods
of despair and frustration especially in his efforts
to reconcile his data with the formulations of
others. But he always bounced back with a zest
for scientific discovery and to infuse the same
spirit in others.
FROM HIS BOYHOOD DAYS in the recrea
tional area of Northern Wisconsin with its
forests and lakes, it was natural for Allan to seek
relaxation from his strenuous intellectual pur
suits and frustrations in outofdoor sports the
year around, in tennis, canoeing, golf, fishing,
skating, and iceboating.
In connection with recreation his friend Lou
Warrick records a vivid and humorous account of
Allan's discovery of 'hot ice'. In iceboating to
gether on Lake Mendota their speeding boat
struck rough ice and Allan was projected there
from at high speed over the rough surface on
the seat of his pants. Upon recovery Allan feel
ing his posterior exclaimed, "Gee, Lou, this is
the first time I realized that ice can get hot!"
Because of the great tragedy in health which be
fell Allan a few years later few people were
aware of his early athletic prowess.
Colburn's computational facilities were limited
to the use of the slide rule, to laborious calcula
tions and plotting by hand. In experimental work
he received some aid from two seniors working
for academic credit, namely Robert E. Zinn and
George F. Hrubesky. Today Allan's monumental
task would be greatly facilitated by electronic
computers with generous financial subsidies for
experimental and computational aid. It should be
recalled again that Allan had only $100 available
for research aid.
In his graduate years Allan restricted his ad
vanced studies to scientific work related to his
thesis. Liberal reading became extra curricular.
His advanced studies included a course in heat
conduction under Professor Leonard R. Ingersoll,
higher mathematics under Professor R. W. Bab
cock, and advanced chemistry courses under Pro
fessors J. Howard Mathews, Farrington Daniels,
and John W. Williams. Allan was also fortunate
in taking courses under two visiting professors,
with the Russian chemist A. M. Frumkin in col
(Continued on page 193.)
FALL 1969
CHEMICAL ENGINEERS
GET TOTALLY
INVOLVED IN A
TOTAL ENGINEERING
ENVIRONMENT
AT ESSO
Ci$ ^s.
lpI
i~ r;"
II"
i.
1^
..V..
^^^^^^^H ^ _. 
Esso Research and Engineering
Company, the principal technical
affiliate of Standard Oil Company
(N. J.), provides research and en
gineering services to 250 world
wide affiliates with assets of over
thirteen billion dollars.
The Chemical Engineer plays a
vital role in helping us meet these
vast responsibilities. But most
important to him, he functions in
an environment as dedicated as
that of the university Chemical
Engineering department. For our
ultimate goal is the same as that
of the university; namely the ex
tension of knowledge and the bet
terment of the human condition
through longterm fundamental
and applied research, and the
accomplishment of immediate ob
jectives through the economical
design and operation of plants
and equipment.
Whether he possesses a B.S., an
M.S., or a PhD., and whether he
works in Product/Process Re
search and Development, Appli
cations and Technical Services,
Process Engineering, Project De
sign or Process Selection and
Economics, the Chemical Engi
neer serves with his professional
peers. He learns from them; he
teaches them. But he advances
as far as his own talents take
him, wherever his interests lead
him; either in a technical or ad
ministrative capacity.
Total involvement in a total
chemical engineering environ
ment. That's Esso.
For full details on the opportunities available, contact:
Dr. P. H. Watkins, Employment Coordinator, Dept. CS27
ESSO ESSO RESEARCH AND ENGINEERING COMPANY
P.O. BOX 175, Linden, New Jersey 07036
An Equal Opportunity Employer (M/F)
A9
/7~
,p3 J
'&, I
A. P. COLBURNA DISTINGUISHED CAREER
A LLAN PHILIP COLBURN was born in Madi
son, Wisconsin, on June 8, 1904. He grad
uated from Rhinelander High School and attended
Marquette University for two years before com
pleting his education at the University of Wiscon
sin, where he received his bachelor's degree in
chemical engineering in 1926, his master's degree
in 1927 and his doctorate in 1929. From 1929
1938, he was engaged in chemical engineering
research at the Du Pont Experimental Station in
Wilmington.
On May 1, 1938, he became associate professor
of chemical engineering and acting head of the
University of Delaware's Department of Chemical
Engineering. As chairman of the department, he
was responsible for developing a wide research
program in cooperation with industry and govern
mental agencies. In 1947 he became Assistant to
the President with his chief responsibility that of
assisting in the development of research through
out the University. Dr. Colburn was Acting Presi
dent of the University from April 1, 1950, to No
vember 1950 and, upon the arrival of former
President John A. Perkins, he was appointed
Provost. At the time of his death in 1955 he was
Provost and Coordinator of Scientific Research.
During World War II, Dr. Colburn was instru
mental in directing the use of the chemical engi
neering laboratories at the University on solving
war research problems for the National Defense
Research Committee, the National Advisory Com
mittee for Aeronautics, the Office of Rubber Re
serve, and for various war industries. He further
assisted in the direction of war research else
where. With Dr. B. F. Dodge of Yale, he prepared
the curriculum on chemical engineering for the
Army, which was taught in the A.S.T. Program
throughout the war years.
In 1948 he was honored as the first recipient
of the Professional Progress Award in Chemical
Engineering. The award was the first major, gen
eral award in the field of chemical engineering.
Twelve years earlier the AIChE had given him
the Walker Award for outstanding publications.
Active in professional societies, Dr. Colburn
was director and chairman of the Awards Com
mittee and chairman of the Publications Com
mittee for the AIChE, on whose council he also
served. His memberships included the ASME, for
whose Heat Transfer Division he was an advisory
associate and former chairman; the ACS, the
NEA, ASEE, AAUP, the AAAS, and the Newco
men Society of England. He was a member and
former chairman of the Committee on Coopera
tion with the Military Services for the Engineer
ing Colleges Research Council of the ASEE. In
the Delaware Section, ACS, he served as both
councilor and member of the education committee.
He was an alternate member of the Committee on
Chemical Warfare of the Research and Develop
ment Board of the DOD.
Honorary societies of which he was a member
were Phi Kappa Phi, Phi Lamba Upsilon, Tau
Beta Pi and Sigma Xi. He was director of the
Delaware Chapter of the American Red Cross,
and was a member of the research committee of
the Delaware Branch, American Cancer Society.
He also served on the research committee of the
Delaware Academy of Medicine and was a mem
ber of the Delaware Section of the AntiTuber
culosis Society and the Sigma Phi Eplison social
fraternity.
A nationally recognized authority in chemical
engineering, Dr. Colburn was the author of many
publications. His papers dealt with heat transfer,
fluid flow, distillation, absorption and extracting,
and various other technical subjects. He also
wrote several textbooks.
While his original interest was in engineering
and basic science research, Dr. Colburn appre
ciated the importance of developing research in
the social science area and in broadening the edu
cational programs of students so that they might
better understand human relations and interna
tional affairs. He was active in developing the
University's Institute of InterAmerican Study
and Research, the Institute for Human Relations,
the Marine Laboratories and the evening pro
grams of the Division of University Extension.
As his longtime friend and associate, Dr.
Robert L. Pigford, aptly stated, "He was the
'man of all seasons' at the University of Dela
ware, the prime example for some of us of the
uses of scholarship in the fullest way, the best
administrator I have seen, the truest friend of
student and colleague, the man who makes me
remember best that teaching engineering can be
just plain fun."
Reprinted from University of Delaware News, Fall 1968.
FALL 1969
A osoie in Applied MAwemaUaS
WHY MATHEMATICS?
NEAL R. AMUNDSON
University of Minnesota
Minneapolis, Minn. 55455
COURSES IN APPLIED MATHEMATICS for
chemical engineers are relatively recent addi
tions to graduate programs, although some go
back about twentyfive years. Often such courses
were initiated because of a certain dissatisfaction
with pure mathematics offerings and the reluct
ance of mathematicians to teach topics in applied
mathematics. Courses with purely mathematical
content should be taught in mathematics depart
ments, while those offered in chemical engineer
ing departments should contain something else.
That something else is usually associated with
the name "model building," although if the course
is primarily that, it should probably be given as
a part of one of the regular engineering science
courses. In short, we seem to be speaking here of
an offering which neither fits into the regular
framework of a mathematics department nor into
the regular kinetics, reactor, transport, control,
and thermodynamics scheme of the conventional
department. In addition to model building, the
course must provide instruction in a number of
techniques and actually show the student how to
solve problems, a feature that is often anathema
to the pure mathematician. In this seems to lie
the reason for its being. Early courses were
primarily exercises in elementary ordinary differ
ential equations with applications to chemical
kinetics and oversimplified models of the unit
operations. The emphasis is still on differential
equations but other topics with a more recent
origin are now included.
Our own course has gone through almost a
continuous change in the last twenty years and is
taken by almost all graduate students throughout
their first year in residence. The purpose of such
a course is not to make mathematicians of engi
neers but rather to give the student enough ex
perience that he can better cope with the other
graduate courses in the department. Such a course
Neal Amundson is Regents' Professor and Head of the
Department at the University of Minnesota. His dis
tinguished career as educator includes assignments as
Fulbright Scholar and Guggenheim Fellow at Cambridge
University and Institute Lecturer for AIChE. He received
the Industrial and Engineering Chemistry Award of ACS
in 1960 and the William H. Walker Award of AIChE in
1961. His research interests include the application of
mathematics to chemical engineering processes.
is valuable for the MS student since he may take
little other physically motivated mathematics
during his one year of course work. For the PhD
student it can serve as the first course where
significant and complex problems may be solved
by advanced techniques and if he has theoretical
inclinations frequently urges him on to take more
abstruse and rigorous courses from a proper
mathematician. As mentioned earlier, our own
course has changed considerably through the
years and this was forced on us by the fact that
new graduate students now enter with a consid
erably better background than formerly. The
average entering student has now had about
three years of undergraduate mathematics, some
have had four years, and only a few the minimum
required for the BS degree. This creates a prob
lem for the instructor, for the class is very hetero
geneous not only in terms of quantity of mathe
matical experience but also because of the fact
that in terms of coverage junior and senior
mathematics courses can be much more variable
than those of the first two undergraduate years.
Because of the former I have attempted to give
material which will overlap as little as possible
with what I think they may have been exposed to.
There is an additional problem since many of
them are taking advanced mathematics courses
concurrently. A number of theoretical and numer
ical problems are assigned and these seem to be a
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
It is important that a student understand the engineering g significance of these concepts (linear dependence of
solutions, existence and uniqueness, and continuous dependence of the solutions on the data) and what they tell
him about a mathematical model .
departure from mathematical experience of most
of the students, and I believe may be the most
valuable part of the course. These are graded and
returned to the student. For the most part the
problems are long and an attempt is made to com
plement the lectures, bring out points not cov
ered, and to illustrate the numerical procedures
and difficulties. Over half of the students do the
numerical problems on the University Computer
(CDC 6600) although no time in the course is
spent on programming. Usually a student will do
between 25 and 40 problems in each tenweek
quarter. The course is run from 8:00 to 10:00 on
Tuesday and Thursdays (with a fiveminute
break) and largely as a lecture, although because
of the small class size (1525 students) there are
frequent interruptions for questions.
The fall quarter for some years has covered
essentially the content of my book on matrices1,
although not all of the book is covered in any
single offering. Sections of the book may be
skipped and assigned as reading. Other sections
are omitted entirely and this varies from year to
year. Chapters 1, 2, and 3 are covered almost
entirely along with Chapter 4, through section
4.8; occasionally section 4.12 is presented. Chapter
5 through section 5.14 is in many respects the
most important part of the course. A choice is
usually made among the sections in Chapter 6,
not all of it being given. Chapter 7 through sec
tion 7.13 is almost always presented. On rare
occasions a shortened version of sections 8.18.12
is included. The two volumes of Gantmacher2
serve as a reference for the course.
All of the material presented in this quarter
has a sort of nineteenthcenturyish ring about it
and I have thought for some time that it should
be modernized, probably in the direction of
Shilov" "Theory of Linear Spaces" and with in
troduction of material on tensor analysis (covered
at Minnesota in the first graduate course in fluid
mechanics). This has not come to pass yet, but
probably will since the transition to functional
analysis would be much easier.
The winter and spring quarters are devoted to
an organized exposition of ordinary and partial
differential equations with related topics. It is
assumed that the student understands the gen
eration of solutions of simple differential equa
tions. Some time is spent on the theory of differ
ential equations covering linear dependence of
solutions, existence and uniqueness, and continu
ous dependence of the solutions on the data. It is
important that a student understand the engi
neering significance of these concepts and what
they tell him about a mathematical model, for in
the qualitative theory of differential equations
these ideas play a central role. A good bit of time
is spent on seeking to extract as much informa
tion as possible about the solution from the model
without recourse to numbers. It is surprising how
much information one can obtain for stirred re
actors, tubular reactors4, simple distillation
schemes, heat conduction, diffusion, etc., from the
equations by using qualitative but rigorous argu
ments such as existence and uniqueness and the
various maximum principles for both ordinary
and partial differential equations. Often all of the
intuitively obvious qualitative physical properties
of the system can be drawn from the equations
and this is the ultimate test of a model. For ex
ample, it should not be necessary to compute a
solution to prove that a molfraction lies between
zero and one in a distillation calculation, that in
an adiabatic tubular reactor there can be no tem
perature maximum, or that in an absorption
column the transient cannot oscillate.
After this qualitative theory a brief discussion
of numerical methods for ordinary differential
equations is given covering predictorcorrector
schemes and RungeKutta methods with applica
tions. The question of numerical stability is
briefly discussed since anyone who does a sig
nificant amount of computer work eventually runs
into stability problems.
At this time a general discussion of the nth
order linear differential operator is begun. Most
of the interesting problems in ordinary and par
tial differential equations are boundary value
problems. The concept of the adjoint operator and
adjoint boundary conditions is introduced and the
general idea of a selfadjoint boundary value
problem is presented. For example, given the nth
order operator L
d"y d"ly d"2y
Ly=ao + a, + a2
dxn dx"1 dxn2
. +any
the adjoint operator L* operating on z is
FALL 1969
Nature operates on inputs to give outputs while mathematical operators, couched in the language of differential
equations, operate on outputs to give inputs.
d d(1
L*z = (1)n (ao) + (1)1 (a z) + ... +
d
dx (a._lz) + anz
and it may then be shown if the region of interest
of x is (a,b) that
S(zLy yL*z) dx = 7r(z,y)
b
where 7r(z,y) is called the bilinear concomitant
and contains the functions z and y and their first
(n1) derivatives evaluated at a and b. In most
physical problems we are given n boundary condi
tions on y, n is even, and we have n/2 boundary
at x=a and n/2 at x=b which we assume are
homogeneous. Suppose these boundary conditions
are denoted collectively by
Y(y)=0
A fundamental theorem says that there exists a
set of boundary conditions on z, called adjoint,
unique except for linear combinations such that
so that
Z(z)=0
H (z, y)=0
The system made up of the operator L and the
boundary condition Y is said to be selfadjoint if
L=L*
and
Y=Z
Sa
S(zLyy*z) dx=0
b
L can only be selfadjoint if its order is even.
This equation is a form of Green's Theorem and
is the key formula in much of that which follows.
Our aim is to study linear differential equations
on finite domains. In most applications these are
second or fourth order operators, the former aris
ing in heat conduction and diffusion problems and
the latter in elasticity and fluid mechanics. We
assume that the students know how to find solu
tions of ordinary differential equations either by
inspection, expansion in series, or numerically.
(A pamphlet on series solutions is handed out to
the students but is not discussed.)
We consider a selfadjoint eigenvalue problem
Lw = Xpw; a
W (w) = 0; x=a and/or x=b
where p is a function of x and p(x)>0. W(w)
stands collectively for the n boundary conditions.
There are a number of theorems on the existence
and character of the eigenvalues and eigenfunc
tions of such a system. To be brief, however, there
exists a discrete sequence of real eigenvalues Xi, X2,
,, ... and a corresponding set of eigenfunctions
w, (x), w2 (x), Wa (x),... with an orthogonality prop
erty
p w jwi dx=0 ; i== j
a
Provided the set of functions [wn(x)] is complete
with respect to a certain class of functions f(x)
we can expand f (x) into a series
00
f(x) = cjwj(x)
j=1
with
c(j) = p (x)f(x)wj(x)dx
a
provided the eigenfunctions have been normal
ized. These two relations play an important role,
for if we write
c(j) = bpfwj dx
f a
f(x) = S cj wj(x)
j=1
then c (j) is called the finite Fourier transform of
f(x) and f(x) is the inverse Fourier transform of
c(j). Without laboring the point here this pair of
formulae may be used to solve a number of partial
differential equations in an almost automatic way
once one recognizes the operator L and its asso
ciated boundary conditions. If a partial differen
tial equation has the form
Ly = p(x) M(y)
with boundary conditions
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
All of our problems are physically motivated and the translation of the problem into mathematical terms is
not mathematics.
Y(y) = 0
where M is an operator not containing x explicitly
and having its own boundary or initial conditions.
We can write
Wn Ly = pWn M(y)
and integrate with respect to x
Sb b
Wn Ly dx = pwn M (y) dx
a a
Using the Green's formula we obtain
Xn p (x) w (x) y(x) dx=M P pw nydx
a a
or
Xn C = M cn
This is a system which is simpler since all refer
ence to x has been removed and may be solved
(hopefully) to give cn and hence y(x) by using
the inverse transform. In the course this idea is
exploited to obtain solutions of a wide variety of
diffusion, heat transfer, and reactor problems,
and, while, in principle, it is no different than
separation of variables, it possesses an automatic
quality which appeals to the students.
At this point we also discuss Duhamel's
Theorem and the relationship among solutions for
impulse, step function, periodic, random, and gen
eral inputs, thereby solving the nonhomogeneous
problems which have been avoided up to this time.
A qualitative discussion ensues showing the dif
ference between mathematical operators and
natural operators. Nature operates on inputs to
give outputs while mathematical operators,
couched in the language of differential equations,
operate on outputs to give inputs. For example, a
distillation column operates on inputs (feeds) to
give outputs (products). The model for a distilla
tion column in the steady state is a system of
algebraic relations (which must be inverted)
among the outputs. Some mention of nonself ad
joint problems is also made showing how the bi
orthogonal set of eigenfunctions can be used to
generate finite Fourier transforms for these
problems. However, because of the extreme diffi
culty of numerical work the problem is not pur
sued in detail.
Using solutions to problems on finite domains
standard limiting procedures may now be used to
find Fourier transforms for a variety of boundary
conditions on semiinfinite domains (infinite hol
low cylinders, etc.). The bag of the student has
thus been equipped with a technique which will
produce solutions with ease and his confidence is
increased. A discussion of the Laplace transform
is also included with applications to partial dif
ferential equations. This discussion usually takes
until about the sixth week of the spring quarter
(a total of approximately fifteen weeks).
One of the difficult things about differential
equations is that there are no textbooks available
intermediate in level between the elementary
undergraduate books and books such as Codding
ton and Levinson5, Ince6, Hartman7,, etc. The book
by Weinbergers is an excellent intermediate book
on partial differential equations but there is no
corresponding treatment for ordinary differential
equations. I have used some parts of Kaplan9 and
Ross10 but it is surprising that with the number
of books on differential equations and the age of
the topic there are none that are really suitable.
The remainder of the quarter (5 weeks) is
spent in a variety of ways, but for the past two
years first order partial differential equations
have been presented with applications to chrom
atography. This is a topic not wellpresented in
the literature (a lacuna which Professor Aris and
I hope to fill). At other times topics such as
dynamic programming and calculus of variations,
stochastic processes, numerical solution of partial
differential equations with stability considera
tions, continuous models for discrete processes
and many others have been presented.
The question arises as to how much rigor should
be presented in such a course. The writer has a
simple answer to this. Rigor is presented when
ever the student feels the need for it. The solution
of a partial differential equation involves a series
of arbitrary operations and the bright student
should ask whether what one obtains really is a
solution to the problem. Such a proof requires the
introduction of some rigor and it is not avoided.
Different representations of a solution frequently
arise and the student should wonder whether they
are the same; a uniqueness proof is in order here
and it is given. Expansions of functions into
series require completeness of the set of functions
(Continued on page 203.)
FALL 1969
I eoa4" in Mame4ntu a.d ta"" Tda4^t 4
THEORIES, CORRELATIONS and
UNCERTAINTIES for WAVES,
GRADIENTS and FLUXES
STUART W. CHURCHILL
University of Pennsylvania
Philadelphia, Pa. 19104
OBJECTIVES AND PROCEDURES
The students in the class have done their
baccalaureate work in a large number of other
schools. Therefore a primary consideration of the
course must be the diversity of their preparation,
which on each topic ranges from zero through
superficial acquaintance to real understanding.
The individual students shift between these posi
eions as the topics change. Those who are under
prepared must be given sufficient encouragement
and guidance and time for remedial selfstudy.
Those who are overprepared must at the same
time be kept challenged. Ideally each lecture
begins from a position of security for the least
prepared and ends at a level which temporarily
distresses even the bestprepared. Problems with
progressively more difficult parts are assigned.
Special readings and problems are suggested for
those "who have the time and inclination." The
class is at first surprised that these optional prob
lems are discussed as well as the assigned ones,
but soon gets the intended message.
Students appear to learn most readily by first
examining very simple phenomena and models
and then considering the effect of added com
plexities. Hence the equations, algebraic or differ
ential, for onedimensional, limiting cases are first
derived. Then terms and dimensions are gradually
added. Reduction of unsteady state, threedimen
sional partial differential equations to simple cases
does not appear to achieve the same rapidity or
degree of understanding.
I consider it an obligation to demonstrate a
convincing and significant application for every
model, theory or solution which is presented and
Stuart W. Churchill became the first Carl V. S. Patter
son Professor of Chemical Engineering at the University
of Pennsylvania in 1967. He received the BSE in both
chemical engineering and engineering mathematics in
1942, the MSE in 1948 and the PhD in 1952, all from the
University of Michigan. From 1942 to 1947 he worked
for the Shell Oil Company and the Frontier Chemical
Company. He became an Instructor at the University of
Michigan in 1950, rose to Professor in 1957 and served
as Chairman of the Department of Chemical and Metal
lurgical Engineering from 19621967. He is currently
directing research in combustion, natural convection,
freezing, fluid mechanics and drying.
to point out the deficiencies and limitations of
each model and the uncertainties in the support
ing data.
Home problems are assigned corresponding to
each class meeting. In addition the students are
frequently asked to complete or extend the deriva
tions presented in the lectures. Several longer and
optional problems, e.g., to be done on the com
puter or to be considered as part of the final
examination, are assigned during the semester.
The students are sometimes asked to prepare an
examination question and solution. The problems
are a major ingredient of the course and may
illuminate a matter barely mentioned.in the lec
tures. The aim is therefore for completion and
good comprehension by all students. Teamwork is
encouraged with the admonition that anyone who
fails to participate as a full partner will ultimately
injure only himself.
Incredibly, a few graduate students still arrive
without digital computing experience. Hence it
is difficult to make full use of the computer in this
first course. Optional and group .problems are
assigned and discussed in terms of computational
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
S. a textbook is probably not desirable
in any graduate course .
methods when appropriate. The students are en
couraged to elect hardcore courses in numerical
methods as well as to develop the capability to use
the University's computing systems.
The entire semester could easily be spent on
any one of the general subjects indicated by the
headings below. Some departments of chemical
and mechanical engineering do indeed offer up to
eight courses on this subject matterresulting
in more complete but not necessarily deeper cover
age. However my general objective is neither to
describe the art and equipment nor to cover the
literature of heat transfer and fluid mechanics,
but rather to present a methodology for inter
preting and using data and concepts for the an
alysis and prediction of chemical and physical
processes. The technology of momentum and heat
transfer provides convenient and stimulating ex
amples. If a scientific and operational pointof
view is the objective, specific subject matter is of
secondary importance and can be chosen primarily
for illustrative and motivational purposes. It is
amazing how much material becomes redundant
when the emphasis is shifted to methods of an
alysis and solution.
My specific objectives are (1) to give an idea
of the character and current state of knowledge
in fluid mechanics and heat transfer, (2) to show
how to construct and test firstorder and better
models and (3) to develop capability, motivation
and confidence for future selfstudy.
A textbook is not used in the course. Indeed a
textbook in the classical sense is probably undesir
able in any graduate course in engineering. It
gives the false impression that the subject is
wellknown and completely covered. Books at this
level, with the exception of a few monograms,
invariably purport to cover a wider range of
material than the authors have mastered. The
students arrive with the false notion that the
equations, data and statements in the standard
textbooks are almost sacred. Sometimes I use
these familiar books as a foil, pointing out errors,
inconsistencies and misinterpretations to encour
age them to read critically and skeptically.
Readings are assigned in a variety of books and
journals. Reference lists are distributed on each
topic for optional and future reading to make the
students feel that they are scholars rather than
mere receptors. I accept and try to implement
John W. Gardner's precept that "the ultimate
goal of the educational system is to shift to the
individual the burden of pursuing his own educa
tion." A significant fraction of the lecture mate
rial and problems is taken from the very current
literature. Notes are distributed in advance for
much of the lecture material in order to discour
age the frantic transcription of everything written
on the blackboard.
A course should evolve from semester to semes
ter in reflection of new developments and concepts
in science, engineering and computation and also
in response to the changing attitudes and inter
ests of the students. Currently they are concerned
about the relevance of their studies. Insofar as
possible a response is provided to this demand in
the choice of topics and home problems and also
by the allocation of some time to the discussion
of professional matters. My absences are gener
ally used for quizzes. On returning I usually ex
plain why I was away. This often provokes a
discussion of extracurricular topics.
Tom Baron says a lecture should, like a bull
fight, combine grace and excitement. An attempt
is made to keep the lectures lively, even at the
expense of organization. The students are encour
aged to flag me down if they are lost and to chal
lenge me if they are disbelieving.
COURSE TOPICS COVERED
Inertial (NonViscous) Flows
Inertial flow is chosen as a first topic because
of simplicity (onedimensional, algebraic equa
tions are adequate for a first approximation) and
because much of the subject is new to most of
the students.
Adiabatic and isothermal, reversible expansions
and their application to orifices, venturi meters
and nozzles are reviewed rapidly. The equations
for weak pressure waves (acoustic waves) are de
rived and applied to the problem of maximum
flow through nozzles, including overexpansion
and underexpansion, then to the behavior of
rocket motors and finally to choked flow in pipes
(here including viscous losses).
The equations for gravity, shock and detona
tion waves, each with reflection, are next devel
oped and applied to openchannel flow, chemical
shock tubes and the failure of process equipment,
respectively.
Viscous Flows
The models and data for the viscosity of gases
(including kinetic theory) and of liquids (includ
FALL 1969
Right now,Westvaco engineers
are revolutionizing paper for
printing, reprographics, computers,
nothing, packaging, disposables,
structures
And chemicals for coatings,
pharmaceuticals, inks,tires,
soaps,and waxes. And adsorbents
for environmental control
Your job:
Our next revolution.
See our campus representative. Or write to:
Roger Keehn, Westvaco Building, 299 Park Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10017
Westvi CO An equal opportunity employer
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
. a lecture should, like a bull
fight, combine grace and
excitement (Tom Baron)
ing nonNewtonian behavior) are examined. One
dimensional material and momentum balances are
first derived for laminar flow down inclined
planes, inside tubes, etc., then the integral equa
tions for the boundary layer, emphasizing the
fortunate insensitivity of the drag to the pos
tulated velocity distribution.
The threedimensional, unsteady state, partial
differential equations for the conservation of mass
and momentum are next derived with emphasis
on the physical significance of the various terms.
Although most students have previously been ex
posed to this material, they readily admit that
they attained no real understanding as under
graduates.
These equations are simplified to some of the
cases of laminar flow previously derived in one
dimension, and are simplified and solved for a
few more complex problems. The Blasius problem
is used to introduce the HellumsChurchill tech
nique for the reduction of partial differential
equations. This technique is also used to demon
strate that the equations do indeed describe tur
bulent flow and that some information on tur
bulent flows can be obtained by dimensional an
alysis alone.
Some of the empirical models for the time
averaged turbulent shear stress are examined in
a historical framework with emphasis on their
success in generalizing the data for the velocity
distribution and drag. The various ways of plot
ting the data for drag in pipes are examined as
an illustration of correlation.
Other topics in momentum transfer are con
sidered depending on the available time. (The
schedule and hence some of these extra topics
are frequently sacrificed for comprehension or
for professional diversions which interest the
class). Usually flow through porous media and
the drag of particles are retained with applica
tions to fluidization, filtration, etc.
Conduction
Models and data for thermal conduction and
thermal diffusivity are first examined, including
kinetic theory, heterogeneity and meanfreepath
effects. The usefulness of the Van Dusen trans
formation for variable conductivity is noted.
Conduction between plates, concentric cylinders
and concentric spheres, and outside spheres and
cylinders is reviewed. The equations for three
dimensional, unsteady state conduction are de
rived. The comparative usefulness of various
exact methods such as conformal mapping, the
Laplace transform and separation of variables,
and approximate methods, such as mapping,
bounding and patching, are discussed. The use of
Duhamel's formula both analytically and numeri
cally is described.
Numerical methods for both steady and un
steady state problems are developed in limited
depth primarily in the hope of whetting the appe
tite for a complete course in numerical analysis.
Laminar Convection
The integral equations and solutions for the
laminar boundary layer and the Graetz solution
for fully developed laminar flow in a pipe are
examined. (The detailed evaluation of the co
efficients and the eigenwerte are deferred to the
algebraically eager student as an extracurricular
exercise). The analog of the Graetz solution for
a powerlaw fluid is an example of an extension
of a derivation which is assigned as a home prob
lem. Other solutions for laminar flow in a channel
under different conditions are examined and com
pared.
The equations for laminar, free convection are
used as an illustration of the power of generalized
dimensional analysis to produce the correct form
of the solutions and empirical correlations for
large Pr, small Pr, uniform heat flux and even
fully developed turbulent motion. The success of
asymptotic methods in producing firstorder solu
tions of great generality is noted.
The Nusselt equation for condensation is de
rived and the effects of finite heat capacity,
curvature and nonNewtonian behavior are con
sidered in home problems.
Emmon's generalization for condensation, film
boiling, free convection and melting is presented
as an illustration of the analogous nature of these
four gravitational processes and of the great
power of firstorder analysis.
Turbulent Convection
The onedimensional empirical models and
analogies for turbulent forced convection are
compared with each other, with the twodimen
sional solutions and with the data. Again, the
insensitivity of the solutions to the several pos
FALL 1969
tulates is emphasized as the reason for the sur
prising success of all of the models.
Radiation
The models and data for emission, absorption,
transmission and scattering by solids and fluids
are first examined. The integral and differential
properties are contrasted.
Interchange between black, gray, adiabatic and
specular surfaces is considered. Analytical
methods and results (including differential ex
tensions), numerical methods and results, the
electric circuit analog and the radiosity formu
lation are included.
REPRESENTATIVE PROBLEMS
The character and scope of a course are per
haps most evident from the problems which are
assigned. Hence, a few representative problems
are given below. Because of space limitations
these problems are somewhat atypical in that
they are restricted to those with very short state
ments and hence are simpler, involve less input
data and are less applied than most of those
assigned in the course.
1. A shock wave is generated in a tube containing air
at an initial pressure of 0.10 atmosphere and 600F.
The measured velocity of the wave is 7200 ft/sec. If the
wave reflects off the closed end of the tube to what pres
sure and temperature will the wall be subjected? Note all
assumptions.
2. Will adding to the length of the diverging section of
a rocket nozzle increase the thrust? Explain.
3. A planar shock wave propagates indefinitely, pro
ducing an increase in temperature, pressure and density.
What is the source of energy for this compression and
heating?
4. Water and npentane are pumped at equal volumetric
rates between two horizontal parallel plates. Determine the
location of the interface for fully developed laminar flow.
5. In cylindrical coordinates the Coriolis force is
pu u /r and the centrifugal force is pu2 /r. Show
r 0
whether or not each of those terms has a zero or finite,
timeaveraged value for fully developed turbulent flow
in a straight pipe. Do these terms affect the pressure
gradients? Explain.
6. On a dry, 700F day with a barometric pressure of
740 mm. Hg, a pitcher is able to throw a baseball with
sufficient force so that it arrives at the plate 60 feet away
with a velocity of 90 miles per hour. Assuming that he
throws with the same force, what would be the maximum
and minimum velocities at the plate if all combinations
of weather from 400F to 1000F, zero to saturated hu
midity and 730 to 760 mm Hg were encountered during
the season? Neglect the effect of ambient conditions on
the ball itself.
7. A large block of copper at 1000F is brought in
contact with a large block of steel at 2000 F along two
plane faces of the blocks. Calculate the temperature of
the interface as a function of time.
8. The mean monthly air temperature at Detroit
varies as follows in OF: J, 29; F, 28; M, 37; A, 48;
M, 57; J, 63; J, 65; A, 65; S, 62; 0, 54; N, 43; and D, 32.
Assuming that the surface temperature equals the air tem
perature and that moisture, curvature and geological ef
fects may be neglected, calculate the temperature at a
depth of 10 feet as a function of time. The soil may be as
sumed to have a specific gravity of 1.75, a thermal conduc
tivity of 1.4 x 103 cal/cmsecC and a specific heat of
0.25.
9. Starting with the general integral formulation, de
rive a numerical value for the asymptotic Nusselt num
ber for fully developed laminar flow and a fully developed
temperature field in a circular tube with a uniform heat
flux density at the wall.
10. Determine by dimensional analysis alone the mini
mum functional relationship between the local heat trans
fer coefficient and the other variables for laminar, steady,
free convection of a powerlaw fluid to a vertical plate
at uniform temperature. The usual assumptions of boun
dary layer theory may be employed and the inertial terms
may be neglected.
11. Experimental data are to be obtained for con
vective heat transfer and pressure drop in smooth pipes.
Experience suggests that for the chosen conditions,
(hD/k)/(Cp/k)l/3 and (dP/dL)(Dp/G2) can be ex
pected to be different functions of DG/u only. Suggest
dimensionless coordinates for a graphical correlation of
the measured heat transfer coefficient as a function of
the measured pressure gradient such that neither coordi
nate contains the velocity.
12. A reaction in a very viscous material is to be
carried out in a scrapedsurface heat exchanger. The heat
of reaction and heat of viscous dissipation may be
neglected. It is proposed to double both the length of the
exchanger and the flow rate. Will be conversion be
greater, equal or less? Why? Will the outlet temperature
be greater, equal or less? Why?
13. Calculate the error resulting from the following
approximation for the interchange factor between a
square surface and a parallel differential surface at a
normal distance equal to the side of the square. Subdivide
the square into four square elements and sum the inter
change factors for these elements using the center points
only.
14. A cloud reduces the radiant flux from the sun by
40%. Estimate the reduction to be obtained if the thick
ness of the cloud were tripled (a) assuming absorption
and negligible scattering (b) assuming scattering and
negligible absorption.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
Many colleagues, including particularly
R. R. White, J. O. Wilkes and D. A.
Saville, and many, many students at both
the University of Michigan and the Uni
versity of Pennsylvania have contributed
to the development of the philosophy and
details of this course.
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
The world of Union Oil
salutes the world
of chemical engineering
We at Union Oil are particularly indebted to the colleges
and universities which educate chemical engineers.
Because their graduates are the scientists who contribute
immeasurably to the position Union enjoys today:
The thirtieth largest manufacturing company in
the United States, with operations throughout
the world.
Union today explores for and produces oil and natural gas
in such distant places as the Persian Gulf and Alaska's
Cook Inlet. We market petroleum products and petro
chemicals throughout the free world.
Our research scientists are constantly discovering new
ways to do things better. In fact, we have been granted
more than 2,700 U.S. patents.
We and our many subsidiaries are engaged in such
diverse projects as developing new refining processes,
developing new fertilizers to increase the food yield, and
the conservation of air and water.
Today, Union Oil's growth is dynamic.
Tomorrow will be even more stimulating.
Thanks largely to people who join us from leading
institutions of learning.
If you enjoy working in an atmosphere of imagination and
challenge, why not look into the world of Union Oil?
Growth...with innovation. Union Oil Company of California.
unl@n
e Qow"Us in Moamentnm T4a4Mdp04t
FLUID DYNAMICS
THOMAS J. HANRATTY
University of Illinois
Urbana, Illinois 61801
Fluid dynamics plays a central role in many
problems of interest to chemical engineers. Be
cause of this, the semester course in the area pre
sented by the ChE Division of the University of
Illinois has been one of the most durable offerings
in its graduate curriculum. I have taught this
course since 1953 and one similar to it had existed
many years prior to my involvement.
My goal is to present a unified treatment of fluid
dynamics to students who have had courses in
differential equations and transport phenomena
and who have some knowledge of vector notation.
The content reflects the philosophy within the
Division that the more advanced and more current
aspects of any field are covered in our Special
Topics courses and in our seminars. (For example,
in recent years I have conducted seminars on tur
bulence, hydrodynamic stability, continuum me
chanics, water waves, numerical solutions of the
equations of fluid mechanics, rheology and in
modern aspects of boundary layer theory.) As a
result, the fluid dynamics course is largely based
on material available in a number of textbooks. It
is intended that it be a starting point for ad
vanced studies of the current literature, which
are best done in an informal fashion.
At present, the course is in transition because
of the introduction by most schools of more ad
vanced topics in fluid dynamics at the under
graduate level. One of my chief difficulties is to
assess properly the background of the students
since I find that the courses offered at different
universities in transport phenomena vary consid
erably in content and depth. Therefore, at the
risk of losing the interest of the better prepared
students, I give a rapid treatment of key physical
notions that should be covered in a basic course in
transport phenomena. I also give the students a
chance to do some reviewing of their own by
assigning at the beginning of the course a num
ber of problems from the book "Transport Phe
nomena" by Bird, Stewart, and Lightfoot.
Thomas J. Hanratty is professor of chemical engineer
ing at University of Illinois. He was educated at Villanova,
Ohio State, and Princeton University, PhD ('53). His
recent professional honors include the Curtis W. McGraw
Award (ASEE) and the William H. Walker and the Pro
fessional Prograss Awards of AIChE.
I have been experimenting with the contents of
the course and, as a result, the outline accompany
ing the article is meant to represent the types of
topics treated and not the total material covered
in a semester. For example, this past year I did
nothing with topic 10 and only partially covered
the notes I have prepared under topic 9. One of
the ideas that is not sufficiently developed is that
of hydrodynamic stability. I am currently giving
some thought to ways of working it into the
course.
BASIC EQUATIONS
The course is initiated by reviewing the con
cept of a fluid particle and of a continuum and,
in particular, by pointing out circumstances,
such as the settling of fine particles, where the
continuum model is invalid. It is then indicated
that an Eulerian framework is usually more con
venient than a Lagrangian framework for solving
fluid dynamical problems. The second law of
motion and the first law of thermodynamics are
reformulated so that they are applicable to an
arbitrary fixed volume in space rather than to a
fixed mass. Difficulties that sometime can be en
countered in applying thermodynamics, which is
formulated for an equilibrium system, to flow
fields are pointed out.
UNIDIRECTIONAL VISCOUS FLOWS
The concepts of a shear stress and the sign con
vention to be associated with it are introduced by
considering fully developed flow in a pipe. New
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
ton's law of viscosity is initially presented by
assuming that the shear stress is directly pro
portional to the velocity gradient. Through the
momentum theorem it is pointed out that the
shear stress may also be interpreted as a flux of
momentum. Through this concept kinetic theory
can be used to interpret fluid viscosity. Flow be
tween circular cylinders is considered because it
is a convenient way to introduce concepts which
are used later to extend Newton's law of viscosity
to threedimensions. It is pointed out that viscous
effects will not depend on that portion of the
velocity gradient that gives rise to solid body
rotation but will depend on that portion which
distorts the shape of fluid area elements.
NONNEWTONIAN FLUIDS
Experiments are described which illustrate non
Newtonian behavior and which yield definite prop
erties characterizing the theological behavior of
fluids. These include nonlinear dependence on the
rate of strain of the fluid, normal stress effects
caused by shear flow, and elastic effects. The
Rabinowitsch equation is developed either in class
or in a homework problem because of its import
ance in interpreting nonlinear effects in steady
flows. Methods for calculating normal stress co
efficients and the use of small amplitude sinusoidal
oscillations and relaxation tests to determine
elastic properties are discussed. The Maxwell
equation for linear viscoelastic fluids is applied to
a few simple flow problems.
EQUATIONS OF MOTION
The differential equations describing the three
dimensional flow of a Newtonian fluid are now
developed in a cartesian coordinate system. This
is not done in general curvilinear coordinates be
cause the small number of new physical concepts
introduced by this generalization does not seem to
warrant the added complexity. The equation of
conservation of mass and the momentum theorem
are applied to a differential volume. The use of
cartesian tensors to simplify the notation is intro
duced. The physical interpretation of the sub
stantial derivative arising from the momentum
terms is presented. It is pointed out that in order
to describe the force acting on the surface of a
volume the location as well as the orientation of
each surface element is needed. The problem of
representing these surface forces is greatly sim
plifid by showing that the stress on any arbi
S. a theory for turbulent flows is still to be
developed. My goal ... is to introduce some of
the language used in correlating turbulence
measurements and in characterizing the turbulent
field.
trarily oriented surface element can be described
in terms of the nine stress components needed to
specify the stress vectors acting on three mutually
perpendicular planes. Cauchy's equation of motion
can then be derived. The properties of the stress
components are now explored in order to facilitate
the development of constitutive relations. It is
shown that the nine stress components are a
second order symmetrical cartesian tensor. The
concepts of principle axes and principle stresses
are introduced. The invariants of the stress tensor
are defined.
CONSTITUTIVE RELATIONS
The constitutive equations relating the stress
components to the velocity field are now devel
oped for a Newtonian fluid. The problem of doing
this for more general fluids is discussed briefly.
The velocity gradient is shown to be a second
order cartesian tensor which can be represented
as the sum of a symmetric and an antisymmetric
tensor. The stress components can be related only
to the symmetric part of the stress tensor (rate
of strain tensor) since this is the part that gives
rise to the distortion of fluid volume elements.
Newton's law of viscosity is generalized to three
dimensions by assuming that the components of
the stress tensor are linearly related to the com
ponents of the symmetric part of the velocity
gradient tensor. This produces eightyone co
efficients of viscosity. Only two of these coeffi
cients are independent, because the fluid is
isotropic and because the stress and rate of strain
tensors are symmetric. The assumption of a linear
relation between the stress tensor and the rate
of strain tensor is now relaxed and the most
general relation is developed for an isotropic
fluid for which the components of the stress tensor
are only functions of the components of the rate
of strain tensor. This relation predicts normal
stress effects and nonNewtonian behavior for
steady flow in a channel. The work of Oldroyd,
Rivlin and Erickson, and Colman and Noll aimed
at developing constitutive relations which exhibit
elastic effects as well as nonlinearity and normal
stresses is discussed only qualitatively.
The NavierStokes equations are now derived
FALL 1969
You won't just get your feet wet.
Standard Oil Company of California offers all
the experience you can soak up.
You'll start out facing practical situations and
using your academic knowl
edge and skills to solve real
problems. You may even have
to improvise and develop
new approaches to specific
questions.
We rotate the assign
ments of young professionals.
You will be able to work
with different groups of
experienced colleagues and sharpen your skills on
a variety of projects.
Talk with our representative when he comes
to your campus about the
opportunities we have for
you. Check your placement
office for more information or
write to: D. C. Reid, Coordi
nator, Professional Employ
ment, Standard Oil Company
of California, 225 Bush Street
Room 105, San Francisco,
California 94120.
Standard Oil Company of California
An Equal Opportunity Employer
by introducing the constitutive equations for a
Newtonian fluid into the Cauchy equation. The
solutions of these equations for the case of an
incompressible fluid are developed for three very
general assumptions: creeping flow, perfect fluids,
and boundary layers.
CREEPING FLOWS
According to the creeping flow approximation
the inertia terms of the equations of motion can
be neglected at small Reynolds numbers. Creeping
flow around a sphere is worked out in much detail
since it illustrates the use of a stream function,
the method of eliminating the pressure term from
the equations of motion, and the calculation of
body forces and skin friction on a solid body. The
case of flow around a bubble is worked out in a
homework assignment. It is shown that the creep
ing flow approximation does a good job in predict
ing the force on a sphere but a poor job in predict
ing the flow field at distances far from the sphere.
For flow around a cylinder it doesn't even predict
the force on the cylinder. Regular perturbation
methods are shown to yield poor higher order
approximations to the creeping flow solutions.
The method of Oseen is discussed. The singular
perturbation method, as outlined by Proudman
and Pearson, is then shown to be a proper way
of getting higher order approximations.
PERFECT FLUIDS
A perfect fluid is defined as one for which the
viscosity and thermal conductivity are zero and
for which the entropy of fluid particles is con
stant. The Euler equations then describe the flow
field. The conditions under which one might ex
pect an irrotational flow field are discussed. The
velocity vector is then describable as the gradient
of a potential function and the velocity field is
given by the equation of conservation of mass.
The integration of the Euler equation using the
assumption of irrotational flow yields the Ber
noulli equation. The Bernoulli equation can also
be obtained for rotational flows by applying the
momentum theorem to flow of a perfect fluid along
a stream tube. The constant of integration then
varies from stream tube to stream tube. The
solution for the flow of an irrotational perfect
fluid around a sphere is obtained. The predicted
pressure distribution around the surface is dis
cussed. The concept of virtual mass is introduced
by considering the unsteady motion of a sphere in
a perfect fluid and is applied to some problems of
interest. Twodimensional flows of irrotational
perfect fluids are then considered. A stream func
tion can be defined for a twodimensional flow
from the equation of conservation of mass and
complex variable theory can be used to solve flow
problems. A number of examples are considered
including the lift of solid bodies and free stream
lines. The treatment of small amplitude, waves
at an interface is one of the more successful
applications of the theory for irrotational perfect
fluids. Some of the problems considered in this
area are progressive twodimensional waves,
standing waves, group velocity, wave resistance,
KelvinHelmholtz instability, and Taylor insta
bility.
BOUNDARY LAYERS
Boundary layer theory attempts to correct per
fect fluid theory for viscous effects by assuming
the existence of a viscous layer close to a solid
surface. If this viscous layer is thin compared to
the dimensions of the body a simplified version of
the NavierStokes equation applicable to bound
ary layers on flat plates and curved surfaces is
obtained. The concept of separation is discussed
and it is pointed out that boundary layer theory
is only applicable up to the point where the bound
ary layer separates from the solid surface. The
difficulties of applying the theory are discussed,
and, in particular, the problems associated with
determining the external inviscid flow or the pres
sure distribution around the body are emphasized.
Dimensional analysis is applied to the boundary
layer equations to determine the functional rela
tion between the skin friction coefficient and the
Reynolds number. Similarity solutions are briefly
discussed. The series methods of Blasius and of
Gbrtler and the integral methods ofKPohlhausen
and of Bohlen and Walz for solvifig the boundary
layer equations for some general pressure dis
tribution are introduced. I find that the best way
to present these methods is to give a homework
problem which requires the application of bound
ary layer theory to a solid body for which the
pressure distribution is known.
TURBULENCE
This treatment of boundary layers concludes
my discussion of laminar flows. It might seem
anomolous that even though most flows in nature
are turbulent I don't introduce the topic of tur
FALL 1969
bulence until this point in the course. The reason
for this is simply that a theory for turbulent
flows is still to be developed. Therefore my goal
in treating turbulent flows is to introduce some
of the language used in correlating turbulence
measurements and in characterizing the turbulent
field. The increased apparent shear stress in tur
bulent flows is explained in terms of the momen
tum transport caused by the fluctuating velocity
field. The concepts of eddy viscosity and mixing
length are introduced. They are found not to be
as useful for turbulent flows as were molecular
viscosity and mean free path for laminar flows
because the scale of the turbulent motion respon
sible for transport is of the same order as the
dimensions of the field. A general discussion is
given on the character of fully developed velocity
profiles and, in particular, on the roles of fluid
viscosity and of the viscous sublayer. The varia
tion of the average velocity and the eddy viscosity
with location is correlated through dimensional
analysis and the "law of the wall", the "velocity
defect law", and the "overlap law". It is then
shown how the definition of eddy conductivities
for heat transfer are useful in explaining meas
urements and in particular the effect of Prandtl
number on temperature profiles. The interpreta
tion of fully developed velocity profiles and Cole's
"law of the wake" are used to develop predictive
methods for general turbulent boundary layer
flows. Taylor's treatment of point source diffusion
in homogeneous turbulent fields is presented as
one of the few successful theories in turbulence.
It is used to explain the gross aspects of turbulent
mixing and to interpret the observed variation of
eddy conductivities. Statistical methods for de
K01 news
The following item on CACHE was sub
mitted by Professor Warren D. Seider,
University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania 19104.
The CACHE (Computer Aids for Chemical
Engineering Education) Committee has been
organized to coordinate the development of com
puting systems for use in chemical engineering
education. The committee includes twenty educa
tors from sixteen universities. The principal goal
scribing turbulent flows are discussed and in par
ticular the concepts of correlation, scale, and
spectrum are introduced. A very brief summary
is given of theoretical attempts to deal with tur
bulence through the use of the concept of isotropy
and the definition of a turbulence structure.
COMPRESSIBLE FLOWS
The last topic in the outline is a onedimensional
treatment of compressible flows. It is usually pre
sented after the material on perfect fluid theory
but appears here in my outline because in recent
offerings of the course I have deleted it. Most of
this material with the exception of that on finite
amplitude waves and shock tubes are more prop
erly treated in undergraduate courses.
OTHER APPROACHES?
I should conclude this article by saying that
the course that I have discussed is only one way,
and not necessarily the best way, of introducing
graduate students in chemical engineering to
basic concepts in fluid dynamics. My own intro
duction to and interest in fluid dynamics devel
oped from a course in reactor design.
FLUID MECHANICS COURSE OUTLINE
1. Basic Equations
2. Unidirectional Viscous Flows
3. NonNewtonian Fluids
4. Equations of Motion for a Viscous Fluid
5. Constitutive Relations
6. Creeping Flow Approximation
7. Perfect Fluid Theory
8. Boundary Layer Theory
9. Turbulence
10. OneDimensional Compressible Flows
of the CACHE Committee is to accelerate the in
tegration of computing into the chemical engi
neering curriculum by sustained interuniversity
cooperation in the preparation of curriculum and
course outlines and in the specification and crea
tion of computing systems.
The CACHE Committee's curriculum sub
committee has organized a session for the AICHE
Annual Meeting in Washington, D.C., entitled
"Computers in Chemical Engineering Education."
The session will emphasize topics relating to
short and long range plans for the integration of
computers into the curriculum. Ten members of
the CACHE Committee will participate in the
panel discussion after brief presentations.
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
. A Celanese c
IS
freedom,
satisfaction,
reward,
I.
career
a little selfdiscipline.
We feel your students should settle for nothing less than the professional
opportunity that offers them the most satisfaction and reward. A career in which they
can be themselves. Do their own thing.
Naturally, that takes a bit of planning on their part. Like a degree in chemistry,
chemical, industrial or mechanical engineering. Or accounting. Plus a degree
of imagination. Ambition. Responsibility. A little selfdiscipline.
With them, they'll find the professional climate excellent at Celanese.
For some very good reasons.
We're big. But not too big. More important, we're still actively young and
growing. In the past ten years, or so, our sales have almost quadrupled.
And you can tell your students that we won't tie them up with long, formal
training programs. They'll learn as they practice their profession. Reap the
rewards of performancenot on age, or how long they've been with us. Of course,
they will be working with experienced pros. So, when a hand is needed,
they'll get it. Because it's to our mutual advantage to have them grow as fast as
they canand go as far as they can.
If you, or your students, have any questions about Celanese, we will be
pleased to answer them. Promptly. Just write to: John B. Kuhn, Manager of University
Relations, Celanese Corporation, 522 Fifth Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10036.
CELANESE
An equal opportunity employer
$4 Semifnaz GCanue:
STATISTICAL THEORIES OF PARTICULATE SYSTEMS
HUGH M. HULBURT
Northwestern University
Evanston, Illinois 60201
The theory of transport processes in the past
twenty years has been developed into a compre
hensive scientific basis for the description of the
essential operations of chemical engineering in
any arbitrary differential volume element. The
theory is essentially a continuum theory which
poses differential equations which must be inte
grated over the domain pertinent to each particu
lar process unit under consideration. Two major
difficulties arise in application. The less onerous
is the fact that continuum theory does not pro
vide the values of the transport properties, equa
tions of state and constitutive relationships for
specific systems. Molecular statistical mechanics
or experimental measurements, or both, must
provide this data. The more serious is the ex
tremely intricate forms often taken by the solu
tions of the transport equations, for example,
in turbulent flow. Although turbulence has been
studied intensively for nearly 100 years, we
still lack a sound theoretical connection with
the NavierStokes equations and still less a pre
dictively useful one. The principles of fracture
under stress are equally important in crushing
and grinding operations and are even less well
understood in terms of elasticity theory. Aggrega
tion, coagulation and agglomeration are likewise
processes which cannot as yet be usefully de
scribed by fundamental transport theory.
All of these processes have in common the cir
cumstance that they occur under conditions which
permit a large variety of solutions of transport
equations and which select no one of this variety
uniquely. The flow paths in a stirred vessel, each
of which we are confident is a solution of the
NavierStokes equations, are so various that we
must describe them as a statistical aggregate of
paths having some probability distribution. In
most applications, the residence times determined
by each path are of less interest than the mean
residence time, or some other statistical property
of the residence time distribution. In some cases,
however, the distribution itself is of direct in
terest, as in a crystallizer, since here the crystal
Hugh M. Hulburt is Professor and Chairman of the
Chemical Engineering Department at Northwestern Uni
versity. After receiving his PhD in physical chemistry at
the University of Wisconsin in 1942, he was National
Research Fellow in Chemistry at Princeton University
for one year. He has taught at Hunter College, and the
Catholic University and he has held positions with Shell
Oil Company, Chemical Construction Corporation, and
American Cyanamid Companyat the latter firm as
Director of Chemical Engineering (195859) and Direc
tor of Physical Research (195963) at their Stamford
Laboratories. In 1963 he joined the faculty of North
western University, and became Chairman of the De
partment of Chemical Engineering in 1964. His current
research interests include reaction design, chemical kine
tics, and electrochemical engineering.
size distribution is a direct consequence of the
residence time distribution.
Thus, there is a class of unit operations for
which the basic transport equations are insuffi
cient to provide the theory for engineering design.
The first stage of improvement over direct em
piricism and analysis by dimensionless groups is
to pose a theory based on a statistical distribution
of possible transport processes. The system in
question is defined by a number of properties (or
state variables) whose values are subject to
stochastic variation. We visualize the possibility
of making a simultaneous observation of these
properties and believe that, in any sufficiently
large set of replicated observations there will be
a definite frequency with which any specified set
of values will be observed. The function of the
state variables which associates this probability
with the specified set of values is the probability
distribution.
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

The flow paths in a stirred vessel, each of which is a solution of the NavierStokes equations, are so various
that we must describe them as a statistical aggregate
For example, in an ideal gas the velocity of any
particular molecule might (in thought at least) be
observed. Repeated observations will not give the
same result, but the observations will tend to
cluster about a central value. We can define a
function P(v) which is the probability that the
observed value, v', be at most equal to v, i.e.,
P(v) = {Probability that v' < v} = F(v) (1)
Our fundamental physical hypothesis is that re
peated observations define in the limit a definite
function F(v). In general, of course, F(v) may
be multidimensional, even continuously infinite
dimensional, but the conceptually simple cases of
one to three dimensions are often of real utility.
Our knowledge of the probability P(v) is not
limited solely to the results of empirical observa
tion. We remain convinced that the transport
equations hold for sufficiently local phenomena
just as any one molecule in a gas obeys New
tonian (or quantum) laws of motion. Hence, the
variations in the values of the statevariables
must be consistent with the local transport laws
and their distribution function, P(v), is not
purely random. There must be correlations im
posed by the local laws which lead to functional
relationships between the statistical properties of
the system and which account for the central ten
dencies of the distribution of statevariables.
Indeed, they should determine the functional
form of F(v) itself.
The role of statistical theory is to discover and
define those classes of distribution function which
are consistent with the local transport laws and
whatever other conditions are required and can
be defined by the physical nature of the process
under study. These additional conditions are
usually such physically obvious requirements as,
for example, that the system is confined to a
finite volume, or contains a fixed mass, or has a
definite average velocity and/or energy. Since
local velocity is a distributed variable, the re
quirement that the system have an average
energy requires that F(v) have a form that will
produce a definite mean square velocity
= f 00
v'dF (v)
Thus physical considerations will restrict the
class of admissible distribution functions to those
of paths having some probability distribution.
possessing at least one and usually two moments,
or more.
In addition, the effect of the local transport
laws on the distribution functions can be ex
pressed very generally. For the simple case of a
single stochastic variable, q, whose local rate of
change is q(q, t), a continuity equation holds in
the form
3f a (qf)
S+ aq = H(f,q,q,t) (3)
Here H (f,q,q,t) is a function that expresses the
effect of random sudden interactions upon the
distribution density f. Two classes of system are
met with in applications. In one, the elements of
the system interact only rarely, as in kinetics, or
not at all, as in collisionless plasmas or non
agglomerating crystallizers. Changes in f are
then brought about by the influence of external
fields on the motion of the noninteracting par
ticles, modified by occasion strong interactions
(or collisions) between particles. In the second
class of system, a particle interacts frequently
with others, but weakly, so that each collision
produces only an infinitesimal modification of its
properties, as in Brownian motion, or in plasma
dynamics.
In the first case, one estimates the change in q
produced by the strong interaction in a collision
and sums over the distribution of target particles
and impinging particles. The function H then is
the net probability that in unit time a particle
acquire a value of q = q' + dq by interaction with
other particles. It will usually be expressible as a
collision frequency multiplied by a crosssection
and integrated over the distributed property, q.
In the second case, the effect of collisions is to
produce an infinitesimal change in f and the H
function is expanded in series of derivatives of f
with coefficients which depend upon the collision
dynamics.
This equation or its equivalent is called vari
ously the particle balance equation10 the Liou
ville equation, the Kolmogoroff equation, the
FokkerPlanck equation, the Boltzmann equation,
or possibly other names in specific contexts. In
recent engineering applications, physical particles
have been envisioned and the "particle balance
equation" has has been a descriptive term.1,2 In
FALL 1969
general probability theory, the ChapmanKolmo
goroff equation is studied, usually under restric
tions slightly more limiting than desirable for
engineering applications.3
Physicists have studied the FokkerPlanck or
Boltzmann equations5 (or for aerosols,6 the
Smolichowski equation) in theories of molecular
statistical mechanics.7
The Liouville equation clearly applies to any
stochastic system for which one can define the
weakly interacting entities, or generalized par
ticles, and the significant statevariables, q, and
their local laws of motion, q=Q(q,t). When
physical particles are the elements of the system,
f can be interpreted directly as the particle num
ber distribution in q, which may be taken to be
location, size, mass, residence time or other meas
urable or significant property. However, in
polymers," one can define chain segments and a
distribution of chain lengths which obeys the
balance equation. For all termination schemes ex
cept radical recombination, or branching transfer,
the collision term, H, vanishes and the chain
length distribution is determined by the rate of
growth in a monomer field, modified by catalysts
and transfer agents. Chemical kinetic laws thus
give us forms for q=Q(q) and where required,
for H(q,t). In comminution9 the same equation is
obeyed, but now q (size) is altered only by impact
collision. The present problem here is discover the
appropriate fracture equations for individual par
ticles so that an expression can be given for
H(q). In aerosol coagulation, the collision mechan
isms are well defined but the effects of boundary
conditions and external fields have been explored
only partially.
That there is a pedagogically useful common
base for this wide variety of applications was evi
dent in a seminar conducted recently at North
western University in the Winter Quarter,
196869. Graduate students and faculty inter
ested in crystallization, polymerization, aerosol
coagulation, hydrosol coagulation and reaction
kinetics in dispersed two phase media par
ticipated. The ostensible outline of the seminar
was afforded by Beran, "Statistical Continuum
Theories," but it soon became apparent that some
background in basic probability was required and
several weeks were spent by the author develop
ing the basic probabilistic notions, the Chapman
Kolmogoroff equations and the Liouville or
FokkerPlanck Equations as applied to simple
The role of statistical theory is to discover and define
those classes of distribution function which are
consistent with local transport laws and other
conditions and can be defined by the physical
nature of the process under study.
Markov processes. The books by Feller, "Introduc
tion to Probability Theory," Vol. I and especially
Vol. II were invaluable in this phase of the semi
nar. Blanc LaPierre and Fortet, "Theory of Ran
dom Functions," was also very helpful in pro
viding physically motivated treatments of proba
bility theory. Loeve, "Probability Theory," is a
standard reference on matters of rigor and mathe
matical detail.
The following topic headings suggest the scope
of the course. Each occupied three to five lecture
periods.
1. Heuristic motivationstirred tank crystallizerprob
abilistic model building.
2. Concepts of probability theorydistribution, mean,
conditional probabilities, set functions, combination of
probabilities.
3. Characteristic functions, moments.
4. Random functions, indicator function.
5. Law of Large NumbersTchebycheff inequality,
Poisson distributionCentral Limit Theorem.
6. Standard probabilistic modelsBernoulli trials, com
pound events, normal distribution.
7. Random processeswaiting time distributionspro
cesses with independent incrementsgamma distribution
Poisson processes.
8. Kolmogoroff equationsMarkov processes, convolu
tions.
9. The Agglomeration Equationcollision processes.
The final eight days were devoted to reports on
specific applications to fields of interest to the
participants.
As the seminar developed, it became increas
ingly apparent that much of the engineering lit
erature in probabilistic models consists of redis
covery or reinterpretation of some basic concepts
and models which have been thoroughly studied
in general theory, but which need to be made
explicit and in some cases extended to cover fields
of engineering interest. Most discussions of ran
dom processes are based on Markov processes, yet
many engineering models are nonMarkov. Some
may be considered to be superpositions or con
volutions of Markov processes, and this represen
tation is often illuminating when one discovers it.
Of greatest value, perhaps, was the exercise in
the use of probabilistic concepts and the demon
stration of a common logical structure in a wide
range of seeming independent physical phe
nomena. An initial insight was gained into the
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
identification of properties of a system which are
purely consequences of its being an assembly of
weakly interacting parts or particles as distin
guished from those which reflect the intrinsic
physical nature of the isolated particles.
It seems to the author that while such insights
depend upon understanding the general theory
of stochastic processes, they do not come without
deep study and comparison of specific processes.
Therefore, the statistical theory of particulate
systems is truly an engineering science, approach
able in a useful way from the base of the analysis
of engineering problems.
REFERENCES
1. Randolph, A. D., and M. A. Larson, AIChE Journal
8, 639 (1962).
2. Hulburt, H. M. and S. Katz, Chem. Eng. Sci. 19, 555
(1964).
3. Feller, W., Introduction to Probability Theory, Vol. I
and II., John Wiley and Sons Co., New York 1966.
4. BlancLaPierre, A., and R. Fortet, Theory of Random
Functions, Vols. I and II, Gordon and Breach, New York.
5. Chandrasekhar, S., Rev. Mod. Phys., 15, (1943).
6. Fuchs, N. A. Mechanics of Aerosols, Macmillan, New
York (1964).
7. Cercignani, C., Mathematical Methods in Kinetic
Theory, Plenum Press, New York, 1969.
8. Bamford, C. H. and H. Tompa, Trans. Farad. Soc. 50,
1097 (1954).
9. Austin, L. G., "Equations of Grinding", ACS Christ
mas Symposium, Cambridge, Mass., 1967.
10. Himmelblau, D. and K. B. Bischoff, Process Analysis
and Simulation, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1968.
HOUGEN ON COLBURN (from p.171.)
loidal chemistry and Peter Debye in the kinetic
theory of gases.
AFTER SECURING HIS DOCTORATE degree
in 1929, Colburn was employed in the Engi
neering Experiment Station of the E. I. Du Pont
de Nemours Company under Thomas H. Chilton.
The du Pont Company very generously supported
Allan in his undertaking to derive independently
the mathematical formulations for mass and heat
transfer in fluid streams covering a wide variety
of industrial devices and conditions. These formu
lations appear in Chapter VII of the pioneer bul
letin "Studies on Heat Transmission" by Colburn
and Hougen [Bulletin 70 of the Engineering Ex
periment Station, College of Engineering, Univer
sity of Wisconsin, October 1930]. Otherwise this
bulletin is based on Colburn's doctorate thesis.
The rough draft was improved by the critical
review of K. M. Watson.
Colburn was an ideal student, scientist and en
gineer. In conversation and public lectures he had
an unusual capacity for clarity of expression. He
met unsound criticisms and arguments of his
audience with patience and encouragement, never
with disparagement, seeking not prsonal acclaim
but rather promoting self confidence and ambition
in others. My technical correspondence with Allan
continued for fifteen years following his academic
career but terminated when I no longer could keep
pace with his ever expanding scientific specula
tions.
My last meeting with Allan occurred in London
in September 1951an unexpected meeting at the
time of the Festival of Britain. Mrs. Hougen and
I met Mrs. Colburn accidentally on a London bus
on our way to the Tate Art Gallery. Allan arrived
in London one week later while we were awaiting
boat reservations for a return trip to the United
States. The four of us spent a pleasant summer
evening together at the amusement section of the
Festival of Britain. We enjoyed watching the
teenagers on the roller coasters and whirligigs.
In turn the British teenagers enjoyed our strange
use of the English language.
As an epilogue to this sketch I should add one
additional incident. In the fall of 1963 a young
coed, Miss Nancy Hall, a graduate student and
research assistant in the Department of Oncology
at the University of Wisconsin came to my office
to inquire about the possibility of a young man,
Willis Colburn, entering the University of Wis
consin as a Senior in Electrical Engineering. This
was easily arranged. When Willis appeared on the
campus, his similarity to his father 43 years
previous was most striking and brought a surge
of nostalgic memories. And thus this account re
turns full circle to its beginning, starting with a
meeting with Allan and his father Willis in 1922
and ending with the enrollment of his son Willis
42 years later. Nancy and Willis were soon
married. Both continued as research assistants
and graduate students for two or three years in
their respective fields. And thus three generations
of Colburns have touched my life over 46 years
of time. I understand the fourth generation has
recently arrived.
I shall close with one sentence from the letter
of his college friend Louis Warrick "How proud
the parents (of Allan Colburn) would be to know
of this latest honor to the memory of an out
standing son." This applies to all who knew Allan
Colburn.
FALL 1969
4 Comase in Mat 't7anapodt
DIFFUSIONAL OPERATIONS
E. N. Lightfoot
University of Wisconsin
Madison, Wisconsin 53706
This is an introduction to heat and mass trans
fer for graduate chemical engineers and others
seriously interested in transport phenomena. It is
normally given in the spring semester to provide
entering students an opportunity to take inter
,mediate transport phenomena or fluid mechanics
by way of preparation. It can be followed to ad
vantage by special topics courses offered on an
irregular basis and by Professor Curtiss' course,
The Transport and Other Properties of Fluids,
given in our Chemistry Department.
The organization of the course is indicated in
the idealized outline of Table 1, but the actual
coverage has changed substantially from term to
term ever since its original ancestor in 1944 was
introduced by Olaf A. Hougen. Emphasis is
normally given to those topics in greatest need
of reorganization. Thus in 196566 and 196667
emphasis was put on the formulation and solution
of multicomponent diffusion problems and the
estimation of transport properties of lowdensity
gases. During the last two years the highest prior
ity has been given to applications of boundary
layer theory, with particular emphasis on mass
transfer across mobile interfaces. This current
bias shows clearly in this paper. It is now our
hope to decrease the emphasis on transport prop
erties, and, if possible, to put this material in a
separate course. If this goal is realized, more
attention will be given to applications of current
interest, to demonstrate the utility of the tech
niques introduced.
The direction in which this course changes will,
however, be strongly influenced by the instructor
in charge since course content and the instructor's
research program have always been closely inter
related. Until recently the coverage was heavily
influenced by Mr. Lightfoot's interests in bio
medical mass transfer and fluidfluid contacting
devices. With the increasing involvement of Mr.
T. W. Chapman more emphasis on electrochemical
applications can be expected.
Professor Lightfoot was educated at Cornell University,
BchE and PhD. In 1953 he joined the Wisconsin depart
ment, became active in curriculum revision, and colla
borated with Bird and Stewart on the text Transport
Phenomena. His major research interests are in mass
transfer and separation processes and in the application
of transport phenomena to environmental and biomedical
problems.
There is no one reference on which this course
is based. However, the text Transport Phenomena
provides a good introduction to much of the ma
terial covered, and The Molecular Theory of Gases
and Liquids is used very heavily for both the
phenomenological aspects of diffusion and the
prediction of transport properties. It has also
been the custom in recent years to distribute
copies of the lecturer's notes, and a substantial
portion of these is now available in printed form
as Chapter Two: Estimation of Heat and Mass
Transfer Rates in Volume 4, Lectures in Trans
port Phenomena of the AIChE continuing educa
tion series.
SUMMARY OF PRESENT COURSE
I. The Equations of Change and the Transport
Properties
The purpose of this first section of the course
is to lay a sufficiently firm theoretical foundation
for the foreseeable needs of the students. It has
been found desirable to spend six to eight weeks
on these topics, or eighteen to twentyfour 50
minute class periods, and even then only a partial
coverage can be achieved. In the spring of 196869
most of the material on transport properties was
omitted to permit greater coverage of boundary
layer theory. However, it is felt by the author
that this material should not be slighted.
Our introduction of the conservation equations
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
TABLE 1Topical Outline for Diffusional Operations
I. The Equations of Change and the Transport Prop
erties
A. Conservation Relations for Multicomponent Systems
1. The equations of continuity and energy
2. The equations of motion
3. The equation of entropy conservation
B. Relations between Fluxes and Driving Forces: The
Transport Properties
1. A thermodynamic basis for the formulation of
rate equations
2. Prediction of transport properties on the basis of
kinetic theory
3. Semiempirical correlations of the transport
properties
4. Experimental determination of transport proper
ties
C. The Requirements of a Quantitative Description
1. Review of the equations and boundary conditions
needed to describe masstransfer systems
2. Dimensional analysis
3. The approximate description of multicomponent
nonisothermal systems in terms of binary
isothermal solutions
II. Estimation of Heat and MassTransfer Rates
in Welldefined Systems
A. Intraphase Transport in Systems of Fixed Geometry
1. The film model: unidirectional transport
2. Convective heat and mass transfer through
laminar boundary layers
a. Forced convection
b. Free convection
3. The effects of operating conditions on intraphase
transfer coefficients
a. Net mass transfer across bounding surfaces
b. Homogeneous chemical reactions
c. End effects
B. Intraphase Transport in Systems with Mobile
Interfaces
1. The boundarylayer equations of energy and con
tinuity near a deformable surface
2. Description of model systems
3. Effects of operating conditions
C. Interphase Transport
1. Addition of intraphase resistance: the tworesist
ance theory of Whitman and its limitations
2. Effects of heat and mass transfer on hydro
dynamic stability: Marangoni effects
III. Approximate Descriptions of Complex Systems
A. Mass Transfer to Rippling Laminar Films
1. The effect of surface mobility on masstransfer
effectiveness
2. The effects of surfacetension gradients on heat
and mass transfer
B. Mass Transfer across Free Turbulent Surfaces
C. Mass Transfer in Dispersed Systems: Performance
of a Model Liquid Extractor
is a straightforward extension of the treatment
in Chapter 18 of Transport Phenomena and hence
is largely a review. This discussion is short, and
it is a convenient vehicle for reviewing vector
tensor operations.
The rate equations require a much more exten
sive discussion, however, and neither the coverage
nor the approach of Transport Phenomena is con
sidered adequate for our purposes. We begin with
a careful description of the postulates and predic
tions of irreversible thermodynamic analyses and
put major emphasis on the masstransfer aspects.
The most important single result of this discus
sion is the generalization of the StefanMaxwell
equations which for isothermal transport take
the form:
3(1)
JtL
with i
and
j = 0
These equations define* the multicomponent dif
fusivities. Equation 1 forms a very convenient
and flexible basis for discussion of diffusional
transport in both free solution and mechanically
constrained membranes. It is particularly useful
for systems containing electrolytes.
Discussion of kinetic theory is largely a conden
sation of the pertinent sections of the Molecular
Theory of Gases and Liquids, and its purpose is
to explain the origins of the lowdensity gas ex
pressions summarized in Chapters 1, 8, and 16 of
Transport Phenomena. This is difficult material
to explain in a short time, particularly in the later
highly mathematical stages of the development
of expressions for the transport properties.
We are still looking for easier ways to "tell the
story". Nevertheless this portion of the course
has proven useful to the students and has stimu
lated a number to take Professor Curtiss' course
in transport properties referred to above.
Subsection C is rather heterogeneous and in
cludes such topics as the specification of boundary
conditions at gassolid and fluidfluid interactions,
development of scaleup criteria, and solution of
multicomponent diffusion problems by matrix
techniques. Here too it is important for the lec
turer to focus attention on carefully selected
areas rather than to attempt encyclopedic cov
erage.
*Here .j is the molar chemical potential of species j, and
except as noted the nomenclature of this article is that
of the text Transport Phenomena.
FALL 1969
II. Estimation of Heat and Mass Transfer Rates
in Well Defined Systems
Accurate prediction of heat and mass transfer
rates in applications of practical interest is still a
formidable problem. This is due in part to the
complex geometry and flow conditions encoun
tered but also to the large number of parameters
affecting system behavior. Fortunately it is often
possible to determine the functional dependence,
and even the magnitude, of heat and masstrans
fer coefficients from highly simplified models of
the real system. This section of the course is
devoted to discussion of the most widely useful
physical models.
A. Intraphase Transport in Systems of Fixed
Geometry
We start by discussion of intraphase transport
in systems with fixed boundaries and concentrate
on asymptotic boundarylayer models. In each
case we begin our discussion with a simple proto
type to illustrate characteristic behavior and then
proceed to generalize our discussion to the degree
possible. After discussion of convective transfer
at zero interfacial velocities we consider the com
plications introduced by chemical reactions and
high net mass transfer rates.
We first consider film models of heat and mass
transfer and concentrate our attention on tur
bulent transport in duct flows. In this discussion
we compare available expressions for the turbu
lent transport properties and show that the best
of these yield simple asymptotic correlations sim
ilar to the ChiltonColburn relation for the Rey
nolds and Schmidt (or Prandtl) number ranges
of most interest. Since adequate empirical corre
lations already exist for long ducts this discussion
is most useful as a preparation for analysis of
transfer in short ducts and mass transfer accom
panied by chemical reaction.
We next consider forcedconvection transport
through laminar boundary layers and use as our
prototypes penetration into a stagnant liquid and
dissolution of a sparingly soluble duct wall. These
are then generalized using the techniques pio
neered by Acrivos and Stewart to systems of
arbitrary geometry as suggested in Fig. 1. The
key results of these analyses are:
SF(4/3) (" d.]
Sg.r '(2)
(H~isLAn;
a 1d N,,= (R.A)'4 I o 5 fal e t )
Here* h,, hy, h2 = scale factors for the locally orthogonal
S coordinates of Fig. 1.
yz the dimensionless shear rate at the system
boundary
u*o = dimensionless tangential velocity component at the
interface.
X = Schmidt or Prandtl number.
Equation 2 is essentially that given by Stewart
in his boundarylayer analysis of heat and mass
transfer about threedimensional solid bodies at
high Sc or Pr. Equation 3 is a straightforward
generalization of Acrivos' development for two
dimensional and axisymmetric bodies at very low
Sc or Pr. It is, however, actually most useful for
describing steady transfer about drops and bub
 . ',E ATED Z
SEPARATED ZONE
Fig. 1. Heat or mass transfer from a threedimensional
surface. The asymptotic analysis applies upstream of the
separated and turbulent flow regions.
*Notation given by Lightfoot, op cit.
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
bles at very high Schmidt number. It is thus a
special case of the surfacestretch modification of
the penetration model discussed below.
After introduction of these rather general re
sults the behavior of several real systems is dis
cussed briefly to demonstrate both their utility
and limitations.
We follow this discussion with introduction to
freeconvection transport and the challenging
problems of transfer accompanied by chemical
reaction and high net masstransfer rates. In
these latter discussions we place particular em
phasis on the development of geometryinsensi
tive correlations.
B. Intraphase Transport in Systems with Mobile
Interfaces
This section is devoted largely to extension of
the penetration model to systems with stretching
and shrinking interfaces. We follow here the
approach of Angelo, Lightfoot, and Howard as
refined by Stewart, Angelo, and Lightfoot. In
doing this we make use of a similarity trans
formation first suggested by Ilkovic in 1934 and
since independently reintroduced many times by
other workers including Acrivos, Lochiel and
Calderbank, and Scriven and Pigford.
We are able to show as a result of our analysis
that the masstransfer behavior of an extremely
wide variety of fluidfluid systems is described by
the simple equation
. iF4 T)/sct)]2d
where Nu is the temporal mean Nusselt number
for a surface element based on its area so at an
arbitrary reference time, and s (7) is the area as a
function of the dimensionless time t*. The symbol
A is used for Schmidt or Prandtl number. The
term in braces in Eq. 4 is simply the penetration
theory result for a nondeformable surface ele
ment, and the correction factor K is just the tem
poral rootmeansquare value of s/So. Equation 4
is useful for drops and bubbles, rippling films,
laminar jets, and many other important systems.
Some of the most important of these are discussed
in detail.
C. Interphase Transport
This discussion is devoted largely to a critical
review of the twofilm theory of Whitman and
of Marangoni effects.
Surprisingly relatively few vigorous treatments
of interphase transport are available, and it is
still common practice to estimate overall coeffi
cients by addition of separately calculated intro
phase resistances. We review the errors inherent
in this approach and show that improper area
averaging of local coefficients can be a particu
larly important source of error. In this discussion
we follow much of the original treatment of King.
In fluidfluid contractors variations in inter
facial tension over the masstransfer surface can
have profound effects on both the shape of this
surface and the flow conditions near it. These
socalled Marangoni effects were first shown to
be important in separations processes by Sher
wood and Wei, and the first significant attempt to
describe them quantitatively for process equip
ment was made by Sternling and Scriven by
means of a linearized stability analysis. We con
sider in our course two simple analyses of Maran
goni effects in falling films due to Ludviksson and
Lightfoot and Wang, Ludviksson and Lightfoot.
In addition to their simplicity these examples
offer the advantage of direct application in sim
ple process equipment. They can thus be used in
our practical examples.
III. Approximate Descriptions of More Complex
Systems
In this section we consider systems too complex
for detailed rigorous analysis but which can be
usefully analyzed in the light of the preceding
sections. This is felt to be a very important part
of the course since in practice engineers must
usually stick their necks out and deal with a con
siderable amount of uncertainty. The purpose
here is to show what sorts of approximations and
simplifications are likely to be successful and to
encourage the development of "engineering judge
ment".
The specific examples we are presently using
are:
1) Semiquantitative descriptions of inertial rippling
and Marangoni effects on mass and heat transfer in
laminar falling films. We base these discussions on an
alyses and measurements performed in our own labora
tory by Howard, Irani, Ludviksson, Massot, and Wang.
2) Prediction of reaeration rates of streams using an
extension of the analysis of Fortescue and Pearson.
3) Prediction of the performance of a sievetray liquid
extractor from fluidmechanic measurements, based on
analyses and measurements of Angelo and Howard in
our laboratory.
FALL 1969
The university where classes neverend.
Union Carbide's research centers are in many ways like a university.
In any one of them you'd meet a faculty with advanced degrees in practically every science.
You'd see them scribbling complicated formulas on blackboards and working with complex
scientific instruments.
You'd hear them discussing the uses of tremendous pressures, unearthly heat, intense
coldas well as problems in oceanography, outer space, atomic energy.
In any one of our many research centers and laboratories which we maintain here and
abroad, you'd sense the vast and diversified scope of Union Carbide technology.
Finding better ways to do things is the aim of this research. And when a better way is found
to revolutionize an industrial processor simply develop a new product for your comfort or
convenienceour research scientists don't graduate.
They move on to new and exciting challenges created by today's advancing technology.
M Aoom
For additional information on our activities, write to Union Carbide Corporation, Department of University
Relations, 270 Park Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10017. An equal opportunity employer.
THE DISCOVERY COMPANY
We have chosen these for familiarity and because
they are (perhaps fortuitously) successful ex
amples of the application of fundamentals intro
duced earlier in the course. We believe that unit
operations should be taught this way when pos
sible: from personal experience and in the light
of available theory.
Plans for Future Development
It is obvious from this discussion that our
course outline is too long, and each year we must
slight some topics very badly to obtain meaning
ful coverage of others. We believe we must soon
either expand to a oneyear sequence or move
much of Section I to a new course on the estima
tion of physical properties.
We particularly feel the need of more examples,
both for consolidating the theory presented and
for advertising new fields. We also feel that we
are placing too little emphasis on inventiveness
and ingenuity. This course is therefore far from
satisfactory, even in its philosophy. We hope it
will look very different five years from now.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Bird, R.B., W.E. Stewart, and E.N. Lightfoot, "Transport
Phenomena", Wiley (1960)
Bird, R.B., W. E. Stewart, E.N. Lightfoot, and T. W.
Chapman, "Lectures in Transport Phenomena", Vol. 4.
AIChE Continuing Education Series (1969), Chap. 2,
Estimation of Heat and Mass Transfer Rates, By E.N.L.
Hirschfelder, J.O., C.E. Curtiss, and R.B. Bird, "Molecular
Theory of Gases and Liquids", Wiley (1954)
Book reviews
Kinetics of Chemical Processes
Michel Boudart,
PrenticeHall (1968), ix+246 pp.
To quote from the jacket of this volume
"... Chemical kinetics, once the esoteric domain
of the theorist, has become a vital tool in the
design, operation and control of reactors .".
With the emergence over the past decade of
chemical reaction engineering as an active and
vital area in both teaching and research, the need
for a book such as that Professor Boudart has
provided us with here has become almost painful.
To be sure, chemical engineering kinetics (what
ever that is) is said to be the topic treated in a
number of available texts. Kinetics, however,
generally seems to bow out of the picture after
quick tours through phenomological rate forms,
chain reactions and the steadystate approxima
tion, numerous integrated rate equations and the
inevitable LangmuirHinshelwood discussion. One
is left in these texts with a substantial involve
ment in reactor analysis and design, which is cer
tainly worthwhile, but kinetics then appear only
as something taken for granted. Those who have
attempted teaching reaction kinetics as distinct
from reactor analysis or reaction engineering,
know that the assembly of material for such a
course at any level other than the trivial is a
tiresome task of searching through a number
(in my own case, six) of texts and monographs
in the chemical and chemical engineering litera
ture. No longer! In this admirable introductory
text, Professor Boudart has put all the informa
tion together for us, clearly and concisely, while
still leaving lots of latitude for us all to incorpo
rate our own variations.
The approach of the book is straightforwardly
put in the Preface: to develop the single chapter
on kinetics in a physical chemistry text into a
whole course, giving the essence of theory and
experiment without indulging in extreme chemi
cal detail. The contents include introductory ma
terial on rate functions and reactor types, theory
of chemical kinetics of elementary steps, steady
state treatments for various systems, chain reac
tion sequences, the concept of rate determining
steps and stoichiometric numbers, irreducible
(i.e., those arising from the reaction process it
self) transport effects on kinetics, and correla
tion methods for both homogeneous and hetero
geneous reactions. There are a number of points
which demonstrate how well structured and care
fully written this text is. For example, transition
state theory is developed via the thermodynamic
formulation, which very clearly distinguishes
between energy and entropy contributions to re
action rates. The development given fbr reac
tions proceeding via elementary steps involving
active centers chain and catalytic sequences 
provides a useful generalization for a large por
tion of kinetics, and the chapters on correlations
in homogeneous and heterogeneous reaction ki
netics provide a nice amalgam of information
from sources which are diverse and perhaps not
the most familiar. There are quite a number of
problems included, and they are generally excel
lent. In short, this is a book which every chemi
cal engineer should have in his library.
John B:'Butt
Northwestern University
FALL 1969
74 CaOwe in anttol and OP&inaKtkOn
OPTIMAL CONTROL OF
REACTION SYSTEMS
LEON LAPIDUS
Princeton University
Princeton, N. J. 08540
In this article we shall briefly outline some of
the major topics covered in a graduate course in
Optimal Control of Reaction Systems at Prince
ton. This course was originally started in 1955
as a full year of Numerical Analysis and has
gradually evolved into its present form. This was
achieved by the inclusion in 1959 of selected items
(3 and 6 in Table II below) and the subsequent
addition of more and more material until the
present coverage resulted.
TABLE ITEXTS RECOMMENDED FOR COURSE
IN OPTIMAL CONTROL OF REACTION SYSTEMS
I 1. Athans, M., and Falb, P. L., "Optimal Control",
McGrawHill (1966).
I 2. Bryson, A. E., and Ho, Y., "Applied Optimal
Control", Blaisdell (1969).
I 3. Koppel, L. B., "Introduction to Control Theory",
PrenticeHall (1968).
I 4. Lapidus, L., and Luus, R., 'Optimal Control of
Engineering Processes", Blaisdell (1967).
I 5. Larson, R. E., "State Increment Dynamic Pro
gramming", Elsevier (1968).
I 6. Lee, E. S., 'Quasilinearization and Invariant Im
bedding", Academic Press (1968).
I 7. Luenberger, D. G., "Optimization by Vector Space
Methods", Wiley (1969).
I 8. Ogata, K., "State Space Analysis of Control Sys
tems", PrenticeHall (1967).
I 9. Roberts, S. M., "Dynamic Programming in Chemi
cal Engineering and Process Control", Academic
Press (1964).
110. Sage, A. P., "Optimum Systems Control", Prentice
Hall (1968).
I11. Wilde, D. J., and Beightler, C. S., "Foundations of
Optimnization", PrenticeHall (1967).
Table I lists a number of recommended texts
which are used through the year and Table II
gives some details on the explicit topics covered
in the course. The main text references are I2
and 14, but all those shown in Table I are con
Leon Lapidus is professor and chairman of the chemi
cal engineering department at Princeton University. He
was educated at Syracuse University (BS and MS) and
the University of Minnesota (PhD, '50). He teaches
courses in analysis of transport phenomena and com
putational techniques and in numerical techniques in
engineering analysis. His research interests lie in the
areas of optimization, optimal control and stability of
chemical reaction systems.
sulted at various points. Recent references have
been included in Table II so that the reader or
student has a convenient starting point for pub
lished material.
The course is devoted to the mathematical and
numericalcomputational aspects of the state
space or timedomain approach as distinguished
from the frequency or transform domain. In
general it covers deterministic problems although
some stochastic control and the effects of noise
are briefly treated near the end of the course.
Extensive numerical and computer problems are
given as exercises to allow the students to try
their hand at applying the theory. As an example,
the optimal control of a series of CSTR will be
discussed in class and the same problem but with
control delay will be given to the students to
solve by a variety of algorithms. However, em
phasis on complex physical reactions systems for
complexity sake is kept to a minimum.
To give some perspective to the course objec
tives we present Figure 1 which is taken from
an article of Kalman, Lapidus and Shapiro pub
lished in 1959 in the Instn. Chem. Engrs. Journal.
Here we show an online adaptive (learning) com
puter connected directly to a process or system.
Within the computer there are three main pro
grams designated A, B and C. The function of
program A is to carry out the optimal control of
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
TABLE IICOURSE OUTLINE FOR OPTIMAL CONTROL OF REACTION SYSTEMS
*1. Numerical Concepts. Vectormatrix manipulation,
solution of O.D.E. and P.D.E., iteration methods and
accelerating convergence and functional analysis. Refs.:
Amundson, "Mathematical Methods in Chem. Eng.",
PrenticeHall (1966); Lapidus, "Digital Computation for
Chem. Eng.", McGrawHill (1962); I7 and I8 of Table
I.; Kantorovich, "Approximate Methods of Higher An
alysis", Interscience (1958).*
*2. Necessary and Sufficient Conditions for Minimum.
Hessian matrix, constraints, Lagrange multipliers and
penalty functions. Refs.: I2 and I11 of Table I.
3. Optimal Control Problem. Definitions of systems,
constraints, performance index and selection of optimal
control. Refs.: I1 and I4 of Table I; Lapidus, Chem. Eng.
Prog. 63, No. 12, 64 (1967).
4. Minimum Principle. Continuous and discrete form
of Minimum Principle, extensions, simplifications, numeri
cal difficulties and advantages. Refs.: 12, I4 and 110 of
Table I; Gurel and Lapidus, IEC Fund. 7, 617 (1968).
5. Dynamic Programming and Invariant Imbedding.
Continuous and discrete form of dynamic programming,
numerical solution of full nonlinear control problem,
numerical solution of 2point B.V. problems and numerical
questions. Refs.: 14, 15, I6 and I9 of Table I; Seinfeld,
IEC Proc. Design and Devel. 7, 475, 479 (1968); Rothen
berger, AIChE Jrn. 13, 114 (1967).
6. LinearQuadratic Problem. Solution of special con
trol problem via Minimum Principle, dynamic program
ming and variational calculus. Continuous and discrete
problems, Riccati equation and numerical questions. The
ASP computer program. Refs.: I4 and 110 of Table I;
Lapidus, Chem. Eng. Prog. 63, No. 12, 64 (1967).
7. Minimum Time Problem. So ution via Minimum
Principle, concept of switching times, bangbang control
and singular control. Connection to linear and nonlinear
programming. Refs.: Lesser, AIChE Jrn. 12, 143 (1966);
Flynn,AIChE Jrn. 15, 308 (1969); 12, I3 and I4 of
Table I.
8. Optimal Control Algorithms. Numerical algorithms
Depending on the background of the students.
for iteratively solving the full nonlinear control problem.
First (gradient) and second variation methods including
quasilinearization, neighborhood extremals, and the use
of the linearquadratic procedure. Constraints and penalty
functions. Open and closedloop solutions. Refs.: I2 and
I4 of Table I.
9. Suboptimal control. Generation of closedloop feed
back approximate control of nonlinear systems. Refs.:
Internal work only.
**10. Sensitivity Analysis. Performance and trajectory
sensitivity, adaptive systems, parameter compensation,
closed and openloop algorithms. Refs.: Kokotivoc, Int.
Jrl. Cont. 9, 111 (1969); Sobral, Proc IEEE 56, 1644
(1968); Seinfeld, Canad. Jrn. Chem. Eng. 47, 212 (1969).
11. Stability. Single and multiple equilibrium points,
limit cycles, lumped and distributed systems and Liapunov
functions. Refs.: Storey, Brit. Chem. Eng. 13, 1585 (1968) ;
Aris, Chern. Eng. Sci. 24, 149 (1969); Luss, Chem. Eng.
Sci. 23, 1237 (1968); Gurel, IEC 61, No. 3, 30 (1969);
Berger, AIChE Jrn. 14, 558 (1968), 15, 171 (1969).
12. Control and Stability. Linear quadratic problem and
Liapunov functions, lumped and distributed systems,
timeoptional control and control algorithms. Refs.: I3
and I4 of Table I; Denn, AIChE Jrn. 13, 926 (1967);
Chant, Canad. Jrn. Chem. Eng. 46, 376, (1968); Wang,
AIChE Jrn. 14, 934, 976 (1968).
**13. Control of Distributed Parameter Systems. Mini
mum Principle, dynamic programming, finite differencing,
method of lines and control algorithms. Refs.: I3 of
Table I; Seinfeld, Chem. Eng. Sci. 23, 1461 (1968) ; Denn,
IEC Fund. 7, 410 (1968); Seinfeld, AIChE Jrn. 15, 57
(1969).
**14. Filtering, Parameter Estimation and Identification.
Linear and nonlinear systems determination of para
meters, black box representation and computational ques
tions. Refs.: Bard, Cat. Reviews 2, 67 (1968); Harris,
AIChE Jrn. 13, 291 (1967); Peterson, Chem. Eng. Sci. 21,
655 (1966); I6 of Table I.
** If enough time is available.
the process (issue commands to the various in
puts) using the latest process measurements and
taking into account the control objective and the
dynamic model of the process. Program B con
tinually analyses the process measurements to
identify an accurate model of the process. Pro
gram C is used to generate and inject special
calibrating signals into the process such that they
do not significantly disturb the process; yet they
perturb the process in such a way that useful
information can be obtained by means of sophis
ticated data evaluation techniques. Feedback be
tween the programs is also allowed to increase
the efficiency of the overall operation.
Within this simple appearing arrangement we
have all of the features of the publicized learning
computer which can build its own mathematical
model of a process and then carry out any pre
scribed form of control. The present course is
directed, as much as feasible, to detailing the
mathematics of these different features. Because
of the current state of technology, Program A
receives the major emphasis although Programs
B and C are discussed (14 of Table II).
ADAPTIVE CONTROL COMPUTER
ConLrol Feedback Informative Feedback
Optimal Con ir e l rDeter ilnint Systep m 'Ini ellggenteS turning
... .. H g .L .
Figure A possible Adpt Digital Control System.
FALL 1969
The course is devoted to the mathematical and numericalcomputational aspects of the statespace or time
domain approach as distinguished from the frequency
INTRODUCTORY MATERIAL
Because of the wide background of students
who take this course it is necessary to first pre
sent certain introductory topics which are then
used throughout the year. These include the com
plete vectormatrix notation and its uses such as
evaluating the transition matrix and the pseudo
inverse, the numerical solution of ordinary and
partial differential equations, the fundamental
properties of convergence algorithms and some
basic material on functional analysis. The solu
tion of equations and the numerical stability of
these solutions is necessary because they are an
integral portion of all control algorithms and
must be done correctly. Further, convergence
algorithms are used throughout the entire course
to actually obtain the optimal control.
In addition to these numerical concepts it may
be necessary to present some preliminary details
on the necessary and sufficient conditions for an
unconstrained minimum of a multivariable func
tion, the influence and effects of constraints and
the use of Lagrange multipliers and penalty
functions to handle constraints. These items,
which can be developed for a simple twovariable
function, can be carried over directly to the most
complicated control problem. As such the con
cepts are absolutely necessary throughout the
course.
TABLE III DEFINITION OF OPTIMAL
DETERMINISTIC CONTROL PROBLEM
1. General Form
Given:
1. x(t) = f(x,u) System Model
2. x(to) Initial State
4. CFinal Time Conditiate Constraints
4. Final Tine Conditions (tf )
to
2. LinearQuadratic Form.
1. x(t) = Ax + Bu
Linear System
2, 3, and 4 are same
tf
5. I = x(t )'Sx(t) + f/ x'Qx + u'Rudt Quadratic
Sto Scalar Index
Find u(t), toSttf, such that I is minimized subject to constraints
of 14.
MAIN TOPICS
With these preliminaries in hand the next step
in the course is to define the optimal control
problem (see 1 of Table III) and to detail the
domain.
minimum principle and the techniques of dynamic
programming and invariant imbedding as general
methods of solving the problem. Here it is very
important to give numerical examples and to illus
trate both the positive and negative features of
these solution methods.
The linearquadratic problem (see 2 in Table
III) is then treated in detail using the minimum
principle, dynamic programming and variational
calculus. This is important because the techniques
developed form the basis for all 2nd order
algorithms for solving the full nonlinear control
problem. Because of the availability of the ASP
computer program (see I4) to numerically solve
this linearquadratic problem a number of differ
ent exercises are given to the students.
The minimumtime problem is then solved via
the minimum principle and the connection to
linear and nonlinear programming detailed. Com
putational considerations and the singular case
are stressed. This area is interesting since it con
nects to programming methods and is applicable
to the analysis of many reactor systems.
Next we discuss a wide variety of computa
tional algorithms for solving the nonlinear control
problem without and with constraints. These
methods include the gradient (first variation)
approach and the second variation including
quasilinearization. Much of this analysis can be
connected directly to the special linearquadratic
case already treated. In addition, consideration is
given to a form of suboptimal control which is
easily developed and yields a closedloop type of
approximate control. At the same time sensitivity
considerations are employed to indicate the influ
ence of parameter uncertainties and to generate
iterative methods for the optimal control.
Since many reaction systems exhibit the fea
tures of stability and instability we then turn
to a detailed discussion of the concepts of trajec
tory paths in the neighborhood (or global) of an
equilibrium point. This leads directly into an
analysis of multiple equilibrium points, non
uniqueness of solutions of nonlinear equations,
limit cycles and Liapunov functions. In particular
the Liapunov function approach is extended to
distributed parameter systems and to provide
convenient algorithms for minimumtime and
suboptimal control.
The extension of many of the above ideas may
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
now be used advantageously to analyze the con
trol of distributed parameter systems. Here we
treat the control problem in its normal form or
carry out a partial type of lumping (finite differ
encing) to convert the system to sets of ordinary
differential equations. In both cases a variety of
possible control algorithms following from the
minimum principle and dynamic programming
are developed.
Finally we consider the identification problem
either in its full complexity where no apriori in
formation about the reaction system is known or
where a model is available but the parameters
must be adjusted to fit experimental data (para
meter estimation). Here we turn to the linear
quadratic case treated as a filtering problem,
carry out nonlinear lastsquare regression and fit
the system data with generalized orthogonal
polynomials. Questions such as the noise involved
in the inputs and on the measurement are of im
portance.
AMUNDSON on Math (Cont'd from p. 177)
and some comments must be made and analogies
are drawn with finite vector systems.
The object of such a course should be to pre
sent methods for new problems. If a problem has
been solved once then the engineer should use it.
But with a new problem there is no one to tell him
when the problem is properly posed. Has the
model been drawn so it makes mathematical sense
and how does one test whether it does? Whether a
solution fits certain physical and chemical require
ments will be determined by comparison with
experiment, but this comparison is meaningless if
the model is not selfconsistent.
There is frequent confusion in the minds of
beginning graduate students on what is mathe
matics and what is not mathematics, and, if such
a course serves no other function, this question
should be answered for him. All of our problems
as engineers are physically motivated and the
translation of a problem into mathematical terms
is not mathematics. The generation of the appro
priate mathematical model is the job of a good
engineer and whether conclusions drawn from the
model agree with experiment is the test of how
good an engineer he is. If the model does not
agree with the experiments, one of two things
may be at fault. Either the model was poorly
drawn in that it does not describe the physical
situation or the model is incomplete or incon
sistent. Once the model is put to paper a mathe
If the model does not agree with the experiments .
either the model was poorly drawn or it is
incomplete or inconsistent.
matical problem must be solved. The engineer
must somehow convince himself either by intui
tion or rigorous mathematical argument that the
mathematical problem is properly posed. The old
argument that the problem is a physical one and
therefore possesses a unique solution is a useful
argument but not infallible, since only nature
solves physical problems and she is quite capable
of giving a nonunique solution. The argument
also betrays an unrealistic confidence in the engi
neer for it assumes that he has translated the
physical problem into mathematical language
exactly, a most unlikely event. This is really a
very complicated problem, for in the course of the
solution certain changes or approximations in the
model, both physical and mathematical, are made
and these should be examined in some detail to
insure that the structure has not been destroyed.
In conclusion, such a graduate course should
not only teach techniques but it should also give
the student a feel for what he is doing and what
is involved. It has been frequently asserted that
we teach only mathematics and neglect engineer
ing. On the contrary, we are trying to teach the
student the proper place and function of mathe
matics, showing not only its strengths but also
the pitfalls which may befall the unwary and the
uninstructed.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Amundson, Neal R., "Mathematical Methods in
Chemical Engineering," PrenticeHall, Inc., Englewood
Cliffs, N. J. (1966).
2. Gantmacher, F. R., "Theory of Matrices," Vols.
I and II, Chelsea Publ. Co., New York (1959).
3. Shilov, G. E., "Theory of Linear Spaces," Prentice
Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, N. J. (1961).
4. Amundson, Neal R., and Dan Luss, Canad. J. Chem.
Eng. 46, 424 (1968).
5. Coddington, E. A., and Norman Levinson, "Theory
of Ordinary Differential Equations," McGrawHill, Inc.
(1955).
6. Ince, E. L., "Ordinary Differential Equations,"
Longmans, Green & Co., London (1927).
7. Hartman, Philip, "Ordinary Differential Equa
tions," Wiley, New York (1964).
8. Weinberger, Hans, "Partial Differential Equa
tions," Blaisdell Co., New York (1965).
9. Kaplan, W., "Ordinary Differential Equations,"
Addison Wesley, Inc., Reading, Mass. (1968).
10. Ross, S. L., "Differential Equations," GinnBlaisdell,
Waltham, Mass. (1964).
FALL 1969
74 o4w4ue iW Te',zmemadnatdmci
MOLECULAR THERMODYNAMICS
OF PHASE EQUILIBRIA
J. M. PRAUSNITZ
University of California, Berkeley
Berkeley, Calif.
Chemical thermodynamics started with J.
Willard Gibbs nearly 100 years ago but its sig
nificant influence on chemists and chemical engi
neers in the United States, starting about 50
years ago, is due in large measure to the work
of G. N. Lewis, who introduced fugacity and
activity. For many years Lewis' strong personal
ity dominated the College of Chemistry at the
University of California at Berkeley; he served
as its dean from 1912 until shortly before his
death in 1946. It is therefore not surprising that
Berkeley's College of Chemistry (which includes
the Department of Chemical Engineering) has
retained a tradition of strong interest in the
application of thermodynamics to chemical prob
lems.
While Lewis' early work in thermodynamics
was along classical lines, in his middle and later
years he devoted much attention to relations be
tween molecular physics and thermodynamic
properties. Classical thermodynamics establishes
broad relations between macroscopic equilibrium
properties but, by itself, it cannot generate
numerical values of these properties; further, it
is limited in its ability to suggest useful tech
niques for interpreting and correlating them. For
such purposes, we must call on the insights pro
vided by statistical mechanics and molecular
physics. Lewis' efforts in this area were accom
panied and continued by various collaborators,
including W. F. Giauque (who won the Nobel
prize for his lowtemperature work) and later,
Leo Brewer and K. S. Pitzer (now president of
Stanford University). But, with respect to chemi
cal engineering education and research in thermo
dynamics, the most important of Lewis' collabora
tors was (and is) Joel H. Hildebrand, who at age
88 is still active in research on the properties of
liquid solutions.
Hildebrand's numerous publications have
shown that when thermodynamics is coupled with
J. M. Prausnitz (BChE Cornell, PhD Princeton) has
been a member of the Chemical Engineering faculty at
the University of California, Berkeley since 1955. His
research interests are concerned with the application of
thermodynamics and molecular physics to chemical en
gineering design. He has published extensively in this
area and serves as a consultant to petroleum, petro
chemical and cryogenic industries. He has been honored
with a Guggenheim fellowship, Miller Research Professor
ship, ACS Honor Scroll and with the Colburn and Walker
Awards of the AIChE.
simple (often semiempirical) molecular models,
many practical phaseequilibrium problems can
be solved with a minimum of effort, and what is
more important, with a minimum of experimental
data. It is this feature of Hildebrand's work that
has become the major influence on the course
"Phase Equilibria" in the Chemical Engineering
Department at Berkeley.
The course is normally taken by graduate stu
dents in their first quarter at Berkeley. It meets
twice a week; each meeting is for one and a half
hours. Prerequisites for the course are a oneyear
course in undergraduate physical chemistry and
at least a onequarter course in undergraduate
chemical engineering thermodynamics; almost all
entering graduate students satisfy these pre
requisites. The two main purposes of the course
are: (1) to give students the background needed
to apply thermodynamics and molecular physics
toward the solution of practical phase equilibrium
problems as required in typical chemical engi
neering design practice, and (2) to provide an
introduction to applied molecular science for
tackling new problems on the frontier of modern
chemical engineering. The student acquires some
feeling for the physical (as opposed to the merely
mathematical) significance of thermodynamic
functions and some insight into the intermolecular
forces which determine the magnitude of these
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
Table 1. Berkeley's Course in PhaseEquilibrium
Thermodynamics
1. The Phase Equilibrium Problem
2. Classical Thermodynamics of Phase Equilibria
3. Thermodynamic Properties from Volumetric Data
4. Intermolecular Forces
5. Fugacities in Gas Mixtures
6. Fugacities in Liquid Mixtures; Excess Functions
7. Fugacities in Liquid Mixtures: Theories of Solutions
8. Solubility of Gases in Liquids
9. Solubility of Solids in Liquids
10. HighPressure Equilibria
functions. He gains practice in reduction and in
terpretation of experimental data and in devising
efficient and physically meaningful methods for
data correlation. Most important, he achieves
some perspective on what kind of experimental
information he requires for a given problem and,
lacking that information, he gains experience in
quantitatively estimating desired phase equili
brium relations from a minimum of experimental
data. Finally, he becomes acquainted with some of
the literature on phase equilibrium thermo
dynamics and learns, often to his great surprise,
that he must be critical of what he reads since
this literature, unfortunately, is not free of
errors.
The course is divided into ten somewhat arbi
trary sections which are given in Table 1. These
sections correspond to the ten chapters of a
recent textbook*. The lectures summarize, focus
and illustrate the material in the text which the
student reads concurrently.
The first section introduces the student to the
phase equilibrium problem: what are we trying
to do and what connection is there between
thermodynamics and the distribution of several
components between two (or more) phases? The
importance of this problem is discussed not only
with respect to typical chemical engineering
operations (distillation, extraction, etc.) but also
with respect to physiology, meteorology and
everyday experiences such as brewing coffee or
dry cleaning a piece of clothing. The second sec
tion reviews the classical work of Gibbs and
Lewis: the concept of open systems; definition
and utility of the chemical potential; fugacity and
activity; a workedout simple example (Raoult's
law as a special case of the general equation of
equilibrium). The third section deals with the
calculation of thermodynamic functions (espe
*J. M. Prausnitz, "Molecular Thermodynamics of
FluidPhase Equilibria," PrenticeHall, Inc., Englewood
Cliffs, N. J., 1969.
cially fugacity) from experimental PVT data
(or empirical equations of state) for pure gases,
for gas mixtures and for pure liquids and solids.
Attention is given to the general procedure of
calculating vaporliquid equilibria using only an
equation of state assumed to be valid for both
gas and liquid phases (e.g., the BenedictWebb
Rubin equation).
After the third section the student begins to
understand that for finding successful solutions
to phase equilibrium problems, the important
bottleneck has little to do with thermodynamics;
the real problem is not thermodynamics, which is
(essentially) all worked out, but molecular
physics: How do we obtain, with a minimum of
experimental work, the various constants in the
equations? The student recognizes the need for
constants which appear because real substances,
unlike ideal gases, consist of finitesize molecules
which attract and repel one another. He is made
aware of the main difficulty in applied thermo
dynamics: to use thermodynamics for obtaining
numerical results we must add physical under
standing to our thermodynam'c formalism. And
while the thermodynamic formalism is beautiful,
exact and complete, our understanding of molecu
lar behavior is still very limited.
Section four presents a simplified survey of
what is known about intermolecular forces. The
nature and origin of intermolecular forces is pre
sented along with the concept and significance of
potential energy functions and the microscopic
law of corresponding states. A brief discussion is
given of such "chemical" forces as hydrogen
bonding and chargetransfer complex formation.
Emphasis is given to qualitative and semiquanti
tative relations between intermolecular forces
and macroscopic properties.
Section five begins with a critical discussion of
the virial equation of state: its theoretical sig
nificance, its utility and limitations for calculat
ing fugacity coefficients in gas mixtures. Atten
tion is given to the exact relations between virial
coefficients and intermolecular potential functions
and to the composition dependence of virial co
efficients. The 'chemical" theory of gas imperfec
tions is discussed. Semiempirical methods (e.g.,
the RedlichKwong equation) are presented for
finding fugacity coefficients at high densities, and
it is shown how these are used to calculate solu
bilities of liquids and solids in compressed gases.
Excess functions and their application to liquid
mixtures are considered in section six. Various
FALL 1969
if YOU can
answer "YES" to any
of these
questions, Rohm and Haas
can make your life
interesting.
Do you enjoy being responsible
(and the rewards that go with it)
for developing a project and
carrying it through to completion?
Do you like a job that gives free
rein to your imagination and
tests your skills?
Do you like the satisfaction of
making a contribution to society
by improving a wide range of
industrial and consumer products
or by protecting natural resources
or improving farming efficiency?
Would you like to work for a
company that is concerned with
problems of social responsibility
and encourages its employees to
be active in urban affairs?
We are not altruists. We are a
strong and growth oriented
chemical company that needs
engineers of all typeschemical,
mechanical, electrical and
industrialwho want to make a
practical contribution to
improving man's lot and at the
same time advance themselves in
the world of business. We have
doubled our sales in the past
10 years to the $400,000,000
level. We make some 2,500
chemical products including
synthetic resins, plastics, fibers,
pharmaceuticals and animal
health aids. We are on the move
and you can move with us into
positions of responsibility just
as rapidly as you show us you
have the ability.
There's just one thingyou'll be
expected to work hardbut
you'll be in good company with
the 13,000 other people that
make up Rohm and Haas. We
have six major manufacturing
locations in the United States
and producing subsidiaries in
15 foreign countries. We need
engineers in research, production
and marketing.
Write to Manpower &
Employment #7069. It could
be good for both of us.
ROHMf
PHILADELPHIARR PENNSYLVANIA 1105
PHILADELPHIA, PENNSYLVANIA 19105
ROHM AND HAAS COMPANY
An equal opportunity employer.
equations for representing activity coefficients
(van Laar, Margules, Wilson, NRTL, etc.) are
discussed. Consideration is given to multicom
ponent mixtures and to systems with partial mis
cibility. The significance and uses of the Gibbs
Duhem equation are given special attention.
Section seven is an introduction to the theory
of liquid solutions. Brief attention is given to
the lattice theory of simple mixtures and of
polymer solutions; emphasis is placed on the
theory of regular solutions, on applications of
corresponding states theory, and on the "chemi
cal" theory of associated and solvated solutions.
All theories are regarded critically; advantages
and disadvantages are pointed out.
Sections eight and nine are concerned with the
solubilities of gases and solids in pure solvents
and in solvent mixtures. Physical and chemical
effects on solubility are pointed out and special
attention is given to the importance of the stan
dardstate fugacity of the solute.
The course ends with a brief discussion of the
uses of thermodynamics to describe systems at
high pressure. Special emphasis is given to the
important role of the partial molar volume. Vapor
liquid, liquidliquid and gasgas equilibria are
considered.
As outlined above, the course appears to con
tain a lot of material. However, experience has
shown that wellprepared firstyear graduate
students can handle the course without difficulty
provided their total course load is not large.
LETTERS (Cont'd from p. 167.)
AN ADVENTURE IN TEACHING
Sir: During a recent conversation one of my graduate
students described a course he was taking. The professor
wrote everything down on the blackboard. He defined each
symbol of every equation. Definitions were given of each
technical word. Discussion was limited to students asking
for clarification of the professor's handwriting. And then
he added, "It wasn't like the Rate Processes course you
taught last year". That had been an exciting learning
experience for him. It had been the same for me.
I was teaching the second quarter of Rate Processes to
firstyear graduate students of varied backgrounds. In
the first quarter we had covered the Momentum Transport
section of "Transport Phenomena" by Bird, Stewart, and
Lightfoot (BSL). This quarter I decided to teach Energy
and Mass Transfer by the "row" approach. As the authors
point out in the preface this alternate approach is suitable
for graduate students. It emphasizes the type of transport
and the analogies between the transport phenomena.
Realistically it also eliminated the possibility that only
Typical firstyear graduate students at Berkeley
usually take only a total of two lecture courses
plus one seminar course per quarter. Careful
reading of the text (which was available in
mimeographed form until its recent publication)
is augmented with reading of "classical" original
articles which are kept on reserve in the College
of Chemistry library. Eight problem sets give the
student practice in applying what he has learned
to the solution of practical phase equilibrium
problems. All problem sets are corrected by a
teaching assistant and the more difficult problems
are discussed in class.
The course provides a good partial foundation
for subsequent graduate courses in separation
operations, in process design and in medical en
gineering. For those students interested in doing
research in molecular science and engineering it
provides background and perspective for subse
quent courses in statistical mechanics and in
advanced chemistry, physics, and materials
science.
The oftenpraised versatility of the chemical
engineer, his ability to tackle a wide variety of
new problems, is in large measure due to his
knowledge of applied physical chemistry. Berke
ley's course in phase equilibrium thermodynamics
aims to contribute to that knowledge while at
the same time providing the student with some of
the skills for the practice of conventional chemical
engineering.
a week or two at the end of the quarter would be left for
Mass Transport.
The first topic covered was methods for predicting
thermal conductivities and binary diffusivities. Since this
touched on the area of my doctoral research, I added
current literature methods to the text material and the
students evaluated:
Variation of thermal conductivity for sulfur dioxide,
carbon tetrafluoride, and tungsten hexafluoride
over the temperature range of 0 to 10000C.
Comparison of thermal conductivities of ammonia,
carbon tetrafluoride, and hydrogen at three
elevated pressures with experimental values.
Variation of the binary diffusivities of tungsten
hexafluoride and hydrogen fluoride over the tem
perature range of 0 to 10000C.
Three lessons were learned from this exercise. First,
beware of phase changes when computing transport
properties (melting point of tungsten hexafluoride is
20C and critical point is 1780C). Second, use of available
sources of or estimation techniques for intermolecular
force parameters. Finally, a feel for the accuracy of gen
eralized correlations for transport properties.
FALL 1969
Shell balances for simple energy and mass transfer
problems (Chapters 9 and 17) came next. This was
followed by the equations of change for nonisothermal
systems and also the equations of change for multi
component systems. The latter topic stirred everyone's
interest. On3 of the reasons, I guess, was because it was
so difficult. Another reason was that we had finally
arrived at equations which encompassed all of the fluxes
that would normally be encountered in any problem. In
other words these equations presented the whole story.
Up to this point the course had been interesting but
very conventional. All of us had learned some new ideas.
But the real breakthrough was to come. Unscheduled.
Unexpected. A real example of serendipity in teaching.
An AIChE meeting was scheduled for St. Louis in
approximately the middle of the quarter. I was planning
on attending and was trying to figure out what the
students should do in my absence. Sounds familiar,
doesn't it? What I hit upon was to assign each student
a paper to review. Since mass transfer seemed to be the
area of highest interest, most of the papers were in this
area. (See list of papers assigned). Some related to the
students interests as I was aware of them. None were
by BSL because this would have been unfair in the light
of the review I requested. Here are the things I wanted
them to include in a written review and also in a fifteen
minute presentation before the class:
Put the important equations and boundary conditions
of the paper in BSL notation. Are these equations
in BSL or what equations in BSL are they related
to?
What are the basic assumptions in the starting
equations and do the authors clearly state them?
What are the unstated assumptions?
Prepare a clear diagram showing problem solved.
Show concentration, velocity, or temperature pro
files in diagrams.
State the three most important contributions of the
paper.
Should BSL include results in revision of the text
book and why?
What a surprise I had in store when I returned from
St. Louis! Fifteen minutes turned out to be woefully
inadequate for any of the students to discuss their papers.
I extended the time limit to an half hour. Even this
proved inadequate. Discussion on some of the papers
lasted as long as an hour after the formal presentation.
This was exciting, I finally had to limit discussion so
that all of the papers could be discussed within the
quarter!
From this experience I gained new insight into what
constitutes effective teaching. First, teaching was not my
exclusive domain in the classroom. Students could teach
one another and also they could teach me. In other words,
teaching can be listening. How foreign that concept is
among professors I've known. How foreign it was to me.
Also, how threatening! Prior to this I felt that everything
depended on my performance in the classroom. If I pre
sented a wellprepared lecture, including good examples
to illustrate the material, then students could learn. But
I always had a gnawing feeling that there must be other
ways and probably better ways of teaching. One of these
is embodied in the concept of teaching is listening.
Secondly, students can evaluate themselves. Each stu
dent graded (anonymously) each talk. The average was
their letter grade for the presentation. I was so awestruck
by the talks I probably would have given them all A's.
The students were more objective and gave an equal
number of A's and B's. Grades which I gave on the written
reports agreed very closely with those of the students.
Relevancy is an overworked word in today's student
vocabulary. It denotes that classroom learning has mean
ing in or can be applied to the real world and its problems.
Unexpectedly, this teaching adventure touched on some
thing that was relevant to the students. We had all pro
gressed to a common ground of understanding transport
phenomena. With this each student attacked a paper in
the literature and found that what we had learned applied
to that paper. And each student could do his own thing
within the guidelines laid down. Further each student
had the opportunity to experience that greatest satisfac
tion of teaching; namely, to teach is to learn. Frankly,
we need to share this sense of fulfillment with our stu
dents more often. In a future paper I'll tell how I did this
with undergraduate students.
In closing let me share one of the other things my
graduate student told me. He said that one of the students
finished his report while I was away. He then cornered
each of his classmates individually and went over his
report with them soliciting questions and comments. As
I recall his lecture was the best. More importantly, I
know he had experienced an adventure in teaching.
PAPERS ASSIGNED
Arnold, K. R. and H. L. Toor, Unsteady Diffusion in
Ternary Gas Mixtures, A.I.Ch.E.J. 13, 909 (1967).
Evans, E. V. and C. N. Kenney, Gaseous Dispersion in
Laminar Flow Through a Circular Tube, Proc. Roy Soc.
(London) 284A, 540 (1965).
Getzinger, R. W. and C. R. Wilke, An Experimental Study
of Nonequimolal Diffusion in Ternary Gas Mixtures,
A.I.Ch.E.J. 13, 577 (1967), also Ind. Eng. Chem. 47,
1253 (1955).
Grimsrud, L. and A. L. Babb, Velocity and Concentration
Profiles for Laminar Flow of a Newtonian Fluid in a
Dialyzer, Chem. Eng. Progr. Symp. Series No. 66, 62,
20 (1966).
Lever, R. F. and F. P. Jona, Chemical Transport in Non
convective Systems A.I.Ch.E.J. 12, 1158 (1966).
Lyczkowski, R. W. et al, Simultaneous Convective Dif
fusion of Reactants, Products, and Heat with a Surface
Reaction, Chem. Eng. Progr. Symp. Series No. 77, 63,
1 (1967).
McCall, D. W. and D.C. Douglass, Diffusion in Binary
Solutions, J. Phys. Chem. 71, 987 (1967).
Satterfield, C. N. and R. C. Yeung, Diffusion and
Heterogeneous Reaction in a Tubular Reactor, Ind.
Eng. Chem. (Fundamentals) 2, 257 (1963).
Toor, H. L. Diffusion in ThreeComponent Gas Mixtures,
A.I.Ch.E.J. 3, 198 (1957).
Walker, R. E., and Westenberg, A. A., Molecular Diffusion
Studies in Gases at High Temperatures, J. Chem. Phys.
29, 1139 (1958).
Charles E. Hamrim, Jr.
University of Kentucky
(Continued on page 233.)
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
Shell is a pair of sneakersmade from
our thermoplastic rubber.
Shell is a milk containerwe were a
pioneer in the allplastic ones.
Shell is a clear, clean country stream
aided by our nonpolluting detergent mate
rials.
Shell is a space capsule controlener
gized by Shell's hydrazine catalyst.
Shell is food on the tablemade more
plentiful by Shell's fertilizers.
Shell is mileage gasolinedeveloped
through Shell research.
Shell is a good place for Chemical
Engineers to build a career.
Shell is an integrated research, engineering, marketing and product application methods;
exploration and production, manufacturing, and carrying out research and development
transportation, marketing organization with to support all of these. Information about
diverse technical operations and business openings throughout Shell may be obtained
activities throughout the United States. by signing at the Placement Office for an
Chemical Engineers are vital to the Com interview with our representative, or by
pany, applying their knowledge to recover writing to Recruitment Manager, The Shell
ing oil from the ground; designing and Companies, Department C, Box 2099,
operating oil, chemical and natural Houston, Texas 77001. Shell is an
gas processing plants; developing new equal opportunity employer.
THE SHELL COMPANIES
Shell Oil Company/Shell Chemical Company/Shell Development Company/Shell Pipe Line Corporation.
FALL 1969
'";*
:i
.2
Pr
;;1
tt
.LI~ .
I
ic
..
;
a,
:i
_~c~T~'
.~.
:n
d
I R
~F~Or
Venture:
Purify water
with the fiber
that made
men whistle.
Nylon. Reverse osmosis.
A fiber that started making girls'
legs more beautiful some 30 years
ago.
And a process that's been around
a lot longer.
But when Du Pont scientists and
engineers look at them in a new
way, they combine into an idea that
can change the world.
Reverse osmosis is a purification
process that requires no phase
change. It's potentiallythe cheapest
way to desalinate water.
Du Pont's innovation? Hollow,
semipermeable nylon fibers much
finerthan human hair. Symmetrical,
with an outer diameter of .002 inch
and a wall thickness of .0005 inch,
with an accuracy of manufacture
maintained at close to 100%.
Twentyfive to 30 million of them
encased in a precisely engineered
unit 14 inches in diameter by 7 feet
long.
The result: a semipermeable sur
face area of about 85,000 square
feetthe size of a 2acre lotand
up to 10,000 gallons of desalted
water per day.
So far "Permasep" permeators
have been used experimentally to
purify brackish and polluted water,
and in various industrial separa
tions. But the potential to desalt
seawater, too, is there.
So Du Pont scientists and engi
neers are even now working to
ward improved fibers, units and
plant designs that should make it
possible to get fresh water from salt
at a price that any town or nation
can afford.
Innovationapplying the known
to discover the unknown, inventing
new materials and putting them to
work, using research and engi
neering to create the ideas and
products of the futurethis is the
venture Du Pont people are now
engaged in.
Ventures for better living.
74 Cas'ze in T'slwwo.a4namiaii
THE GRADUATE STUDENT VERSUS
THERMODYNAMICS
JOSEPH J. MARTIN
University of Michigan,
Ann Arbor, Mich.
Thermodynamics has the reputation, enviable
or not, of being a worthy adversary for those who
dare to engage it in battle. For most young pro
teges there are many rounds of rough infighting
before mastery of the subject can be claimed.
This is not because of its sheer logic, for mathe
matics is undoubtedly the queen of the sciences
in this respect, and mathematics does not seem
to offer the same degree of difficulty. Rather, it is
more probably due to the extreme range of
application of thermodynamic principles. Although
Webster says that "thermodynamics is the
science which treats of the mechanical action or
relations of heat," it is much more appropriate
to say that thermodynamics is the science of
energy and entropy which is involved in every
equilibrium state of matter and every process or
change that occurs in the real ponderable uni
verse.
As an undergraduate the young protege is ex
posed to the socalled "laws of thermodynamics,"
of which there are just four as follows:
Zeroth. If a thermometer shows the same reading when
in separate contact with two objects, no change occurs
when the two objects are touched to each other.
First. Energy and mass are simultaneously conserved
(accountable) in all processes and individually con
served in most cases.
Second. Actual processes occur in one direction and the
initial conditions will never be restored without the
aid of some outside agent.
Third. The entropy of a pure substance in perfect crys
talline form vanishes at the absolute zero of tempera
ture.
The zeroth and second laws are quite acceptable
to the undergraduate because he has had some
experience with thermometers and because he
has learned the irreversible ways of mother
nature from the time of his first broken dish or
balloon to the time he has burned the last drop
of gasoline in his car many miles from a service
station. The first law is palatable because energy
and mass balances are mathematically neat, but
the protege is often shaky on the general concept
Joseph J. Martin was educated at Iowa State, Rochester,
and CarnegieMellon University (Sc.D. '47). He is pro
fessor and associate director of Institute of Science and
Technology at University of Michigan. Presently he is a
vicepresident of ASEE and a Director of AIChE.
of energy. He finds it difficult to explain the
nature of internal energy or to tell just where
energy is stored when a weight is lifted in a
gravitational field. The third law makes sense to
him only insofar as he understands the abstract
quantity, entropy, and the absolute temperature
scale.
It is generally not the laws of thermodynamics
which present the greatest difficulty to the novice
in the field, but the hundreds of equations which
have been developed to permit quantification of
the elementary principles embodied in the laws
themselves. Fortunately, however, there are just
four basic equations from which all others are
derived by suitable mathematical manipulation.
These four questions do not have a one to one
correspondence with the four laws, but collectively
they incorporate the first three laws within their
structures. The fourtequations are:
The Fundamental Property Relation of Matter
(Gibbs Equation),
N
dU = TdS PdV + P i dmi
Ti=
The Energy Balance on a System,**
K
d(U+mu2/2 + mgz) sys = 6Q 6W + 6 + (H+u2/2 + gZl.d m (2)
j =1 
*See the Nomenclature at the end for the definition of
symbols.
**A system is any portion of the universe chosen for
analysis, and may have many distinct parts.
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
The Entropy Balance on a System,
M. K
days = T (60/T), + 6LW/To + S sj6
i=1" j=1
Thermodynamics is the science of energy and entropy
which is involved in every equilibrium state of matter
(3) and every process that occurs in the real universe.
The Mass Balance on a System,
K
m, = T 6m (4)
sys j= ()
Although it may appear to be an oversimplifica
tion of the subject, there is little question but
what complete understanding of the four basic
equations amounts to a mastery of classical
thermodynamics. The equations are, therefore, in
troduced to the protege at an early stage, even
though it is quite unlikely that in a single
course he will perceive all of their underlying
implications. The graduate student who is ex
posed to one or more succeeding courses will grad
ually gain a more complete understanding of the
extreme power and utility of the four equations
to describe the thermodynamic character of all
processes and all equilibrium states of matter.
The first of the basic equations is probably the
most important and the protege learns that a
uniform mass of matter has the extensive thermo
dynamic properties, internal energy, entropy,
volume, and mass of each component, and the
intensive properties (potentials), temperature,
pressure, and chemical potential of each com
ponent.* The point to be emphasized is that these
properties are not completely independent, but
are interlocked through Eqn. (1). Any change in
the condition or state of matter will cause changes
in the thermodynamic properties, but the changes
cannot occur indiscriminately; they must occur in
accordance with this differential equation. In the
deduction of the several terms in the equation,
the inclusion of entropy is paramount. It is done
in one approach by saying that for a simple heat
transfer to the exclusion of any other effect the
change of entropy is the change of internal en
ergy divided by temperature, or dS=dU/T. This
makes S extensive in the same manner as U. The
desirability of defining entropy this way is best
understood by noting that, for example, when a
hot object is touched to a cold object in isolated
conditions, the energy balance shows nothing is
lost since dUBoth=dUH+dUc=0. Yet experience
and intuition tell us that something has changed
and the ability to do work has been lost. Calculat
*Equation (1) is the ordinary version of the funda
mental property relation. Additional terms of the form,
(intensive) d (extensive) may readily be added to it to
account for the more unusual effects such as surface,
elongation or tensile, electric, and magnetic.
ing dU/T (i.e., entropy change) for both objects
shows (dU/T)Both = (dU/T) + (dU/T)o =
dSBoth > 0 because dU = dUc and T1 > Tc.
The change in entropy, dS, provides a quantita
tive measure of the irreversibility of the heat
transfer. Its relation to the work lost is given by
Eqn. (3).
The unusual mathematical character of Eqn.
(1) being an exact differential and homogeneous
of the first degree permits it to be integrated to
N
U = TS PV + p.m. (5)
and then differentiated to
N
0 = SdT VdP + Z midpi (6)
i=l
which is the GibbsDuhem equation that is worthy
of extended contemplation by the protege. Be
cause U, TS, and PV often occur together as in
(5), it is convenient to define H = U + PV, A = U
 TS, and G = H TS, but it is obvious that
although very handy and efficient, H, A, and G
are not fundamental properties. By rules of partial
differentiation and the definition of heat capacity
as
Cx = T(dS/dT)x (7)
it is possible to put Eqn. (1) in such seemingly
unrelated forms as
dS = O(dT/T (dV/dT) dP (8)
AH = TAV(dP/dT) (9)
and many others. In fact, the bulk of thermo
dynamics involves the application of Eqn. (1) in
different ways to a wide variety of situations in
volving ponderable matter.
In the second basic equation, the energy bal
ance, the protege notes how heat and work are
introduced with arbitraary signs, and the reason
for distinguishing flows of energy to the system
by "8", and changes of energy within the system
by "d". The most common applications of the
equation are in three integrated forms:
Closed System,
Q W = AUsys (10)
SteadyFlow System,
Q W = AH + A(u2/2) + gAZ (11)
FALL 1969
SingleFlow System,
fsHm + Q W = [(Un) (Um)ys (12)
Of course, the energy balance may take many
other forms by proper specialization of Eqn. (2)
for particular cases.
The third basic equation, the entropy balance,
is useful for calculation of the work lost in real
irreversible processes and for analysis of idealized
reversible processes. The protege is quite aware
that a tank of compressed air can do useful work
by connecting it to an expansion engine and that
such work can be forever lost by allowing the air
to leak out instead of flowing through the engine.
He is equally aware that an outside agent must
do work on the air that leaked out in order to
get it back into the tank. He will readily appre
ciate that this work of restoration under certain
ideal conditions is the work lost during the irre
versible leaking process.
For many applications the entropy balance is
applied to closed systems as a simple integral,
fTdSys = Q + LW (13)
In this form it is seen that for a nonflow rever
sible process (no lost work) the heat transfer
equals the S Tds. If in addition there is no heat
transfer (adiabatic as well as reversible), the
STds vanishes and the process is isentropic.
When Eqn. (3) is applied to a reversible heat
engine operating in a steady state (no lost work,
no change of entropy of the systemthe engine,
no mass flowonly heat and work flow),
1i(8Q/T)i = 0 = 8Qi/TT + 8Qi/T,,
This may be combined with the energy balance,
8Qh +68Q 8Wr = 0, to give
6Wr = 6Qh (Th 
r h Th
S(TTh
"> "
which is the Carnot relation that is utilized in
the analysis of heat engines and heat transfer
processes. Here it is desirable that the protege
become familiar with heat engine cycles that are
used in steam plants, gas turbines, and reciprocat
ing internal combustion engines. The concept of
available energy should be included also.
The energy and entropy balances may be com
bined in another manner by eliminating Q be
tween Eqn. (11) and Eqn. (13) applied to a unit
mass of flowing material, and utilizing the defini
tion of
G = H TS or AG = AH JTdS /SdT, so that
LW W = AG + JSdT + A (u2/2) + gAZ (15)
By using the property relation, AG = S VdP 
I SdT, which is just a case of Eqn. (1) for the
unit mass, another energyentropy balance form
is
LW W = JVdP + A(u2/2) + gAZ (16)
which is Bernoulli's equation. This equation has
proven extremely useful in the treatment of a
wide variety of fluid flow problems, particularly
those in which there is friction lost work. For a
reversible process no work is lost and (16) be
comes
_r I vdP + A(u2/2) + gAZ (17)
while (15) becomes
r= AG + SdT + A(u2/2) + gZ (18)
The last two equations find applications in the
flow work concept of equilibrium between two
states. By this concept if two states are in equili
brium, no work can be obtained from a transfer
or flow of mass between them. Direct use of the
equations furnishes an analysis of nonisothermal
equilibrium, which is equilibrium superimposed
on a steadystate irreversible heat transfer. Most
applications, however, are to isothermal equilib
rium so that Eqn. (18) is written
0 = AGT + (u2/2) + gz = AGT + m(u2/2) + mgAZ (19)
If component A in a mixture is free to move be
tween two states in equilibrium, (19) may be
written
0 = AG + A(u2/2) + gAZ (20)
This is the key equation of phase equilibrium and
to understand its implications, it is necessary to
become familiar with partial extensive properties
as derivatives of any extensive property with
respect to mass of component A at constant T, P,
and masses of all other components. For free
energy, as an example, GA = (dG/dmA)T,P m (21)
B
This may be compared with the property relation
(1) to show that GAx =/ (22)
Further comparison with (5) shows that
G = mA GA + mB GB + ... (23)
When one has gained confidence that a partial
property of a component of a mixture is essen
tially the same as the unit mass property of a
pure substance, he sees how most of the equations
for pure and mixture components are inter
changeable. For example, by proper manipulation
of the fundamental property relation (1) he can
get both
d(GIT) H (24)
dT P p 2
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
The entropy balance is useful for calculations of the
Fd(GA/T1 HFA
LdT (25)
which are GibbsHelmholtz equations.
The protege's level of sophistication in thermo
dynamics is advancing rapidly if he fully compre
hends the definition and use of fugacity and activ
ity through the equations,
dGA = RTdlnTA where A pA as P 0 (26)
and
G= GA + RT In G + RT In a (27)
!A
Here integration has been conducted isothermally
from a chosen standard state* to any state. When
Eqns. (23) and (27) are applied to a reaction,
aA + bB= cC + dD, at a given temperature and
no kinetic or potential effects, Eqn. (18) yields
c d
aC aD 0
Wr = AGO + RT n aC g = AGO + RT In J (28)
aAa a
At equilibrium where W, = 0, this becomes
AGo = RT In K
a
(K = Ja ) (29)
Equilibrium
Then substituting Eqns. (8) and (25) into the
temperature derivative of (29), and integrating
between two temperatures, the following equation
for situations without appreciable latent heat
effects can be obtained by a person who has a
good grasp of the subject,
aK A 2 f ( C )dT
in a2 A 1 1 + o Prod React dT (30)
Kal R T1 TR2
At the same time this move is made, it is desir
able that the protege learn how to use certain
tabular values of thermodynamic functions so
that he can evaluate
A 0 AHo 0
(A). = E (GOT o G + ) (31)
T a T _T Prod R T T React(1
The protege's knowledge should extend to elec
trochemical reactions, so that he understands the
relations involving electrical work and voltage,
such as
work lost in real irreversible processes and for
analysis of idealized reversible processes.
and
NSY = Nf 0 RT1nJ
r r a
(35)
By defining the activity coefficient, yi = i./xif i,
it is desirable to be able to proceed from Eqn. (6) to get
xAdlnyA + xBdlnYB = 0 (36)
YA
In dx = 0
0 B
YB
lny =j XB dlYB (38)
vBl xA
YB=1 XA
Rewriting Eqn. (20). for simple phase equilibria.
Ua 5
A g (39)
and utilizing (27), the extremely useful relation,
 a = 7A
fA A
is obtained. From the definition of the activity
coefficient the equation for liquidvaporequili
brium is often shown as
(YAXAfAo)li = IAYAfAO) vapor
(41)
For ideal solutions the protege learns that if he
appreciates the significance of assuming VA = ,A' he can derive
TA = YAfA (42)
ideal = RT(nAlnx + nnlnXg) (43)
Equally useful relations for enthalpy and entropy
may be obtained.
For nonideal solutions it is desirable to see how
GEx= AGix AGideal= RT(nAlnyA + nBlnYB) (44)
and for regular solutions how
AGr = XA(1XA)w + RT(xAlnxA + xBlnxB)
d (E,/T) AHO
dT N T ( ,2 (33)
NE or = RT1nK (34)
r a
*Standard state is a state of the material at the tem
perature of interest and usually at a given pressure or
other conditions that determine the state.
The empirical and semitheoretical techniques for
obtaining activity coefficients or required PVT
behavior or an empirical constant such as a must
be introduced at each step in which real problems
are considered. Calculation of actual situations
leads to the application, employment, and even
development of correlations of the properties of
matter. It behooves the protege to master many
of these in the course of mastering the funda
mentals of thermodynamics.
FALL 1969
W = N_3
(32)
(45) 
(40)
Nothing has been said about the fourth basic
equation since it is generally used directly as is.
Clearly, however, if an application is contem
plated to an extremely high energy process, such
as a nuclear reaction or high velocity particles,
the Einstein relation, E = mc, must be employed.
In such a case the individual mass and energy
balances must be modified to allow for the equival
ence of mass and energy.
NOMENCLATRE T Temperature
A Helmholtz free energy, UTS
a Activity, f/fo
C Heat capacity, T(dS/dT)
3 Faraday number
f Fugacity
G Gibbs free energy, HTS
g Acceleration of gravity
H Enthalpy
J. Ratio of activities aca4/aaB
Ka Equilibrium ratio of activities
LW Lost work
m Mass
N,n Number of moles
P Pressure
p Partial pressure
a Quatity of heat
U Internal Energy
u Velocity
V Volume
W Work
x Mole fraction
y Male fraction
Z Height above datum plane
a,8 Phases
y Activity coefficient
a Chemical potential
u Constant for regular solutions
 Below an extensive property makes
it per unit mass
Above an extensive property makes
it a partial property of a mixture.
In case of fugacity, shows that
component is in a mixture.
o Denotes vapor pressure, as P0.
S Entropy
Several example problems and solutions are
presented in the following section.
[ N a problems for teachers
The following problems with solutions were
submitted by Professor J. J. Martin.
No. 1. One hundred million standard cubic feet (600F,
1 atm) per day of radioactive waste gas at 10000F must
be released at a height of 400 ft. above the ground to
avoid contamination of the surrounding area. A circular
stack of uniform diameter is to be used. A draft at the
,0 base of the st('ck of 1 in. of water will be required (pres
sure inside stack base is 1 in. HzO less than barometric
pressure). The barometric pressure at the base of the
stack is 740 mm Hg and the ambient temperature 600F.
The gas has a molecular weight of 32 and may be con
sidered an ideal gas. What diameter will be required?
The lost work of gas flowing through the stack may be
approximated by the equation:
0.032 lu2
LW = gD
LW = lost work in ftlbF/lbM
1 = height in ft
D = diameter in ft
u = velocity in feet per sec
g, = conversion factor from lbM to IbF
Solution: For barometric pressure at top consider a stag
nant column of air outside the stack. Since it is at
equilibrium (no flow) with no kinetic effects, Eqn. (17)
applies as
top
0 = fVdp + gAZ = dP + gAZ
base
p
RT In Poa = gAZ
Base
so (10.73) (520)ln PEt = (40
and p = 729.41 mm Hg
The pressure inside the base of the stack is
p = 740n (25.4) (1)
in base = 740 = 78.13 mm Hg
The gas velocity inside the stack at an average pressure of
734 nm Hg is
S= 108(760) (1460) (4) 4290 ft
24(3600) (520) (734) nD2 D2 sec
For flow inside the stack with no kinetic effects and no work,
Eqn. (16) applies as
LW = VdP + gAZ = fT dP+ gAZ
Thus, (0.032) (400) (4290)2 (10.73) (1460)(144) n 729.41 + 400
32.17 D D (32) 738.13
Solving
D = 7.2 ft
No. 2. A RanqueHilsch vortex cylinder is a device to
expand a stream of air in steady flow from high pressure
and ambient temperature down to two streams at atmos
pheric pressure, one of which is at low temperature and
the other at high temperature. Air enters the cylinder
through a tangential tube, creating a vortex from which
the hot air is withdrawn from the outer periphery and
the cold air is withdrawn from the central region, as
shown below. In a certain test of the equipment the tem
peratures and pressures were measured and reported to
be as indicated on the diagram. The mass flow rate of the
hot air was stated to be 1.35 times that of the cold air.
Show by calculations whether the reported measurements
are possible.
nlet Air
Surroundings P = 20 psia
at 80*F and 1
14.7 psia ti = 80o
End view
,' Cold air
Hot air < outlet
outlet o. tlet = l90a P
th= 280J t = 1900F
Solution: Apply the energy balance Eqn. (2) to the whole
device. Assuming negligible kinetic and potential effects,
and
6Q = 6W = dE = 0,
sys
E H.jm = 0 or (H6m)i = (Hm)h + (H6m)
Let 6mh = 1.35, 6m = 1.0, 6mi = 2.35
Taking the reference state of air at 800F and 20 psia,
and assuming ideal gas behavior with C, = 7.0 Btu/lb
moleR,
H = 0, h = 7(28080) = 1400, and H = 7(19080) = 1890
Substituting in the energy balance
0 = (1400)(1.35) + (1890)(1)= 0. So energy balance OK.
Apply the entropy balance as
dS = + ES 6m. = 0 for steady state
S 0 j3 :I
or
6 = (Sim)i (sim) (6m)c
Tc I h (smC
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
Integrating Eqn. (8), AS = Cplln R lnPJ
Using this to calculate entropies with respect to the refer
ence state,
Si = 0, Sh = 7 in 4 1.99 in 147 = 2.815 and S =
270540 20
7 In 1.99 in 14.7 4.24
540 20
Putting these into the entropy balance gives
S6L = 0 (2.815)(1.35) (1)(4.24) = 0.44
To
or 6LW = 0.44 T
To is the temperature at which heat may be rejected to the
surroundings, 540, so
6LW = (0.44) (540) = 237
This, however, is impossible because the minimum value
of lost work in a perfect process (reversible) is zero.
There is no such thing as negative lost work (gained
work). Thus, the data from the experiment must be in
error. In other words, do not invest in this device if suc
cessful exploitation is dependent upon the above data.
No. 3. A mixture consisting of 331/3% by volume
methane and 662/3% oxygen at 25C and 1 atmos
pheres total pressure is fed to a combustion chamber
where the methane is burned completely at 18000C. The
combustion products are then cooled and expanded at
constant composition to 250C and 1 atmosphere pressure.
Assume ideal gases and surroundings at 250C and no
condensation of HO.
a) What is the maximum work obtainable from the
above process?
b) What would be the maximum work obtainable if
the combustion! reaction were carried out irrever
sibly at 18000C, but all other steps were reversible?
DATA: For the reaction at 9 atmospheres pressure,
CH4 + 2 02 + CO2 + 2H20.
At 25*C:
AH = 208,500 cal/gm mole CH4
AS = 1.23 cal/gm mole CH4/K
At 1800*C:
AH = 211,110 cal/gm mole CH4
AS = 4.07 cal/gm mole CH4/K
Solution:
(a) At 250C, AG = AHTAS = 208,500 298 (1.23)
= 208,140
To expand 3 moles of products from 9 atm to 1 atm
AG = /VdP = nflR dP = nRT(lnP) = 3(1.99) (298)ln1
= 3900 cal
From Eqn. (18) Wr = AGT = 208,140 3900 = 212,040 cal
(b) Irreversible combustion at 18000C means that the
work which could have been produced in a reversible
engine is converted to heat. This could be put through a
reversible heat engine to recover some work.
Thus, AG = 211,110 (2073) (4.07) = 202,680 cal
Using Eqn. (14) Wr = 202,680( 2073 = 173580 cal
Therefore the lost work due to the irreversible combustion is
LW = 202,680 173,580 = 29,100 cal
Net work by this process is
W = 212,040 29,100 = 182,940 cal
No. 4. One hundred Ibmole of a solution of 10 mole per
cent carbon disulfide and 90 mole percent acetone are to
be separated into pure acetone and the azeotrope which
forms at 39.250C under atmospheric pressure. The
azeotrope which forms 61 mole percent carbon disulfide
and 39 mole percent acetone.
It is desired to estimate the minimum work to carry
out the above separation in a distillation column if the
feed solution is all liquid at 39.250C and the products are
withdrawn as liquids at the same temperature.
At 39.250C the vapor pressure of CS, is 604 mm Hg,
while the vapor pressure of (CH,)2 CO at the same
temperature is 400 mmHg. At atmospheric pressure the
vapor phase may be assumed to behave as an ideal gas.
The liquid solution does not behave as an ideal solution,
but its activity coefficients may be represented by the Van
Laar equation,
A B
Iny = 2 and InyB = 2
Solution: Let acetone be component A and carbon disulfide be B.
For the equilibrium between the liquid and vapor, Eqns. (20)and
(27) show that f = "?. For the liquid i = yixif. Taking
the standard state as pure liquid under its own vapor pressure
and since vapor pressure is low this may be taken as the fugacity
f?, f = yixiPi. Also for the gas, assuming ideality, J = Pi "
yiP. Thus,
ixiPi = yiP
P
For an azeotrope xi = yi so Yi = 
Thus, 760 760
YA = 0 = 1.900 and B = = 1.258
From equations for Van Laar constants
x lnyBl 2
A = InyA 1 + XAlny
xLAlnY J
= 1.558
xlny' 2
B = nyB 1 + x BlA
^L ''~B11
= In 1.90 1g
0.61 In 1.258 2
0.39 In 1.90
0.39 In 1.90 2
= n 1.258 + 0.61 In 1.25
= 1.787
In feed solution,
1.558
Iny or = 1.0202
inyA 1.558(0.9)2 or A 1.0202
+ 1.787(0.1)
nyB = 1.787
+ 1.558(0.9
or yB = 4.08
From AG = AGEx + AGideal and Eqns. (43) and (44),
AG = RT(nAlnxAYA + nBlnxBBg)
So AGfeed (1.99) (561) [901n(0.9) (1.0202) + 10 In(0.1) (4.08)1
= 18,140 Btu
(Continued on page 221.)
FALL 1969
4 GaOwsLe in Cenmical Readcoti Cnwaineetyi
REACTOR DESIGN
N. A. DOUGHARTY and J. M. SMITH
University of California
Davis, California 95616
At the University of California, Davis (UCD)
two quarterlength (3 lectures/week) graduate
courses are available in chemical reaction engi
neering. The first course, which is required, is a
general treatment. The second is an optional
offering the contents of which are more special
ized and may vary from time to time. The goal
of the first course is to complete the outline shown
in Table I. However, even though most students
have had an undergraduate kinetics course, our
experience has been that a semesterlength offer
ing would be desirable to cover the subjects
listed.
Following each major topic in the outline are
references to appropriate books and papers. To
gether the book references include all the major
texts in the field. At UCD several of these (3, 24,
27, 29) have been used as the textbook for the
course. On other occasions, the complete list has
been assigned as a set of references. We find that
even graduate students benefit from thorough
familiarity with one reasonably general book.
The course starts out with a review of chemical
reaction equilibria to ensure that the student
understands how to evaluate equilibrium product
distributions. At this time it is also convenient
to introduce the interrelations between kinetics
and thermodynamics.
The differential conservation equations (Sec
tion II) provide the basis for subsequent design
of whatever degree of complexity. The equations
of motion are generally omitted, to be picked up
in context as needed. The energy equation is
ordinarily simplified to neglect kinetic and poten
tial energies and shaft work. It is developed care
fully in terms of both partial molar enthalpies
and temperature, since this seems frequently a
source of confusion.
The point materialbalance equations also serve
to introduce the reaction source term or rate ex
pression. At this point the continuity equation
Joe M. Smith was educated at Cal Tech (BS) and
Massachusetts Institute of Technology (ScD, '43). He
has taught chemical engineering at Maryland, Purdue,
Northwestern, and California (Davis). His research in
terests are in chemical reaction engineering. Presently
he is chairman of the department at Davis.
Neil A. Dougharty was educated at Lamar Tech (BS)
and University of California, Berkeley (PhD, '65). He
was a NASNRC Postdoctoral Fellow at Institut de
Recherches sur la Catalyse, Villeurbanne, France and a
NSF Postdoctoral Fellow at Rice University. His research
interests include heterogeneous catalysis, applied chem
ical kinetics, and chemical reactor design. Presently he
is an assistant professor at the University of California
(Davis).
for homogeneous reaction is integrated for con
stantvolume and variablevolume uniform batch
reactors, to stress the nature of the source term
in the material balance as a function of instan
taneous local properties, independent of the type
of constraints on the reacting volume.
The discussion of chemical kinetics (Section III
of Table I) is necessarily brief. Students will have
had an introduction at least to formal kinetics in
undergraduate physical chemistry and chemical
engineering kinetics courses. We acknowledge
that chemical kinetics in its present state of de
velopment is only rarely predictive but often
permits more reliable interpolation and limited
extrapolation.
The steadystate approximation is discussed
fairly thoroughly (2), and its mathematically
very valuable consequencethat it reduces a
stoichiometrically complex reaction sequence to
a stoichiometrically simple reactionis stressed.
With the information presented the student
should be able to follow most of the chemical en
gineering literature insofar as it attempts to
discern reaction mechanisms. On the other hand,
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
TABLE I. APPLIED KINETICS AND REACTOR DESIGN SUBJECT OUTLINE
References
Review of chemical reaction eq.
Conservation equations for
systems with chemical reaction
A. Continuity equations with
homogeneous reaction
B. Continuity equations with
heterogeneous reaction
C. Energy equation
III. Reaction rate expressions ]
A. Material balances with reaction
B. Stoichiometrically simple reactions
C. Stoichiometrically complex
reactions
1. Determination of an inde
7, 26, 29
0
1, 20
3, 27
pendent set
2. Analysis of extents of
complex reactions
D. Kinetic treatment of reaction
mechanisms 6, 17, 23
1. Molecular reactions
2. Steadystate approximation
for reactive intermediates
a. Open sequences
b. Closed sequences
(1) Initiationtermination
processes
(2) Constancy of number
of reactive intermediates
E. Empirical rate expressions
F. Pseudohomogeneous rate expr. 27
IV. Physical transport and reaction
in heterogeneous systems
A. Pseudohomogeneous rate equa
tionsglobal rate
B. Intrapellet transport
1. Isothermal effectiveness
factors 27, 29, 34
a. Pellet geometry
b. Reaction order
c. Criteria for absence of diff.
retardation of rate 27
2. Nonisothermal effec
tiveness factors 27, 28
3. Physical properties of
porous catalysts 29
a. Surface area
b. Pore volume, porosity
c. Pore volume distribution
4. Diffusion in porous media 2729, 34
a. Bulk and Knudsen diffusion
b. Surface migration
c. Effective diffusivities
5. Heat transfer in porous media 2729,
a. Free molecule and
normal conduction
b. Effective thermal conductivity
6. Effect of poisoning on
the global rate 34
1
sensitivity
6. Autothermal operation
VI. Transport parameters for
packedbed reactors
A. Velocity profiles
B. Pressure drop
C. Radial mass and heat transfer
4, 9, 16, 21
15, 18, 19
5, 2729
parameters
1. Effective diffusivities and
thermal conductivities
2. Wall heattransfer coefficients 16
D. Axial mass and heat transfer
parameters
VII. Design of fluidizedbed reactors 22, 29, 30
A. Mixing phenomena
B. Models of reactor behavior
VIII. Miscellaneous reactor types
A. Gassolid noncatalytic reactions 22, 24
1. Global rate equations
2. Reactor design
a. Wellmixed fluid phase
b. Moving fluid, stationary
solid phase
c. Moving fluid and solid phases
B. Slurry reactors 28, 29
1. Global rate equations
2. Reactor design
IX. Nonideal homogeneous reactors 15, 24, 25
A. Nature of deviations from
ideal flow
B. Measurement of residencetime
distribution functions (RTD)
C. Modeling actual reactors with
PFR and CSTR assemblies
D. Effect on conversion
FALL 1969
7. Effect of intrapellet transport
on selectivity 34
C. External transport 2729
1. Mass and energy transfer
coefficients
2. Effect of external trans
port upon global rate
a. Single reactions
b. Selectivity effects
3. Multiple steady states (stability) 1
V. Reactor design
A. Uniform batch reactor
B. Continuous stirredtank reactor
1. Steadystate design
2. Multiple steady states and
stability 1, 8, 15
C. CSTR sequences
D. Tubular reactor
1. Plugflow reactor
2. Tubular reactor with homo
geneous reaction 12, 13, 31, 32
3. PFR with axial dispersion 24
4. Threedimensional design
for packed beds 5
5. Stability and parametric
Teaching, understanding, and applying the principles of reactor design will long remain a major challenge .
students benefit from thorough familiarity with one reasonably general book.
a discussion follows in which the wholly empirical
nature of much practical rate data is noted, deal
ing as it so often does with complex and un
analyzed mixtures, empirical parameters such as
research octane number, catalyst deactivation,
trace poisons, etc.
Finally, a brief discussion of rate data for
heterogeneous reactors, usually treated alto
gether by homogeneous transport models on a
global scale, leads naturally into physical trans
port questions, that is, Section IV of Table I.
In Section IV effectivenessfactor concepts are
first developed, and then their numerical evalua
tion is investigated. This approach leads con
veniently to a discussion of physical properties
of porous catalysts, followed by study of diffusion
and heat transfer with the effective diffusivity
and thermal conductivity the goal. External
transport resistances complete this Section. Here
care is taken to emphasize the relative import
ance of heat and mass transport effects for
various types of heterogenous environments such
as packedbed, fluidizedbed, and slurry reactors.
The integral reactor design equations (Section
V) are developed rather quickly and little atten
tion is given to their application to isothermal
examples. The students are assumed to have had
prior experience with this in an undergraduate
course. Somewhat more attention is given to non
isothermal cases, since time frequently prohibits
adequate consideration of these at the under
graduate level. Particular emphasis is placed on
reactor thermal stability. Stirredtank reactor
sequences are discussed briefly, and their use in
modeling tubular reactors [e.g., ref. (14)] is noted.
Primary emphasis in Section V is placed on the
phenomena which occur in packedbed reactors.
Again, particular attention is given to thermal
effects, which Denbigh (15) has emphasized as
"undoubtedly the biggest factor of uncertainty in
the design of fixedbed reactors at the present
time." Quantitative analysis of these effects re
quires numerical values for radial and axial Peclet
numbers for heat and mass transfer. Empirical
correlations and theories for these quantities are
discussed in Section VI.
Specific, but practically important, types of
heterogeneous reactors are considered in Sections
VII and VIII, with fluidizedbed systems singled
out for particular emphasis. While gassolid non
catalytic and slurry reactors are the only ones
listed in Section VIII, it is at this point that other
specialized forms can be introduced.
The final subject is nonideal flow in homo
geneous reactors. The time spent here is depend
ent upon the background of the class. Practical
situations where nonideal flow has a significant
effect upon conversion are stressed; for example,
the CSTR with one or more internal cooling coils.
RESEARCH IN REACTOR DESIGN
A stateoftheart graduate course will natur
ally bare the limitations of our present knowledge,
as well as a variety of bypassed problems. A
discussion of fluidsolid processes reveals many
such areas, both for global rates and reactor
design. The role of surface migration, inhomo
geneity of catalysts, and heat and mass transfer
in real solids are examples, for global rates, of
research problems of chemical engineering inter
est. Work in this area often encounters unusual
practical consequences. An interesting recent
example is the report of Weisz (33) that catalyst
attrition rates in a fluidized catalytic cracking
unit can be greatly affected by intraparticle dif
fusion limitations in the cyclic formation and
burnoff of coke deposits. In the design of non
adiabatic packedbed reactors, uncertainties in
the calculation of temperature profiles remain a
major source of concern. The scaleup of non
catalytic fluidsolid reactors such as carbon black
reactors and lime kilns is hindered because of
lack of research on mixing patterns. Many com
putational difficulties remain in the design of
integral reactors because of the complexity of
boundary conditions in heterogeneous systems.
Research on the design and operation of re
actors for treating both municipal and industrial
waste water is of literally vital significance. Im
provement in the operation of biological reactors
for treating primary effluents is an urgent need.
New schemes are needed for the treatment of
secondary effluents, and the chemicalreaction
route offers many advantages. The design of
photochemical reactors, which offer a new kind
of nonuniformity, that of the light intensity, is
an area of active research.
Though by no means exhaustive, these research
areas are illustrative of both the work basic to
reactor design yet to be done and the demanding
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
practical needs of society which application of our
knowledge of reactor design offers hope of meet
ing. Teaching, understanding, and applying the
principles of reactor design will long remain a
major challenge to chemical engineers.
REFERENCES
1. N. R. Amundson and R. Aris, Chem. Eng. Sci, 7, 121
(1958).
2. Rutherford Aris, Ind. Eng. Chem., 61, 17 (1969).
3. Rutherford Aris, "Elementary Chemical Reactor
Analysis," PrenticeHall, Englewood Cliffs, New
Jersey (1969).
4. C. H. Barkelew, Chem. Eng. Progr. Symp. Ser., 55,
(25), 37 (1959).
5. John Beek, "Design of Packed Catalytic Reactors," in
"Advances in Chemical Engineering," Vol. 3, Academic
Press, New York (1962).
6. S. W. Benson, "Foundations of Chemical Kinetics,"
McGrawHill, New York (1960).
7. S. W. Benson, "Thermochemical Kinetics," John
Wiley & Sons, New York (1968).
8. O. Bilous and N. R. Amundson, A.I.Ch.E. Jour., 1,
513 (1955).
9. 0. Bilous and N. R. Amundson, A.I.Ch.E. Jour., 2,
117 (1956).
10. R. B. Bird, W. E. Stewart, and E. N. Lightfoot,
"Transport Phenomena," Ch. 18, John Wiley & Sons,
New York (1960).
11. Michel Boudart, "Kinetics of Chemical Processes,"
PrenticeHall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey (1968).
12. F. A. Cleland and R. H. Wilhelm, A.I.Ch.E. Jour., 1,
489 (1956).
13. P. V. Danckwerts, Chem. Eng. Sci., 2, 1 (1953).
14. H. A. Deans and L. Lapidus, A.I.Ch.E. Jour., 6, 656
(1960).
15. Kenneth Denbigh, "Chemical Reactor Theory," Cam
bridge University Press (1965).
16. G. F. Froment, Ind. Eng. Chem., 59, 18 (1967).
17. A. A. Frost and R. G. Pearson, "Kinetics and Mechan
PROBLEMS (Cont'd from p. 217.)
AGproducts = AGazeo + AGacetone AGazeo
Gazeo = (1.99) (561) 3 In(0.39)(1.9) + 10 In(0.61)(1.258)]
= 5,050 Btu
Wr AG = AGproducts AGfeed
=5050 + 18140 = 13090 Btu/100 moles feed
No. 5. Badische Anilin and SodaFabrik AG of Ludwigs
hafen am Rhein give this data.
"WaterGas Shift ReactionConversion of the carbon
monoxide proceeds according to the expression:
(1) CO + H20 CO2 + H2; AH = 9,810 cal
It is an equilibrium reaction with a temperature
dependent equilibrium constant,
(2) Kp = (CO)(H20)
(CO2) (H2)
ism." John Wiley & Sons, New York (1961).
18. E. A. Grens and R. A. McKean, Chem. Eng. Sci., 18,
291 (1963).
19. C. van Heerden, Ind. Eng. Chem., 45, 1242 (1953).
20. J. C. Jungers, et al., "Cin6tique Chimique Appliqude."
Editions Technip, Paris (1958).
21. H. Kramers & K. R. Westerterp, "Elements of Chemi
cal Reactor Design and Operation," Academic Press,
New York (1963).
22. Daizo Kunii and Octave Levenspiel, "Fluidization
Engineering," John Wiley & Sons, New York (1968).
23. K. J. Laidler, "Chemical Kinetics," McGrawHill,
New York (1965).
24. Octave Levenspiel, "Chemical Reaction Engineering,"
John Wiley & Sons, New York (1962).
25. Octave Levenspiel and K. B. Bischoff, "Patterns of
Flow in Chemical Process Vessels," in "Advances in
Chemical Engineering," Vol. 4, Academic Press, New
York (1964).
26. G. N. Lewis and Merle Randall, as revised by K. S.
Pitzer and Leo Brewer, "Thermodynamics," McGraw
Hill, New York (1961).
27. E. E. Petersen, "Chemical Reaction Analysis,"
PrenticeHall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey (1965).
28. C. N. Satterfield and T. K. Sherwood, "The Role of
Diffusion in Catalysis," AddisonWesley, Reading,
Mass. (1963).
29. J. M. Smith, "Chemical Engineering Kinetics," Second
Edition, McGrawHill, New York (publication date
1970).
30. J. M. Thomas and W. J. Thomas, "Introduction to the
Principles of Heterogeneous Catalysis," Academic
Press, New York (1967).
31. J. P. Vignes and P. J. Trambouze, Chem. Eng. Sci.,
17, 73 (1962).
32. J. F. Wehner and R. H. Wilhelm Chem. Eng. Sci. 6,
89 (1956).
33. P. S. Weisz, Ind. Eng. Chem. Fundamentals, 8, 325
(1969).
34. Ahlborn Wheeler, "Reaction Rates and Selectivity in
Catalyst Pores," in "Advances in Catalysis," Vol. 3,
Academic Press, New York (1951).
The location of the equilibrium for a given gas composi
tion is independent of the total pressure of the system."
Also presented with the above statements is a graph
which is reproduced below. Please study this information
and demonstrate (a) by numerical calculations whether
their data are concordant, and determine (b) the free
energy change of the reaction at 5000C.
Temperature dependence of the equilibrium constant Ep
0.401 I
0.30 /
0 53 400 450 500
6b
Assume Kp = Ka
DO0C
T
(Continued on page 226.)
FALL 1969
1 '14
550
mn .views and opinions
GRADUATEENGINEERING
AND TECHNOLOGICAL
ACCREDITATION
L. E. GRINTER
University of Florida
Gainesville, Fla. 32601
Perhaps at no time in its history has engineer
ing education been beset by as many problems
as exist today. It has been said from many direc
tions that those who left engineering teaching as
much as fifteen years ago would not recognize
much of the course material taught today. Al
though this may be somewhat of an exaggera
tion we recognize its broad validity, and we must
look forward to equally rapid changes in the
future. A vicepresident of one of the great
electrical concerns mentioned when talking to
students that his company based its longterm
planning on the assumption that onehalf of its
business twenty years from now would be in
new products. To transfer this concept to engi
neering education we might anticipate that one
half of the courses in the engineering college
catalogs circa 1985 will be totally new subject
matter and the remainder will be considerably
altered.
Because college catalogs are revised every
year faculties are used to the concept of new
courses and curricular changes. The picture of a
fifty percent change in course material in fifteen
years is not startling because it represents a
normal evolutionary trend. In fifteen years the
volume of published scientific and engineering
material will at least have doubled. There are
other changes which are just as probable that
appear to produce very severe emotional reac
tions even when they are merely discussed. Such
questions as, what should represent the first pro
fessional degree in engineering, and how does
technician training articulate with engineering
education are highly sensitive areas of interest.
These areas require objective analysis which is
Linton E. Grinter is vicepresident of the University
of Florida. He was educated at the University of Kansas
and the University of Illinois (PhD, '26). Dr. Grinter
was ASEE Lamme Medalist in 1958. He is a leader in
establishing goals and directions for engineering educa
tion in this country. The 1955 Grinter report on the
"Evaluation of Engineering Education" was instrumental
in adding an engineering science base to all engineering
curricula. He is active in many professional societies and
has served as president of both ASEE and ECPD.
difficult to achieve because of emotional reactions
based upon the concept of a unified profession
that has never truly existed in engineering. We
wear blinders if we fail to recognize that techni
cians continually, although in small numbers,
move upward into the engineering profession, and
that scientists move laterally with little resist
ance into engineering activities. Both groups
achieve the title of engineer in industry. Engi
neering is a profession in flux that has still not
been defined for the purpose of exclusion either by
words or more importantly by actions.
An agency involved deeply with the need to
define the undefined and perhaps undefinable
profession of engineering is the Engineers' Coun
cil for Professional Development. Its task of
accrediting engineering curricula and therefore
degrees has successfully placed a floor under the
profession of engineering that has received broad
acceptance. However, this floor, based upon the
amount of engineering education that can be
mastered in four academic years while allowing
for required work in mathematics, science, and
socialhumanistic studies is not highly restrictive.
The great majority of institutions that make an
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
The evidence seems to point to the master's degree evolving rather gradually into the main accredited degree
whether or not it is called the first professional degree.
effort to recruit an engineering faculty of reason
able quality, who in turn select students of rea
sonable competency, achieve accreditation. Their
products become engineers by definition, and
those scientists and technicians who retrain or
upgrade themselves to compete with the product
of the engineering schools are accepted as
engineers.
Under the procedures just described, we seem
to have some 800,000 engineers in this country,
of which about onehalf belong to a major en
gineering society. A 1967 EJC survey deter
mined that 565,000 individuals belonged to 45
technical and professional societies, of an en
gineering and applied science nature, of which
438,000 were classified as engineers. The tech
nical societies that hold membership in ECPD
and EJC do not all restrict their membership
to engineers.
GRADUATE ENGINEERING ACCREDITATION
An old refrain in engineering education has
been the fiveyear undergraduate curriculum. It
has been proposed, urged and tried over a forty
year period without significant success. At times
it appeared that nearly a majority of faculty
members would favor it. Why then has there been
so much emotional resistance to the concept of
the master's degree becoming the "first profes
sional degree"? It seems doubtful that the re
sistance rests upon the concept that future pro
fessional engineers can attain an adequate edu
cation in four years. Such is patently not true.
It may be that the terminology of "first profes
sional degree" applied to the master's degree
raises the specter that a very large fraction of
presently practicing engineers would lose profes
sional status. Because only a quarter of practic
ing engineers now have master's degrees a long
transition period would be inevitable. Terminol
ogy can often mask the most desirable objectives.
It is becoming evident that the Engineers'
Council for Professional Development is gradu
ally being drawn into graduate accreditation in a
stepbystep fashion. The first step over a decade
ago was to accredit the master's programs of the
Naval Postgraduate School using undergraduate
standards. Then a number, of master's degree
programs or curricula developed in engineering
departments having no undergraduate curricula.
These departments applied for accreditation and
were gradually accepted. Now there are requests
for accreditation of master's level curricula in
colleges that offer bachelor's degrees in engineer
ing where the bachelor's program is considered
to be preprofessional by the institution con
cerned. ECPD certainly cannot insist upon ac
crediting a preprofessional curriculum, and it is
doubtful that it can logically reject the right of
any educational institution to define for itself
what it wishes to call its first professional degree
in engineering.
The evidence seems to point to the master's
degree evolving rather gradually into the main
accredited degree whether or not it is called the
first professional degree. Important influences
are the following: (1) It seems doubtful that a
fouryear education in engineering can be made
sufficiently superior to four years of either science
or technology to form the base for a clearly de
fined profession. (2) An accredited master's de
gree program based upon student desire and
aptitude for advanced study, with the opportunity
for those whose interests are not highly profes
sional to accept employment at the bachelor's
level, would aid greatly in defining the profes
sion of engineering. Quite independent of emo
tional reactions this seems to be the most prob
able direction of gradual evolution. This change
will be stimulated by changes in the engineering
college catalog because the course material added
always exceeds the deletions. Additions can be
made at the master's level without gross eco
nomic waste due to greater motivation of selected
and selfselected students.
A factor that should not be overlooked in the
accreditation of graduate education is its useful
ness in upgrading the casual offerings at many
offcampus centers. Undergraduate work in the
evening was at one time taught mainly by indus
trial employees on a parttime basis. Gradually
through the accreditation process evening study
has been upgraded to achieve as nearly as practi
cal an equivalency with day curricula and day
procedures. At the graduate level there has been
a dissemination of degree work to socalled grad
uate centers. These centers operate not only un
der the difficulties of evening programs on an
overtime basis, but they often use parttime
teachers to an excessive degree. Many fail to
FALL 1969
A factor that should not be overlooked in the accreditation of graduate education is its usefulness in
upgrading the casual offerings at many offcampus centers.
provide even the minimum essentials of library
or laboratory resources. Until graduate accredi
tation in engineering becomes accepted, these
graduate centers will lack standards to guide
their activities. They need and their students
deserve the support that professional accredita
tion would provide. Unfortunately, we still cannot
provide the upgrading through accreditation that
the offcampus graduate programs so clearly
need.
TECHNOLOGICAL ACCREDITATION
At the opposite end of the spectrum from
graduateengineering accreditation is found the
problem of technology curricula accreditation.
Beginning with the Wickenden report in the late
nineteen twenties it has been recognized that the
productivity of engineers depends upon the num
ber and quality of the technicians available as
engineering assistants. In World War II the
engineering colleges became large scale techni
cian training agencies for the Federal Govern
ment and made one of their greatest immediate
contributions to the war effort through this chan
nel. A postwar surplus of technicians may have
existed for a time, but if so, this could have been
only at the lower levels. The United States has
never developed an educational system that has
produced highlevel technicians comparable to
those produced in most European countries. In
stead, our bachelor degree engineers have per
formed many technicianlevel activities.
This country suffers under the status symbol
of the bachelor's degree. Parents make great
sacrifices for their children to attain degrees.
Any degree often appears acceptable. Hence
technician curricula ranging from two to three
years have never attracted sufficient numbers of
students. The result is that new degreelevel
programs in technology have been growing in
numbers. They now represent a considerable
group of curricula that carry the same descrip
tive titles as the branches of engineering, i.e.,
electrical, mechanical, etc. One technological cur
riculum widely adopted is building construction,
which found a home in colleges of architecture
rather than engineering. It has in part super
ceded the curriculum of architectural engineering
which was technically too demanding upon the
type of student who was interested in this field.
The curriculum of building construction provides
the degree incentive and the reward of desirable
employment in a status position ultimately di
rected toward supervision without requiring the
rigor of an engineering curriculum. It has grown
rapidly in popularity and is entirely outside the
control or direction of the engineering profession.
The broad field of industrial technology based
educationally upon degree curricula now seems to
be ripe for a development comparable to the ex
ample given of building construction. The engi
neering profession can influence this develop
ment through its procedures of accreditation or
it can stand aside and observe the uncontrolled
development of a second channel for the prepara
tion of technological personnel. When this prob
lem was presented by the establishment of asso
ciatedegree technician training curricula in the
years immediately following World War II it
was decided to lend a hand toward strengthening
these technical curricula through ECPD accredi
tation. Of course, the question of terminology
arose, in particular the use of the adjective en
gineering to describe such curricula. Obviously
ECPD could serve no function in the field of
medical technology or other fields not directly
related to engineering. Our interest had to be
restricted to the training of engineering techni
cians. To make this clear the curricula eligible
for ECPD accreditation were classified as "engi
neering technology" curricula. However one may
feel about the terminology chosen, the logic in
volved seems indisputable. Unless a technical
curriculum is designed to produce technicians
who will work directly with engineers it could
hardly fit within the objectives of ECPD.
The recent action of the Board of Directors of
ECPD to accredit engineering technology curric
ula of two, three and four years duration upon
the single basis of inspection of about 70 credit
hours of technical course work merely fulfills the
concept described above. Beyond the required
and regulated core of some 70 credit hours the
institution may decide to add additional work
requirements to justify the award of a bachelor's
degree. This additional work may be in liberal
arts, business administration, further technical
courses in the major, or in a second specialty,
or in any combination it may choose. ECPD will
restrict its interest to the core program that
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
Six Good Reasons To Choose A McGrawHill Text
OPTIMIZATION THEORY AND PRACTICE ENGINEERING DIFFERENTIAL SYSTEMS
GORDON S. G. BEVERIDGE, HeriotWatt Uni
versity, Edinburgh and ROBERT S. SCHECH
TER, University of Texas. Available Winter, 1970
This text encompasses techniques from all
aspects of mathematical optimization with the
objective of introducing these methods to seniors
and graduate students. It is organized to illus
trate the interrelationships among optimization
methods, their ranges of applicability, and their
comparative effectiveness. The authors provide
fully workedout examples throughout the book
to aid the student, and discuss the main tech
niques in detail to give the student competence in
their applications.
OPTIMIZATION BY VARIATIONAL
METHODS
MORTON M. DENN, University of Delaware.
416 pages, $16.50
In order to present a comprehensive examina
tion of optimal process design and control, the
author has simultaneously developed both ana
lytical and computational considerations and then
united them with detailed practical applications.
The text utilizes the "variational" approach, in
corporating traditional differential calculus pro
cedures and associated computational techniques;
classical calculus of variations; Pontryagintype
"minimum principles" and related computational
methods; and dynamic programming. Many of
the examples cited are examined at various levels
of sophistication and solved by several different
procedures.
ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS
WILLIAM C. REYNOLDS, Stanford University
and HENRY C. PERKINS, University of Arizona.
Available Winter, 1970
The first half of this book develops the funda
mentals of thermodynamics using microscopic
insight as the basis for macroscopic postulates.
Disorder, randomness, and uncertainty notions
are used in conjunction with the Gibbs definition
of entropy to provide an intuitive basis for the
second law postulate. The remainder of the book
applies the statistical concepts that have already
been developed to actual engineering systems.
Material on power systems and chapters on com
pressible flow and heat transfer are included.
ROBERT D. KERSTEN, Florida Technological
University. 224 pages, $13.50
This is the first book to treat both the ana
lytical as well as the numerical methods in engi
neering. The author's thesis is that a complete
solution to a given engineering differential system
can be developed by using these approaches to
connect four essential parts of the system: (1)
properly understood phenomena; (2) a correct
mathematical model of the phenomena; (3) a ten
tative solution; and (4) a proper application of
boundary or initial conditions or both.
DESCRIBING CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
SYSTEMS
WILLIAM E. RANZ, University of Minnesota.
Available Winter, 1970
With the intention of demonstrating how phy
sical and mathematical models are built, this par
ticipation textbook discusses states and actions of
physical and chemical systems; shows the detailed
development of material and energy balances; and
includes interactions of simple connected systems
as they are applied to chemical engineering. This
workbook is based on the premise that a student
learns by doingtherefore, numerous questions
and workedout examples dominate the text.
MODERN METHODS OF ENGINEERING
COMPUTATION
ROBERT L. KETTER and SHERWOOD P. PRA
WEL, JR., both of the State University of New
York at Buffalo. 500 pages, $15.50
This text (1) presents an introduction to the
field of modern computational methods in terms
intelligible to the second or thirdyear student;
(2) develops from these various methods the
first principles that are basic and/or in general
usage and indicates the interrelationships among
them; and (3) views the material specifically but
yet generally enough to give the student the
background he will need in numerical methods to
cope with future engineering courses. Through
out, the emphasis is on the methodology of the
solution process and the universality of its appli
cation to problems in all fields of engineering and
the applied sciences.
McGRAWHILL BOOK COMPANY
330 West 42nd Street
New York, New York 10036
FALL 1969
relates directly to the title of the curriculum.
The award of a degree will be primarily the in
terest of the regional accrediting agency. Re
gional accreditation at the appropriate level (as
sociate or bachelor's degree) must precede ECPD
inspection. It is believed that this limited ac
crediting procedure by ECPD will eliminate, to
the maximum degree possible, confusion between
engineering education and engineering technician
education.
RECOGNITION OF CONTINUING EDUCATION
tention given to continuing education would
doubtless increase. Because of its extensive ex
perience with the accreditation process, ECPD
seems to be the logical agency to experiment with
this concept of formal recognition of achievement
in continuing education. It is hoped that an ap
propriate channel for such recognition may be
devised. It seems to the writer that such recog
nition is a serious responsibility of the engineer
ing profession that has been neglected merely be
cause of its sensitive nature.
DnEILmIIfI A BBraeCPIFIL
The significance of continuing education for Fr,,,,, rA r"SV0
engineers was recognized a few years ago by a A profession may be defined in part by re
comprehensive report sponsored by EJC. ECPD, quired steps of admission and advancement of its
ASEE and NSPE that emphasizes its great im members. It can also be defined in part through
portance to the engineering profession. Never aiding in the recognition of associated groups,
theless, continuing education operates under the who relate clearly to its activities, but by using
handicap that the achievement of the individual distinctly different standards for recognition.
receives no formal recognition. In contrast, a Such a relationship exists between engineers and
reasonable amount of effort directed toward engineering technicians or technologists. There
parttime graduate study can result in a master's is reason to hope that these and other actions of
degree that receives nationwide acceptance. If engineering societies may aid in defining the pro
some type of formal recognition of perhaps an fession of engineering which has resisted inclu
equivalent academic year of effort devoted to sive definition by words alone. Nevertheless, the
continuing education could be developed, the at writer believes that definitions can be improved.
PROBLEMS (Cont'd from p. 221.) Calculate the reversible voltage to electrolyze water at
Solution: 400C if the products and reactants are at 5 atm pressure.
Assume ideal gas behavior and negligible effect of pres
(a) Assuming heat capacity effects negligible, use Eqn. (30) inr e t
sure on vapor pressure. For water take the standard
the form H/ \ state to be (a) pure liquid under atmospheric pressure
in a AH 1 1 T and (b) pure gas under its vapor pressure at 180C. Com
l 1 22 pare the two answers. The reaction is HO0 > H, + 1/2 02.
From the graph Ka = 0.lat427C and 0.4 at 600 C
Thus (1.99)8 (700) n 9750 cal/gm ole
.00873 0.1 9750 cal/gm mole
This agrees well with the 9810 cal given. The slope of the
InKa vs 1/T plot gives the same result.
(b) At 5000C, Ka = 0.19 for CO2 + H2 + CO + H20
For the reverse reaction Ka =
0.19
Therefore, from Eqn. (29)
AG = RTlnKa = (1.99) (773)1n 1
0.19
=2550 cal/gm mole
No. 6. The heat of combustion of hydrogen with oxygen
at atmospheric pressure and 180C to form liquid water
is 68,300 cal/gm mole HO. The reversible voltage for
the electrolysis of water in a very dilute acid solution
at 180C is 1.23 volts when all products and reactants
are at atmospheric pressure. The latent heat of vaporiza
tion of water is 10,500 cal/gm mole, and both this and
the heat of combustion vary negligibly with temperature.
The vapor pressure of water at 180C is 15.48 mm Hg
(neglect effect of small acid content), while at 400C the
vapor pressure is 55.31 mm Hg.
Solution:
(a) Integrating Eqn. (33) assuming little change in AH,
 I H 1
IT N I T
or ,
o 1.23(313) 68,300(313)
40 291 2(23,050) 2
= 1.211 volts
By Eqn. (35)
a1/2
S0 T 02 "2
1.211 .99) (313) n)/2() 1.2438 volts
(b) In producing gaseous water AH = 68,300 10,500 57,800 cal/gm mole
u, c =1.23(313) + (57,800) (313) [ 1 1 BI
Thus, o + 2(23,050) 21 = 1,228 volts
Now activity of gaseous water under own vapor pressure is
55.31
al20 Itr = 3.57
So 12 (1.s9s9)(313) (5)1/2(5)
So (2( 1.228 3in
1.2434 volts which agrees well with 1.2438
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
CHEMICAL ENGINEERS
When you GO with
TEXACO
you GO with the BEST!
... The BEST Facilities
The BEST Products
.. .The BEST People
S. The BEST Opportunities
Yet, being the best makes it that much harder to
get better. With competition constantly at our heels,
it takes an aggressive and imaginative R & D team
to maintain Texaco's leadership role in the petro
leum and petrochemical industry. An important part
of this team are Chemical Engineers .men like
yourself .. constantly searching for better ways. It
is through their efforts, as well as their professional
colleagues and an aggressive management team,
that Texaco stays out front.
You, too, can be part of this winning combination.
For Chemical Engineers with a B.S. or M.S.,
the professional and economic rewards of a Texaco
career in process and product development have
never been greater. Texaco's practice of basing pro
motions on performance and ability afford you the
BEST opportunities for advancement, while enjoying
our congenial, shirtsleeve atmosphere.
Texaco has immediate openings at its laboratories
in Beacon, N. Y., Richmond, Va., and Port Arthur
and Bellaire, Texas for qualified Chemical Engi
neers who already are, or are in the process of be
coming U. S. Citizens.
Interested candidates are invited to send their
resume to: W. R. Hencke, Texaco, Research & Tech
nical Department, P. 0. Box 509, Beacon, N. Y.
12508. Texaco is an equal opportunity employer.
kC uvdicuam
THE CHEMISTRYCHEMICAL
ENGINEERING MERRYGOROUND
RALPH A. MORGEN
Stevens Institute of Technology
Hoboken, N. J.
THE MAJOR CHARACTERISTIC WHICH
distinguishes the chemical engineer from all
other engineers is the foundation in chemistry
which is required. There is a generally accepted
statement, the origin of which has been lost in
antiquity, that says "The day mechanical engi
neers dropped physical chemistry from their cur
riculum, chemical engineering was born." Since
the birth of the AIChE, the question of chemical
engineering education has been uppermost in the
minds of its members. One of the first acts of the
new Society was to establish a committee on
Chemical Engineering Education, under the
Chairmanship of C. F. McKenna. There was
much debate on the curriculum content for chem
ical engineering but little consensus until after
World War I, which has been known by many
people as the "Chemists' War." Prior to that
war, there was little chemical industry in this
country. As a matter of fact, the United States
was so dependent on foreign imports of chemicals
that the Germans were encouraged in 1915 to
deliver a supply of dyes to the United States by
submarine to avoid the Allied blockade. Following
the "Chemists' War" there was a major increase
in the chemical industry. Along with the growth
of that industry, there was a demand for chem
ists and chemical engineers to staff these indus
tries.
The fundamental educational debate at that
time was whether or not there really was such a
thing as chemical engineering. That chemists
were employed in the chemical industry was un
questioned. That engineers were employed in the
chemical industry was unquestioned. The Ger
man concept was to have a team of a chemist
and a mechanical engineer perform most of the
functions that are today thought of as chemical
engineering. It remained for the team of William
H. Walker, W. K. Lewis, and W. H. McAdams
* Presented at the Annual Meeting of ASEE, June 1922,
1967.
Ralph A. Morgen is a graduate of the University
of California, Berkeley (PhD '25). He has been active in
research, teaching, and administration in engineering
education for thirty years. His most recent assignments
were President of Rose Polytechic Institute and Dean of
Graduate Studies at Stevens. Currently he is an engi
neering consultant to Florida Atlantic University.
to publish a textbook "Principles of Chemical
Engineering" in 1923, to clearly and succinctly
delineate, for the first time, the place of chemical
engineering. This book made a clear distinction
between the industrial chemists on the one hand
and all other engineers on the other. The most
significant contribution of Walker, Lewis and
McAdams was to focus the attention of chemical
engineers on the unique place of the unit opera
tions. While the term 'unit operation' had been
used earlier and is credited to Arthur D. Little,
who based a curriculum study on unit operations
as early as 19151, the concept did not take hold
until after the publication of this book. Dr. Little,
while he was Chairman of the Chemical Engi
neering Education Committee of AIChE, made
the first steps towards the establishment of ac
credited chemical engineering curricula. This
initial list appeared in 1925, eight years before
the rest of the engineering profession established
the Engineers' Council for Professional Develop
ment. Only fourteen institutions appeared on this
list. In 1933, the chemical engineers joined
ECPD, but they retained a certain amount
of autonomy. They were the only ones who,
because of their previous experience, saw the
necessity for greater emphasis on the basic
sciences in the undergraduate curriculum fol
lowed by advanced work at the graduate level.
This occurred before World War II, commonly
known as the "Physicists' War."
1"Highlights the first 50 years of the American
Institute of Chemical Engineers, pg. 56, (1958 published
by AIChE).
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
IN ORDER TO EVALUATE WHAT HAS
happened to the chemistry content of the under
graduate curriculum over the past 30 years, the
14 institutions on the original accredited list
augmented by those institutions which were
deemed to have either distinguished or strong
faculties in the American Council on Education
study2 have been reviewed. The conclusions in
this paper have been confirmed by reviewing
what has happened to the chemistry content of
these twentyfour institutions.
From 1925 until accreditation was tempo
rarily abandoned during World War II in 1943,
there was general hauling and pulling among
the proponents of more chemistry and basic
sciences as opposed to those who preferred more
applied and more practical engineering emphasis
in the curriculum. Dr. Albert B. Newman3 sum
marized the situation as it existed in the late
1930's very well. Quoting from that paper'
"In modern practice, it seems clear that the chemical
engineer must not only have a working quantitative
knowledge of the unit operations, but he must have a
sound knowledge of chemistry, physics, mathematics,
thermodynamics and economics. He must have facility in
applying physical chemistry to plant processes, particu
larly in relation to reaction velocities and the graphical
calculus used in the interpretation of laboratory and pilot
plant data on kinetics of chemical reactions."
As a result, in order to try to satisfy the two
opposing views, more engineering and applied
courses versus more chemistry and basic sciences,
the credit content of the undergraduate chemical
engineering course rose to an almost intolerable
level at many of the institutions. In some cases,
an average of 20 semester credit hours for a
total of eight semesters was required for gradua
tion. The four year curriculum was reaching the
bursting point. Most of the stronger accredited
institutions, in that period, insisted on four years
and a summer session, usually between the junior
and senior years, to lessen this unrealistic load.
The Chemical Engineering Education Committee
was far ahead of the education committees of the
other engineering societies and of the philosophy
of ECPD in two respects in the 1930's. The
2An Assessment of quality in Graduate Education,
Allan M. Cartter, American Council on Education, Wash
ington, D. C. pg. 70, 1966.
8Development of Chemical Engineering Education in
the United States, Supplement to transaction of the
American Institute of Chemical Engineers, Volume 34,
No. 3A, July 25, 1938.
4Ibid. Pg. 12
chemical engineers did not consider the four
year undergraduate course as terminal education,
but rather "that education5 has just begun at the
end of the four year course. No student should
prepare for chemical engineering unless he is
enthusiastic about the idea of a lifetime of
study." The Committee further believed that re
search activity by the chemical engineering staff
and graduate students is important and was
usually found in those institutions which quali
fied for accrediting.
IN FACT, THE TRADITION OF GRADUATE WORK
in chemical engineering was one of the close ties
between chemists and chemical engineers which fostered
graduate education in both disciplines following (World
War I). The recommended content of an undergraduate
chemical engineering curriculum in 1938 is shown in
Table I. The percent figures are those taken from New
man's publication6. There was little dissension regarding
TABLE I CHE CURRICULUM RECOMMENDED
IN 1938
(Normal Credits in)
Percent Semester Hours
Chemistry 2530 3644
Chemical Engineering 2015 3022
Other Engineering 12 18
Mathematics 12 18
Physics 8 12
Mechanics 6 9
Other Sciences 2 3
Cultural Subjects 15 22
Total 100 148
Development of Chemical Engineering Education in
the United States, Albert B. Newman (Trans. AIChE 34,
3a (1938).
the percentages, but the difficulty arose when such a
curriculum had to be translated into a reasonable number
of credit hours. For convenience, in Table I, the column
of normal credits is given for comparison with present
day curricula, but many of the actual curricula contained
total credits up to 160. It appears, therefore, that in
the 30's, most of the accredited curricula included four
whole year courses and at least one additional one
semester course in chemistry. The year courses were
usually general chemistry, quantitative analysis, organic
chemistry and physical chemistry. The additional courses
varied widely depending on the interests, competence and
backgrounds of the faculty at the various institutions. At
this time, it was generally agreed that the undergraduate
load was too heavy and further that graduate work was
to be encouraged. Quoting again from Newman's paper7
"The Committee is of the opinion that the tendency to
extend chemical engineering study into graduate years,
especially on the part of those students whose special
aptitude in theoretical divisions, is one that should be
5Ibid. pg. 16
6Ibid. pg. 23.
'Ibid. pg. 23.
FALL 1969
229
encouraged, because of the widely recognized difficulty
of giving adequate instruction within a period of four
years, especially if any attempt is made to teach methods
of research in science or engineering." Thus, it appears
that the Chemical Engineering Education Committee in
1938 reached the conclusion which apparently the rest
of the engineering profession is tentatively approaching
in 19678.
There was general agreement in the thirties
that if the amount of chemistry in the chemical
engineering curriculum is reduced drastically,
then the need for chemical engineering as a sepa
rate entity becomes academic. This was about
the situation when World War II intervened. A
temporary cessation of the accrediting function
took place between 1943 and 1946. When the
ECPD Education and Accreditation Committee
reconvened after World War II, the effect on the
undergraduate engineering curricula was obvious
to many. The engineering education of the 30's
was found to be insufficient in its content of
mathematics and the basic sciences. The need
for adding large doses of the engineering sciences
(which the chemical engineers had called unit
operations in their area for many years) became
obvious. The physicists became enamored with
subatomic phenomena and tended to abandon
classical physics. Thus, the engineering sciences
and much of classical physics tended to merge.
The resulting effect on the chemistry content of
the chemical engineering curricula was serious
and in some cases drastic.
It became obvious that a thorough restudy
of the needs of undergraduate engineering edu
cation was in order. At the request of ECPD,
ASEE undertook a study which has come to be
known as the Grinter Report9. The report of this
committee reads strikingly similar to the recom
mendations of the Committee on Education and
Accreditation of AIChE as annunciated by its
chairman in 193810 The obvious difference, how
ever, is that when most of the members of the
Grinter Committee talked about the basic sci
ences and the engineering sciences, they were
almost uniformly talking about physics and al
most uniformly neglecting chemistry. It was
only through the valiant effort of the few chemi
cal engineering members of the ASEE Commit
sInterim Report of the Committee on Goals of Engi
neering Education, E. A. Walker, Chairman, American
Society for Engineering Eduction, April, 1967.
9Report of the Committee on Evaluation of Engineer
ing Education, L. E. Grinter, Chairman, ASEE Pamphlet,
June 15, 1955.
i"Ibid.
It appears that the ChE Education Committee in 1938
reached the conclusion which apparently the rest of
the engineering profession is tentatively
approaching in 1967.
teen that some of the normal chemical engineer
ing unit operations were included as some of the
engineering sciences. The publication of the
Grinter Report was a signal for rather drastic
revisions of engineering curricula throughout the
country. The kind of dichotomy which was men
tioned previously as occurring among the chemi
cal engineers in the 30's, now infected all the
branches of engineering, i.e., one group advocat
ing more mathematics and basic science as op
posed to those who recommend more applied
courses and practical training. The course con
tent recommended by the ASEE Committee"1
illustrates the dilemma. (See Table II) The
whole four year curriculum allows less time for
mathematics and all basic sciences than the chem
ical engineers thought was necessary for chem
istry along in the 1930's. As a result, the chem
istry content in 1966 of all of the curricula
studied contains less chemistry than those
same institutions had in the 30's or when they
were first accredited by ECPD.
TABLE II COURSE CONTENT RECOMMENDED
BY THE COMMITTEE ON EVALUATION OF
ENGINEERING EDUCATION11 19521955
Proportion of
Curriculum
(1) Humanistic Social Studies About 20%
(2) Mathematics and Basic Sciences
(About equal weight) About 25%
(3) Engineering Sciences About 25%
(4) Sequenceof Engineering Analysis,
Design and Engineering Systems, in
cluding the Technological Background About 25%
(5) Options or Electives About 10%
Total Four years
TWO OPPOSING FACTORS FURTHER
aggravate the current situation, the explosion
of scientific knowledge since World War II,
argues for the inclusion of more subject matter
while the ASEE Committee recommends decreas
ing the total number of credit hours to lighten
the burden on the student. This places engineer
ing education squarely on the horns of two dilem
mas: How to increase the science content of the
"Report of the Committee on Evaluation of Engineer
ing Education, L. E. Grinter, Chairman (ASEE Pamphlet
1955).
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
curriculum on one side, decrease the total number
of contact hours on the other side and still make
an engineering curriculum without going beyond
four years. The conclusion is obvious. Sooner or
later it must be recognized that an adequate four
years curriculum in chemical engineering is a
misnomer. The Goals of Engineering Education
Committee realize that there are many ways to
reach the desired objective of a well educated
professional engineer. However, in each case the
inescapable conclusion must be reached that an
engineer has an insufficient background at the
end of the Bachelor's degree program to fit him
for a productive technical career in engineering.
The report further contends that formal educa
tion to the Master's level followed by continuing
education throughout his professional life is a
must for the engineer of the future. Equating
the Goals report to chemical engineering it ap
pears that there is room for various kinds of
chemical engineering curricula, all the way from
a very "light" chemistry content at the under
graduate level followed by more chemistry at the
graduate level to a "strong" chemistry content
at the undergraduate level followed later by more
engineering at the advanced level. (See Table III)
TABLE III FOUR YEAR COMPROMISE
BChE CURRICULA
Light Chem.
Semester cr.
Mathematics 21
Chemistry 24
Other Science 12
Chem Eng Science 34
Other Eng Science 10
Chem Eng Design 9
Other Eng Design (Electives) 6
HumanisticSocial 28
Total 144
Strong Chem.
Semester cr.
16
36
16
28
10
4
6
28
144
F A FOUR YEAR CURRICULUM IN CHEMICAL
engineering is to continue to be the norm for first
accreditation and if the student is not to be given an
intolerable overload, then some compromises must be
accepted. A reasonable compromise can be achieved
among the relative amounts of basic science (in this case
the amount of chemistry), the engineering sciences and
the analysis, synthesis and design sequences. This com
promise is coupled with the assumption that a course load
greater than 18 credits per semester or 144 semester
credit hours for four years is undesirable.
The "light chemistry" curriculum provides for a year
course each in general, organic and physical chemistry.
This is agreed as the irreducible minimum for a chemical
engineer. The "strong chemistry" program allows for
about three semesters of additional chemistry, but in so
doing some mathematics, chemical engineering science
and chemical engineering analysis, design and systems
must be sacrificed. The twentythree institutions in Table
II with accredited undergraduate chemical engineering
curricula in 1967 all come within these limits.
Once the young Bachelor's degree recipient from
either of these curricula becomes engaged in technical
work in industry, he will feel his inadequacy in one
direction or the other depending on his needs. He will
be encouraged by his employer to fill the gaps by pro
ceeding to the Master's degree. A typical program (See
Table IV) illustrates how either man can reach the same
general Master's degree plateau by selecting the appro
priate courses.
There is considerable question in this writer's
mind whether the graduate from the "strong
chemistry" curriculum (which contains the mini
mum amount of chemistry recommended by
AIChE in the 30's) has sufficient engineering
content to justify a designated degree (or an
accreditable degree) in chemical engineering.
The "light chemistry" curriculum has a reason
able engineering content but is shy in chemistry.
The problem has now come full circle. When the
AIChE Committee on Accreditation published its
first accredited list in 1925, the concern was to
TABLE IV THREE POSSIBLE ROUTES TO THE
MChE DEGREE
Mathematics
Chemistry
Other Science
Ch.E. Science
Other Eng. Science
Ch. Eng. Analysis,
Design and Systems
Other Eng. Analysis,
Design and Systems
HumanisticSocial
Mathematics
Chemistry
Chem Eng Science
Chem Eng Analysis,
Design and Systems
(includes thesis)
P4
22 21 16
28 24 36
16 12 16
22 34 28
18 10 10
4 9
6
28
144
w
44
41
0
8
6
16
30
6
28
144
3'
12
3
12
30
4
6
28
144
0
6
0
6
18
30
FALL 1969
No student should prepare from ChE unless
he is prepared for a lifetime of
study.
distinguish the chemical engineer as an engineer
distinct from the industrial chemist. Now the
problem appears to be to provide the chemical
engineer with enough chemistry to distinguish
him from other engineers.
AS EARLY AS THE 1900'S, NEWMAN12 AND
his Committee recognized that education be
yond the Bachelor's level was required if the
chemical engineer were to have both sufficient
chemistry and engineering. The intervention of
the Physicists' War showed everyone the need
for basic physics for all engineers. Thus, at the
time of the Grinter Report in 1955, the amount
of basic science in all engineering curricula was
raised for the first time to the level required by
the chemical engineers as early as 1933. The net
result has been that chemical engineering, in
order to increase the physics content, had to
decrease the chemistry content. The Grinter Re
port recommended that an engineering curricu
lum include in the more general engineering
science courses much of the material that in the
1930's the chemical engineer covered (less thor
oughly to be sure) under the unit operations
label. The result is a squeeze in the chemical
engineering sequence in favor of engineering
science courses in other departments, i.e. fluid
dynamics in place of the unit operations fluid
flow. Conversely, some very fine courses in high
temperature chemistry are being conducted by
departments of astronautics and aeronautical en
gineering and some courses in radiation chemis
try are being taught by departments of physics
and nuclear engineering rather than depart
ments of chemistry. Thus, many of the old labels
are being confused.
At this point, it does not seem desirable to
debate the virtues and vices of these changes,
but merely to report them as facts. The result is
similar to the meeting of the immovable body
and the irresistible force. Somebody has to give
or the result is chaos. This writer favors a com
promise solution in which all engineers will be
given a Bachelor's degree in engineering un
designated. Each student in the general engi
neering curriculum (See Table IV) would be given
rlIbid. pg. 23
... it must be recognized that an adequate four year
curriculum in ChE is a misnomer.
... This writer favors a compromise solution in
which all engineers will be given a Bachelors
degree in engineering undesignated.
. the first designated degree would be at the
Master's level.
sufficient latitude in electives so that he can
choose the basic science and the engineering
science that will give him a sufficient flavor of his
proposed major. At the same time, the concen
tration in his major would be limited so as to
permit his getting a broader engineering educa
tion than would be the case if there were a des
ignated degree at the Bachelor's level. With this
type of broad engineering degree, the first desig
nated degree would be at the Master's level. It
should be a stronger degree with a broader back
ground than would be the case with a Master's
degree built on either the "light chemistry"
BChE degree or the "strong chemistry" BChE
degree. (See Table IV for comparison).
Nevertheless, it seems perfectly clear that there are at
least three routes toward the Master's level in chemical
engineering, any one of which will produce a satisfactory
product. It is also evident that more chemistry is needed
by the chemical engineer than he is now getting in many
of the "light chemistry" BChE curricula in institutions
listed in Table III. It is further assumed, however, that
the better students are wise enough to get that chemistry
either by taking additional courses after they graduate
or are being exposed to this material by taking courses
otherwise labeled in other departments.
The inevitable conclusion is that the explosion of
knowledge since World War II has emphasized the im
portance of giving to the present day chemical engineer
at least as much chemistry as he had before World War
II. In addition, his curriculum must include more from
the other basic sciences plus more mathematics as well as
new and expanded engineering sciences. If he is to be
an engineer, he must have his share of courses in analysis,
and design. All this material cannot fit in the old
standardized package.
There will be ample jobs for anyone who
wishes to terminate his formal education at the
traditional Bachelor's level. All three routes, the
"light chemistry" BChE, the "strong chemistry"
BChE and the general engineering with chemical
electives BE, will find many opportunities for
productive careers. But in 1967, as in 1938 the
chemical engineer has just begun at the end of
four years of formal study. No student should
prepare for chemical engineering unless he is
prepared for a lifetime of study with a maxi
mum of chemistry.
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
LETTERS (Cont'd from p. 208.)
Wills surveys publication frequencies
Sir: Publication of the results of their continuing re
search is a major responsibility of those holding academic
positions in the field of Chemical Engineering. Frequently,
and at least once a year during salary review, questions
arise concerning these scholarly publications. Presumably
both individuals and departments as a whole are eval
uated. While it is possible to determine an average per
formance for an institution, for its component schools
and departments, it is not ordinarily possible to compare
individuals and departments with their peers (i.e., similar
departments and disciplines at other institutions) even
though this would be highly desirable. The deficiency in
the use of peercomparison is due to the lack of suitably
detailed statistics for each discipline. The purpose here
is to furnish the data necessary for peercomparison in
the field of Chemical Engineering.
Detailed reporting of publications by departments and
by individuals is available for ChE for the two year
period July, 1965 to July, 1967. The source of this in
formation is the 'Directory of Graduate Research," pub
lished by the ACS. The information contained in this
publication was solicited directly from all of the ChE
departments in the United States offering graduate de
grees.
While detailed information concerning publication
records is available in the ACS "Directory of Graduate
Research", there is no statistical correlation of these
data. Given here is a correlation of these data. The pub
lication records by professional rank are given in Figures
50 MEDIAN NO. PUB./MANYEAR
40
0
30
20 UPPER 10%
J
a 10
0M R
0 0 0.51 L52 2.53 3.54 455 556 >6
PUBLICATIONS/ MANYEAR
FIGURE (1) PUBLICATION RECORDS OF ALL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
1, 2 and 3. Figure 4 gives overall departmental records.
Table 1 gives additional information concerning the pub
lication data.
It should be pointed out that the estimates of publica
tions should be considered as slightly inflated due to the
reporting of items that ordinarily would not be considered
publications. However, some editing has been done in this
regard and the distributions and averages shown should
be substantially correct. Also, the data correlated reflect
the period 196567. The decreasing graduate enrollments
of the past two years may well result in a reduction in
the current rates of publication.
George B. Wills
Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Table 1. Publication Rates in 78 ChE Departments
Pub. per
Professors Number manyr.
Remarks
Assistant 229 0.73 11.3% published 2 or more
papers/yr.
Associate 216 1.09 10.2% published 3 or more
papers/yr.
Full 308 1.95 10.1% published more than
4 papers/yr.
Avg. 9.0% of all depts. pub. 2.25
(78 depts.) 1.27 or more papers/yr.
50
0
n 40
C MEDIAN NO. PUB./MANYEAR
0
a
<20
SUPPER 10%
o I
'. I 1 0 1,
0 051 152 253 354 4.55 5.56 >6
PUBLICATIONS/MANYEAR
FIGURE (2) PUBLICATION RECORDS OF ALL ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
0 0.51 152 253 3.54 4.55 556 >6
PUBLICATIONS/ MANYEAR
FIGURE (3) PUBLICATION RECORDS OF ALL FULL PROFESSORS OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
50
S40
S30
i MEDIAN NO. PUB./MANYEAR
< 20 I UPPER 10%
ae
0 0.5 51 11.5 152 2:25 >2.5
PUBLICATIONS/MANYEAR
FIGURE (4) PUBLICATION RECORDS OF 78 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENTS FOR 6/656/67 PERIOD
FALL 1969
BERKELEY
ACROSS
2.Berkeley overlooks beautiful
San Francisco__ .
5.The Athens of the West.
9.City on Monterey Peninsula,
3 hrs. south of Berkeley.
11.California State University
12.Telegraph Avenue Is a
veritable__ .
14.Recent Basketball star for
southern branch of U.C.
15.People over 30 are likely
to be _
2O.Princlple item developed
during thesis research.
23.Noted early Californian.
27.French deity.
28.Cal occasionally scores one
in Memorial Stadium.
30.Goes halfway to the stars.
32.Initials of American Conser
vatory Theater, noted San
Franclso repertory group.
33.Graduate students do spend
some time here.
34.In Berkeley,75 across makes
the weather never .
36.Prominent resident of Carmel
Valley,south of Berkeley.
37.0pen up that Golden .
38.Tall tree on Berkeley campus.
41.San Francisco airport.
43.The Queen of England.
45.The_ and fauna of the
Sierra Nevada are famous.
47.At Berkeley, a graduate stu
dent never feels like a .
49.Location of notorious steps
oft seen on TV.
S2.Swiss Sierra Nevada.
56.Berkeley Inltials of 1964.
58.Where the action s.
59.In oral exams.graduate
students hope not to __
61..ame for ancient Troy.
63.Waterfalls, lakes and granite
domes,4 hrs. east of Berkeley
66.First word represented by
initials of 56 Across.
68.The entering Berkeley grad
student Is a11 .
69.Component of cyclotron.
70.Adversary of Bond,Dr. .
71.Prominent California politico
73._ Valleylowest spot in US
DOWN
BRAIN BENDER Sequoia Sempervr,. s
the largest.
2 Common verb.
Island in San Francisco
Ba.
75:Cause of pleasant Berkeley 4.See 16 Down.
summers. 51Thlng to do In Berkeley
17.Ernest O.Lawrence first built Chemistry library.
one In Berkeley. 6.Just write EHH heree.
O0.If you're not looking at the couldn't think of any
bow, you are looking .._ thing:
83.Object of Berkeley chemits 7.Dutch air line.
research. B. River, Source of gold
64.Opposite of u.v. In 1849.
85.Berkeley electrochemical eng 10.Honest  .
Liners are concerned with this. 13.lnollsh suffix.
88.Principal product of valley 14.Same as 33 Across.
Just north of Bay Area. 16.Source of ego.
89.Another West Coast state (abbr) 17.River In Arizona.
90.Where Berkeley students go to 18.Bush with purple flower.
see Willie Mays. common In Sierra Nevada.
93.Et ._ Brutus? 19.Potato.
94.Hippie home. 21.Type of current.
g7.Whltney is the highest one; 22.A lake, gem of the Sierra.
It's In California, too. 24.What this is all about
98.Theme of many a rally. (initials).
99. __ alley, site of 1960 25.Industrial recruiters
Winter Olympics easy drive pick up the
from Berkeley. 26.Mass_.Heat__.Momentum.
101.Noted San Francisco hill. 28.Scholarly area stressed
103.At Trader Vic's In San Fran. at Berkeley.
or Oakland you may have a 29.SIltcone queen of North
__ Ta Beach.
105.We endeavor not to make our 31.Type of record.
oral exams a__ 35.First letter of acronym
107.Shot In tennis, played year of recent Berkeley move
round by faculty and students, meant.
O1g. Free ___ 37. t was found at Sutter's
110.A graduate student is never Mill.
__ for very long after he comes 38.After you come to Berk
to Berkeley. eley, your future is
112.Noted wineproducing area near 39.Modern art form.
Berkeley. 40.Gol of grad studies at
114.French plane of World War I. Berkeley (degree).
115.French king. 41.Type of food, music.etc.
S116. ___ Cobb. 42.erkeleyc Is .
117. Galahad. 44.It Intersects Ashbury.
COURTESY OF:
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, BERKELEY
...WHERE WE USUALLY PURSUE MORE SERIOUS
GOALS. INQUIRE DIRECTLY FOR ADMISSIONS
(PUZZLE ANSWERS, ALSO!)
46.Last two letters of
acronym begun in 35 Doen.
48.Scottish no.
50.11_ only In wnter In
Berkeley (French).
51 Initials of see water
conversion process,.patents
held bv U.C.
33.All but "he" would
greet you warmly.
54.oted Berkeley faculty
member.
5S.Stat University (abbr)
57.Mhen you go fishing In
the Sierra, you bring
your
60.What old professors become.
62.Contalner for beer and
ale at LaVal's near campus.
64.Reciprocal of cosine.
65.Nature of Berkeley faculty.
66.Mr. Manchu.
67.Registered nurse.
68.University of California
Berkeley.
72.Length of typical mid
term quiz.
73.Another result of 75
Across.
74.Type of flower.
76.Poem.
77.Berkeley's computer isn't
IBM or HAL.
78.Substance of concern to
chemical engineers.
79.Computer sts sometimes
count In
82.Attending Berkeley starts
you on the to success.
85.Berkeley Is always free of
snow and__.
86.Desired verdict from
Oualifying E amination.
87.Element No. 93. discovered
It Berkeley.
91. ype of water under research
by Berkeley Chem. E's.
92. F lllar name for Headless
Horseman.
9S.hever regard the faculty
as your .
96.Most classes are held in the
100.The California sun keeps one
from looking .
101O.Greek letter.
102.Baghdad the Bay (SF).
104.Conjunction
105.Component of distillation
column.
106.Curse you._ Baroni
10S.Berkeley chemists found
CH. and NH on __
lO9.Popular musical, now
playing In San. Fran.
Ill.Our graduate students
are ll scholars.
113.Hawailan food.
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
.
.
.
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, SANTA BARBARA
The Department of Chemical and Nuclear Engineering offers a full program of graduate courses and research
projects leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in chemical engineering. Eight fulltime faculty members direct
research over a wide variety of chemical engineering and related nuclear engineering problems. Modern, well
equipped research laboratories and computer facilities (IBM 360/75) back up all research programs.
FACULTY John E. Myers, Ph.D., Univ. of Michigan
1952. Professor of chemical engineering and chair
man of Department. Research program: Two phase flow
in porous media, mechanisms of boiling heat transfer.
Henri J. Fenech, Sc.D., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology 1959. Professor of nuclear engineering.
Research program: Reactor engineering and reactor
analysis, heat transfer.
Owen T. Hanna, Ph.D., Purdue Univ. 1961. Asso
ciate professor of chemical engineering. Research pro
gram: Applications of mathematics in chemical engi
neering.
A. Edward Profio, Ph.D., Massachusetts institute of
Technology 1963. Associate Professor of Nuclear
Engineering. Research program: Reactor experimental
physics, neutron shielding, nuclear interaction with
matter.
Robert G. Rinker, Ph.D., California Institute of Tech
nology 1959. Associate professor of chemical engi
neering. Research program: Kinetics and reactor de
sign, energy conversion, air pollution control.
Duncan A. Mellichamp, Ph.D., Purdue Univ. 1964.
Assistant professor of chemical engineering. Research
program: Dynamics of chemical processes, hybrid
computer applications to adaptive and predictive con
trol problems.
Paul G. Mikolaj, Ph.D., California Institute of Tech
nology 1965. Assistant professor of chemical engi
neering. Research program: Thermodynamics and
phase equilibria, structure of liquids and dense gases,
oil pollution control.
Orville C. Sandall, Ph.D., Univ. of California,
Berkeley 1966. Assistant professor of chemical engi
neering. Research program: NonNewtonian heat trans
fer, interphase mass transfer, fluid mechanics of film
flow.
CAMPUS Santa Barbara is located on the Pacific
coast one hundred miles north of Los Angeles. The
campus occupies a 630acre scenic promontory with
the Santa Ynez mountains immediately behind. Twelve
thousand students are enrolled in programs in diverse
fields of engineering, science, humanities and the arts.
Attractive housing of all kinds is available within
walking distance of the campus.
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE AND ADMISSION PROCED
URES Teaching assistantships are available to
qualified students; the stipend begins at $3,402 for
the academic year with merit increases as progress is
made towards a degree. A number of University
Fellowships, Research Assistantships and various Train
eeships are also available for qualified students. In
formation concerning departmental procedures can be
obtained by writing Professor J. E. Myers, Department
of Chemical and Nuclear Engineering, University of
California, Santa Barbara 93106. Application forms
for admission and financial assistance should be re
quested from the Dean of the Graduate Division, Uni
versity of California, Santa Barbara 93106.
FALL 1969
GRADUATED. SUD IN ~
CHMIA ENGINERIN
PROGRAM OF STUDY Distinctive features of study in
chemical engineering at the California Institute of Tech
nology are the creative research atmosphere in which the
student finds himself and the strong emphasis on basic
chemical, physical and mathematical disciplines in his
program of study. In this way a student can properly pre
pare himself for a productive career of research, develop
ment, or teaching in a rapidly changing and expanding
technological society.
A course of study is selected in consultation with one
or more of the faculty listed below. Required courses are
minimal. The Master of Science degree is normally com
pleted in one academic year and a thesis is not required.
The Ph.D. degree requires a minimum of three years
subsequent to the B.S. degree, consisting of thesis re
search and further advanced study.
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Graduate students are sup
ported by fellowship, research assistantship, or teaching
assistantship appointments during both the academic
year and the summer months. A student may carry a
full load of graduate study and research in addition to any
assigned assistantship duties.
APPLICATIONS Further information and an application
form may be obtained by writing
Prof. C. J. Pings
Executive Officer for Chemical Engineering
California Institute of Technology
Pasadena, California 91109
It is advisable to submit applications before February
15, 1970.
FACULTY IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
WILLIAM H. CORCORAN, Professor and Vice
President for Institute Relations
Ph.D. (1948), California Institute of Technology
Kinetics and catalysis; gas chromatography;
plasma chemistry.
SHELDON K. FRIEDLANDER, Professor
Ph.D. (1954), University of Illinois
Aerosol physics; particlesurface interactions;
interfacial transfer; diffusion and membrane
transport..
GEORGE R. GAVALAS, Associate Professor
Ph.D. (1964), University of Minnesota
Mathematical methods applied to problems of
chemical reactions and transport, process dy
namics and control.
CORNELIUS J. PINGS, Professor and Executive
Officer
Ph.D. (1955), California Institute of Technology
Liquid state physics and chemistry; statistical
mechanics.
BRUCE H. SAGE, Research Associate
Ph.D. (1934), California Institute of Technology
Eng.D (1953), New Mexico State College.
JOHN H. SEINFELD, Assistant Professor
Ph.D. (1967), Princeton University
Optimization and systems studies in chemical
process control.
FRED H. SHAIR, Associate Professor
Ph.D. (1963), University of California, Berkeley
Phenomena associated with magnetohydrody
namic power generation; chemical reactions and
diffusion in electrical discharges.
NICHOLAS W. TSCHOEGL, Professor
Ph.D. (1958), University of New South Wales
Mechanical properties of polymeric materials and
dilute polymer solutions.
ROBERT W. VAUGHAN, Assistant Professor
Ph.D. (1967), University of Illinois
Solid state chemistry and physics, particularly
effects of high pressure.
Professor W. N. Gill, Chairman
Chemical Engineering Department
Clarkson College of Technology
Potsdam, N. Y. 13676
Please send further information on your graduate program to
Name
Number and Street
Undergraduate School
State Zip Code
DREXEL IS NOT AN AVERAGE SCHOOL
For example, Drexel awards more engineering degrees than any other private university.
PROGRAMS: M.S. and Ph.D. in Chemical Engineering.
RESEARCH: Drying Dynamics Process Dynamics and Control
Atomization Phenomena Fluid Mechanics of Films
Environmental Problems Optimization of Drying Processes
Biomedical Engineering Catalysis of Reverse Flow Reactors
SUPPORT: Fellowships, Research Assistantships, and Teaching Assistantships are awarded to
qualified students. The minimum stipend is $275/month plus remission of
tuition and fees.
LOCATION: In Philadelphia, the hub of the industrialized Delaware Valley. Contact with
many of the chemical and petroleum companies of the area is convenient and
frequent.
For further details, please send this form to: NAME:
Dr. John A. Tallmadge, Graduate Advisor; or ADDRESS:
Dr. Donald R. Coughanowr, Chairman
Department of Chemical Engineering SCH
SCHOOL:
I AM INTERESTED IN: M.S. __ Ph.D..
FullTime__ PartTime_
DREXEL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY
j PHILADELPHIA, PENNSYLVANIA 19104
oQ9 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
THE UNIVERSITY OF
FLORIDA
* Remote IBM 360 Terminals
* Computer Controlled Laboratory
* Individual Student Attention
* A Dynamically Developing Department
* Modern Airconditioned $1,500,000 Building
* Balanced Department
Faculty of 17: diversified interests
Wide course selection
Four degree programs
* Participation in NSF "Center of Excellence" Grant
GRADUATE PROGRAMS IN SCIENCE AND SYSTEMS
Since many of you are interested in industrial
careers in development and design, while others
intend to teach and do basic research our gradu
ate program is divided into two main areas and
several interdisciplinary activities.
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING SCIENCE
Transport phenomena Fluid dynamics
Thermodynamics Kinetics
Materials science Applied Math
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING SYSTEMS
Chemical reaction engineering Process dynamics
Separations processes Process control
Computer aided design Optimization
INTERDISCIPLINARY
Energy conversion Polymer science
Biomedical Process economics
Microelectronics Bioengineering
DIVERSIFIED DEGREE PROGRAMS
Master of Engineering with project on de
sign, cost analysis, experimental investiga
tion, or computer study.
Master of Science with thesis.
Master of Engineering PrePh.D.
Doctor of Philosophy.
New Chemical Engineering Building located at center
of new Engineering Building Complex.
BASIC GRADUATE COURSES
Models and Methods Multidimensional and
Discrete Systems Thermodynamics of Reac
tion and Phase Equilibria Fundamental
Transport Phenomena Process Dynamics 1 or
Process Dynamics 2 Reactor Design and Op
timization (Systems Program) or Chemical
Kinetics (Science Program)
TYPICAL ADDITIONAL COURSES
Mathematical Methods in Chemical Engineering
* Applied Field Theory Computer Control of
Processes Optimization Techniques Trans
port Properties and Irreversible Thermody
namics Applied Statistical Mechanics Sta
tistical Thermodynamics Interfacial Trans
port Phenomena Turbulent Transport Phe
nomena Advanced Transport Phenomena *
Rheology NonNewtonian Fluid Dynamics *
Chemical Energy Conversion Particulate Sys
tems Applied Fluid Dynamics Process Engi
neering Process Equipment Design Process
and Plant Design Process Economy Analysis
* Tensor Fields and Fluid Dynamics Biochem
ical Engineering
Chairman, Chemical Engineering Department
University of Florida
Gainesville, Florida 32601
Please send information on your graduate program to:
FALL 1969
Iowa State University in Ames, Iowa, the
first school to be established under the 1862
Land Grant Act, has a long tradition of lead
ership in Engineering and Applied Science.
Today it ranks seventh in the nation in Ph.D.
degrees granted in Engineering and ninth in
degrees in Chemical Engineering. Its College
of Engineering is the largest west of the
Mississippi River.
To those interested in Chemical Engineer
ing, Iowa State offers a variety of courses and
research areas leading to the M.E., M.S. and
Ph.D. degrees. The Department of Chemical
Engineering is one of the oldest in the United
States and enjoys a rich heritage of excellence
in teaching and research. The staff numbers
22 and the enrollment consists of 300 under
graduate and 70 graduate students.
In addition to facilities available in a new
Chemical Engineering building, research is
conducted in the Ames Laboratory, a Nation
al Laboratory of the US Atomic Energy Com
mission, located on the Iowa State campus. A
staff of nearly 1,000 at the Laboratory con
ducts basic research of longrange interest to
the nuclear industry.
Ames lies amid the gently rolling hills of
central Iowa. Typical of the picturesque yet
modern campus is the new cultural center
shown above, now half complete. This fall the
Festival of Concerts at the center auditorium
was opened by the New York Philharmonic.
The 14,000seat coliseum will host many Big
Eight Conference athletic events.
A large variety of assistantships and fellow
ships are filled each year by new graduate stu
dents in Chemical Engineering. Living accom
odations are available for single students in a
new eightstory graduate dormitory, and for
married students in more than 1300 apart
ments operated by the University.
IGeorge Burnet, Head
IChemical Engineering Department
SIowa State University
Ames, Iowa 50010
Please send application forms and further information on your graduate program.
IName
Undergrac
luate School
Number and Street
City State Zip Code__
UNIVERSITY OF KENTUCKY
M.S. and Ph.D. Study in Chemical Engineering
including
A Unique Program in AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
Kinetics and equilibria of atmospheric reactions
Micrometeorology
Diffusion in the atmosphere: modelling of urban areas
Air sampling and analysis
Process and system control; air cleaning
Effects of pollutants on man, materials, and environs
Excellent, U.S.P.H.S. Traineeships available
At U.K.a nineman faculty, new laboratory and class
room facilities, a complete graduate curriculum, a variety
of research topics .
Contact: Robert B. Grieves
Dep't of Chemical Engineering
University of Kentucky
Lexington, Kentucky 40506
FALL 1969
LOUISIANA STATE UNIVERSITY
Department of Chemical Engineering
Program of Study
Research Facilities
This department offers work leading to the Master of Science degree in chemical engineering and the Doctor
of Philosophy degree in chemical engineering. The Master of Science degree may be earned under either thesis
option or a course work option. Where practical, the thesis option is encouraged for students planning a
terminal Master of Science. A Master of Science in sugar engineering is also available through the department.
Each of twenty graduate courses is taught at least once each academic year. Undergraduate preparation
should normally be the equivalent of that established as the minimum requirement for accreditation by the
Engineers' Council for Professional Development. Special cases will be considered by the Head of the
Department.
The Master of Science degree requires a thesis plus 24 course work credit hours of which a minimum of 12
must be taken in chemical engineering. For nonthesis Master of Science students, 36 credit hours are
required.
For the Ph.D. degree a minimum of 60 credit hours beyond the baccalaureate are required. These must
include 18 to 27 credit hours in chemical engineering, 12 to 15 in one or two minor subjects, 3 to 6 in
cultural electives, and 12 to 15 in technical electives. A maximum of 9 credit hours is allowed for dissertation
research. In addition each candidate must demonstrate a reading knowledge in at least one foreign language.
Within the Chemical Engineering Department are a number of special purpose research facilities which
include a reacting fluids laboratory, thermal fluids laboratory, a high polymers laboratory and a modern
computing laboratory which includes analog, digital and hybrid computers. The department is also serviced
by such University facilities as the Nuclear Science Center, the Computer Research Center, and one of the
most modern libraries in the South with holdings of more than 1,300,000 volumes.
Financial Aid A number of fellowships and assistantships are available for graduate students during the academic year.
Fellowship and research assistantship support is provided by the NSF, NDEA, HEW, NASA, DOD, the
University, and private industry. Typical academic year stipends for halftime graduate assistantships or
fellowships range between $2250 and $2700 (taxfree) plus an additional tuition and fee exemption (not
including an activity fee of $55).
Graduate students have no difficulty in obtaining technical employment during the summer because of the
local concentration of chemical and allied industry in the area. Alternatively, fulltime summer research
support is also possible.
Cost of Study For each regular semester (up to 12 credit hours) graduate student tuition includes a general fee of $50, a
University fee of $55, an activity fee of $55, and a nonresident fee (if applicable) of $100.
Cost of Living
For single students, dormitory rooms vary from $81 to $225 for men and $119 to $227 for women per
semester. Unfurrished apartments for married students rent for $65 to $90 monthly. Many reasonably priced
offcampus apartments and residences also are available for students within the University environs.
Student Body Undergraduate enrollment on the Baton Rouge campus averages 14,800, 40 per cent of whom are women.
Graduate and professional enrollment is over 3,500. Students are drawn from every state in the Union and
more than 60 foreign countries. About 730 international students are registered each academic year in both
the undergraduate and graduate programs.
Graduate enrollment within the Department of Chemical Engineering is approximately 90, including
parttime and fulltime students. There are 40 fulltime graduate students, of whom 19 are doctoral
candidates and 21 are master's or predoctoral candidates. Currently, 38 fulltime graduate students in the
department are receiving financial aid.
The Community
LSU, situated within the city of Baton Rouge, has the unique advantages of a growing metropolis of over a
quarter of a million people as well as those of the outlying countryside, a paradise for fishing, boating, and
hunting enthusiasts. In addition the University supports a vast cultural and recreational program in music,
drama, art, and literature as well as fine programs in athletics. Just eighty miles southeast of the main
campus, at the entrance to the Gulf of Mexico, is New Orleans, internationally known for its southern
hospitality, charm and recreational activities.
The University Louisiana State University and Agricultural and Mechanical College is a multicampus, multipurpose system of
higher education, exerting a major influence on the economic, social, and cultural life of all its citizens.
Founded as a landgrant institution in 1860, LSU has grown to become one of the leading universities in the
South. The main campus consisting of 15 colleges and specialized schools is located on a beautifully
landscaped 300acre plateau just east of the Mississippi River. Although physically retaining the beauty of its
southern heritage, the University is nevertheless a modern facility reflecting the scholarship and culture of the
present.
Applying Applications for admission, although considered throughout the year, should be made as early as possible.
For those seeking financial assistance it should be made preferably by March 1 for a fall appointment and
November 1 for the spring semester. The aptitude portion of the Graduate Record Examination is required
for all applicants.
Correspondence
and Information
Department of Chemical Engineering
Louisiana State University
University Station
Baton Rouge, Louisiana 70803
A CAREER IN THE PAPER INDUSTRY?
Manufacture of Pulp and Paper is one of the largest and fastest
growing industries in the United States and the world. A research ren
aissance in product and process diversification provides exceptional
growth opportunities for men and women in all disciplines of engi
neering and science. Such talents are in demand for research, indus
trial engineering, business management, marketing, systems planning
you name it, this industry offers it.
Train for it at the University of Maine
The Department of Chemical Engineering at the University of Maine,
Orono, pioneered the first paper studies program in the United States,
and continues to lead in teaching multidisciplinary application of engi
neering sciences to the varied and complex operational decisions of
this forest resources industry. The modern and rapidly expanding
paper industry of this state provides an exceptional opportunity for
cooperative interaction of University based programs with real life
problems of industrial development.
Students with a B.S. degree in most scientific or engineering disci
plines can program a fifth year extension of their undergraduate cur
riculum to fulfill requirements for a Certificate of Advanced Study in
Pulp and Paper Management. One half of the fifth year covers basic
fiber science and the technology of pulp and paper production. The
other half can be an elective sequence to develop special interests in:
COURSES
Systems Engineering Process Control
Environmental Engineering Plant Design
Applied Computer Sciences Operations Economy
Polymer Science Engineering Management
... and others
Students who apply and qualify for admission to graduate school can
/ fit a substantial part of their fifth year Certificate Program to graduate
school requirements for a Master of Science degree in Pulp and Paper
Technology, in Systems Engineering, or in Chemical Engineering.
GRANTS
The University of Maine Pulp and Paper Foundation offers grants
to qualified students who undertake the fifth year program. Such
grants of full tuition plus $1100 cover all essential academic costs.
Fellowships and Assistantships are available also for a limited number
of students beyond the fifth year who aim for a Ph.D. in Chemical
Engineering.
FOR DETAILED INFORMATION
For more detailed information about the pulp and paper programs
at the University of Maine and the financial assistance available write:
Dr. Edward G. Bobalek
Chemical Engineering Department
255 Aubert Hall
University of Maine
Orono, Maine 04473
FALL 1969
THE UNIVERSITY
OF MICHIGAN
OFFERS
EXPERIENCE
What are
YOU
looking for
in a
GRADUATE
PROGRAM?
The University of Michigan, Department of Chemical
and Metallurgical Engineering, has operated gradu
ate degree programs for over 50 years. We have
awarded over 300 doctorates and 1000 master's
degrees.
VARIED RESEARCH
The 35 faculty members work in all the traditional
areas of research and also such fields as plasma
reactions, process dynamics, catalyst structure, bio
chemical processes, electrochemistry, multiphase
systems, computerassisted design, nonNewtonian
fluids, and reservoir engineering.
CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT
Besides the usual campus activities the University
and the Ann Arbor community offers the students
scores of concerts by famous artists, lectures held
throughout the year, plus the three drama series
all handy to campus. Ann Arbor is located in a river
valley and is ideal for both winter and summer sports.
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Most of our American and Canadian students receive
financial assistance. Also, the University has excellent
employment opportunities for student wives.
Write for information and a special book to:
Robert H. Kadlec, Chairman of the Graduate Committee
Department of Chemical and Metallurgical Engineering
The University of Michigan
Ann Arbor, Michigan 48104
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
1811
*) H DEPARTMENT OF
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
COLLEGE PARK, MARYLAND 20740
The Department offers graduate work in chemical, materials, and nuclear engineering leading to the M.S. and
Ph.D. degrees. Some of the fields of specialization of the faculty are:
Chemical Engineering
Process Control Systems
Heat and Mass Transfer
Turbulent Transport
Solvent Extraction
Design and Cost Studies
Reaction Kinetics
Catalysis
Multiphase Flow
Process Dynamics
Computer Simulation
Biological and
Environmental Engineering
Aerosol Mechanics
Membrane Separations
Artificial Organs
Bioengineering
Environmental Health
Air Pollution Control
Nuclear Engineering
Nuclear Reactor Physics
Nuclear Reactor Design
Nuclear Reactor Operation
Radiation Induced Reactions
System Dynamics
Radiation Shielding
Radiation Engineering
Thermionics
Engineering Materials
Reaction of Solid Surfaces
Solid State Behavior
Composite Materials
Statistical Thermodynamics
Structure of Metallic Solutions
Applied Polymer Science
Polymer Physics
Graft Polymerization
Polymerization Kinetics
NonNewtonian Flow
The general requirements are set forth in the Graduate Catalog. The chemical engineering program
is designed for qualified bachelors chemical engineering students. The materials and nuclear en
gineering programs are open to qualified students holding bachelors degrees in engineering, the
physical sciences, and mathematics.
Address inquiries to
Dean, Graduate School or Chairman Department of Chemical Engineering
FALL 1969
Department of Chemical Engineering
UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI ROLLA
ROLLA, MISSOURI 65401
Contact Dr. M. R. Strunk, Chairman
Day Programs M.S. and Ph.D. Degrees
Established fields of specialization in which re
search programs are in progress are:
(1) Fluid Turbulence and Drag Reduction Studies
Drs. J. L. Zakin and G. K. Patterson
(2) Electrochemistry and Fuel CellsDr. J. W.
Johnson
(3) Heat Transfer (Cryogenics) Dr. E. L. Park, Jr.
(4) Mass Transfer StudiesDr. R. M. Wellek
(5) Structure and Properties of PolymersDr. K.
G. Mayhan
In addition, research projects are being carried
out in the following areas:
(a) Optimization of Chemical SystemsDr. J. L.
Gaddy
(b) Evaporation through nonWettable Porous
MembranesDr. M. E. Findley
(c) Multicomponent Distillation EfficienciesDr.
R. C. Waggoner
(d) Gas Permeability StudiesDr. R. A. Prim
rose
(e) Separations by Electrodialysis Techniques
Dr. H. H. Grice
(f) Process Dynamics and ControlDrs. M. E.
Findley, and R. C. Waggoner
(g) Transport Properties and KineticsDr. O. K.
Crosser
Tuition: Out of state tuition waived for Graduate Stu
dents. Fees are approximately $200 per semester for
10 credit hours or more.
Financial aid is obtainable in the form of Graduate and
Research Assistantships, Industrial Fellowships and Fed
eral Sponsored Programs. Aid is also obtainable through
the Materials Research Center.
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
GRADUATE STUDY
IN
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
AT THE
UNIVERSITY OF NEBRASKA
I PROGRAMS LEADING TO THE
M.S. AND PH.D. DEGREES
WITH RESEARCH IN
Biochemical Engineering
Computer Applications
Crystallization
Desalination
Food Processing
Heat Transfer
Kinetics
Laser Applications
Mass Transfer
Mixing
Polymerization
Thermodynamics
Ultrasonics
and other areas
FOR APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION
ON AVAILABLE FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
WRITE TO
Prof. J. H. Weber, Chairman
Department of Chemical Engineering
University of Nebraska
Lincoln, Nebraska 68508
THE CITY COLLEGE
OF
THE CITY UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK
ANNOUNCES A SPECIAL PROGRAM IN
ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS OF PROBABILITY
THEORY
Engineers working in the areas of control, communications
and reliability have long been familiar with stochastic processes
and have contributed to the development of the theory. The
powerful mathematical tools developed in these contexts, such
as the Theory of Markov processes, Queueing and Renewal
Theory, etc., have till recently found only limited application in
the chemical engineering profession and many research engineers
are still unfamiliar with its use. In the last few years these
methods have gained wider acceptance and their usefulness has
been demonstrated by different workers in a number of fields.
Our department is conducting one of the largest concentrated
research efforts in this field. The research group is headed by
Professors Stanley Katz and Reuel Shinnar and is active in a
wide variety of problem areas endeavoring to demonstrate the
usefulness and power of probability methods when applied to
contemporary chemical engineering problems.
Emphasis is given both to extensions of the theory and
the development of new methods, as well as to new applications
of the methods developed in other fields. Areas of investigation
include:
1) Mixing and turbulence in chemical reactors.
2) Control of process plants.
3) Theory of tracer experiments.
4) Applications of tracer experiments to physiological prob
lems.
5) Behavior of particulate systems, with emphasis on crys
tallization, polymerization and more recently, meteo
rological problems.
The program is specially suited for students with a mathe
matical inclination, providing them an opportunity to enter a
new and growing field in chemical engineering. Research assis
tantships for students intending to study for the doctoral degree
as well as a few postdoctoral fellowships are available. Inquiries
should be directed to
Professor A. X. Schmidt
Department of Chemical Engineering
The City College of the City University of New York
New York, N. Y. 10031
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
W7o
* Oklahoma, a vigorous state with space to dream and
grow, with a unique heritage and a promising future...
* a friendly city with a tradition of fine arts excellence
and exceptional recreation opportunities. .
* a University where human beings share values and con
cerns, where innovation and relevance are more than
words ..
* a balanced department oriented to its missions .
quality teaching for graduate and undergraduate stu
dents .providing basic knowledge through research
S.. translating that knowledge to practical use through
public service .
* bright, young faculty members with energy and dedi
cation, highlymotivated in teaching, research and
public service, beginning to achieve deserved recogni
tion. ..
* a curriculum that has produced outstanding doctor of
philosophy recipients, 68 in the past 7 years, 17 of
whom are in professorial positions...
* academic opportunity, intellectual challenge, and an
atmosphere of creativity.
The School of Chemical Engineering
and Materials Science
The University of Oklahoma
Norman, Oklahoma
0
IL
4l
GRADUATE STUDY IN CHEMICAL
AND PETROLEUM ENGINEERING
University of Pittsburgh
:. M.S. and Ph.D. Degrees
~.iV
Pr.
3
< Dr.
Dr.
Dr.
Dr.
Dr.
. Dr.
Dr.

'* i / ** .,. 
I, ,, ~
(l*u /* ^ ^ 
h'^^' /':.^. 4
., 
'II
FACULTY AND FIELDS OF RESEARCH :,
IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 
Charles S. Befoes.  pas Dynamics, Process Desigrtn& Oplimiza
,Unsteady State Heal Transmissi
Alan'J. Brainard...... ..... .Thermodynamics. Mass Trans
George D. Byrne. Applied Manre rati
ShiaoHung Chiang .... .Mass Transfer, Inleriacial pinS
.Morton Corn .. .. ......... A f
James Coull.. .......... Chemical Kinetics. Catalysis =bLe
Thermogravilalional Separali
Benjamin GalOr ... ......... Transport Phenomer
Relativistic Therrnodynami
Harold E. Hoelscher .......... ... Reaction Kinetic
Interfacial Phenome
George E. Klinzing .. .......Fluid Dynamics, Transport Phenome
ChungChiun Liu : ............ Electrochemical Engineeri
Yatish T. Shah.. ........ .........Transport Phenome
Edward B. Stuart ... .......... .. .Thermodynamics, Adsorpti
John W. Tierney .. Process Dynami
Equilibrium Stage Calculatio
Lemuel B. Wingard : .. Biomedical Engineerir
Enzyme Catalys
IN PETROLEUM ENGINEERING
Dr. Paul F. Fulton. ... ......... .... Multiphase Flow in Poro
Media, Wettabil
Prof. James H. Hartsock. ... ... Computer Applicatio
to Unsteady State Fl
Dr. Joseph J. Taber ................. Interfacial and Surface Phenomer
Miscible Displaceme
PROGRAM
Chemical and Petroleum Engi
neering is one of six School
of Engineeri4n departments
which offer graduate degrees.
Interdisciplinary programs
4.. with other engineering depart
S mnts and with other PITT
. schools and divisions such as
i. Public Health, Natural Sci
enc and Medicine are en
couraged.
SCourses begin in Septem
ber, January and April; gradu
ate students may enter in any
term.
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Graduate assistantships, re
S search assistantships, fellow
fer ships and tuition scholarships
S~ available to qualified stu
inancal support is pro
r," vded by Ihe University, indus
oit try, and various government
ia, agencies. Among sponsors of
cs current research programs are
cs, Petroleum Research Fund, Na
na tional Science Foundation,
na U.S. Department of Agricul
ng ture, National Aeronautics and
na Space Administration, and
on United States Steel Corpora
cs, tion.
ns For application forms and
9g, detailed information on FEL
sis LOWSHIPS, ASSISTANT
SHIPS, and ACADEMIC AND
RESEARCH PROGRAMS, write
us to:
ity Graduate Coordinator
ns Chemical and Petroleum
w Engineering Department
601 Engineering Hall
la, University of Pittsburgh
nt Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15213
*t^ia. .^
SSYRACUSE UNIVERSITY
SJUOS SYRACUSE, NEW YORK 13210
ULTORES
iCIENTIA ,
:ORONAT Syracuse University is a private university situated among
S the hills of Central New York State. A broad cultural climate
t which stimulates interest in engineering, science, the social
ED sciences, and the humanities exists at the university.
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING AND METALLURGY
Programs leading to Master's and Ph.D. Degrees in Chemical Engi
neering, Master's Degree in Metallurgy, and Master's and Ph.D. Degrees
in Solid State Science.
GRADUATE CURRICULUM EMPHASES:
Computer Science Mathematical Modeling
Solid Mechanics XRay and Electron Diffraction
Separation Processes
Solid State Physics
INDEPENDENT STUDY AND RESEARCH PROBLEMS:
Water Renovation Optimization of Multistage Processes
Rheology and Viscoelastic Fluid Phenomena
Membrane Processes
Mechanical Behavior of Solids
Surface Science
Metal Physics
Biomedical Applications
Thermodynamics and Kinetics
Electron Microscopy
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE:
Graduate Fellowships and Assistantships. Stipends range from $2,000 to $5,000 with most students
receiving $4,000 per annum in addition to remitted tuition privileges.
For Information Contact:
Dr. James A. Luker, Chairman
Department of Chemical Engineering and Metallurgy
Syracuse University
Syracuse, New York 13210
Telephone: Area 3154765541, extension 2559
FALL 1969
AT THE UNIVERSITY OF TENNESSEE
GRADUATE STUDY IN CHEMICAL
& METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING
PROGRAMS for the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy are offered in both chemical z
and metallurgical engineering. The Master's program may be tailored as a terminal one with emphasis on ..
systems and design, or it may serve as preparation for more advanced work leading to the Doctorate.
Interests of the staff include thermodynamics, physical metallurgy, diffusional operations, heat transfer,
fluid mechanics, polymer science, reaction kinetics, informationoperations, and systems analysis and A
design as applied to both chemical and metallurgical engineering.
FACULTY AND RESEARCH INTERESTSWilliam T. Becker, Ph.D., Illinois, Mechanical Properties and Deformation;
Donald C. Bogue, Ph.D., Delaware, Rheology; Charlie R. Brooks, Ph.D., Tennessee, Electron Microscopy, Thermodynamics;
Oran L. Culberson, Ph.D., Texas, Operations Research, Process Design; George C. Frazier, Jr., D. Eng., Johns Hopkins,
Kinetics and Combustion, Transfer with Reaction; HsienWen Hsu, Ph.D., Wisconsin, Thermodynamics, Transport Phenom
ena, Optimization; Homer F. Johnson, D. Eng., Yale, (Department Head), Mass Transfer, Interface Phenomena; Stanley
H. Jury, Ph.D., Cincinnati, Sorption Kinetics, Hygrometry, Information Operations; William J. Kooyman, Ph.D., Johns
Hopkins, Reaction Kinetics in Flow Systems; Carl D. Lundin, Ph.D., Rensselaer, Physical Metallurgy, Welding; Charles F.
Moore, Ph.D., L.S. U., Process Control and Dynamics; Ben F. Oliver, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University, Solidification,
High Purity Metals; Joseph J. Perona, Ph.D., Northwestern, Mass Transfer and Kinetics, Heat Transfer; Joseph E. Spruiell,
Ph.D., Tennessee, Xray Diffraction, Electron Microscopy; E. Eugene Stansbury, Ph.D., Cincinnati, Thermodynamics Kinetics
of Phase Transformation, Corrosion; James L. White, Ph.D., Delaware, Rheology, Polymer Chemistry. REGULAR PART
TIMELloyd G. Alexander, Ph.D., Purdue, Fluid Flow, Heat Transfer; Bernard S. Borie, Ph.D., M.I.T., Xray Diffraction;
Albert H. Cooper, Ph.D., Michigan State, Process Design, Economics; Kenneth H. McCorkle; Ph.D., Tennessee, Colloidal
Systems; Carl J. McHargue, Ph.D., Kentucky, Physical Metallurgy; Jack S. Watson, Ph.D. Tennessee, Fluid Mechanics;
Monroe S. Wechsler, Ph.D., Columbia, Physical Metallurgy, Effect of Radiation on Metals.
LABORATORIES AND SHOPSAnalog computer (Expanded EAI,'PACE 221R) and digital computer (DEC, PDP 15/20
with analog interface), Highspeed automatic frost point hygrometer, Mass and heat transfer in porous media, Polymer
rheology (Weisenburg rheogoniometer, Instron theological tester, roll mill, extruder), Polymer characterization (gel per
meation chromatograph, osmometer), Mass spectograph, Continuous zone centrifuge, Process dynamics, Xray diffraction
(including single crystal diffuse scattering analysis), Electron microscopes (Phillips EM75 and EM300), Calorimetry (25
10000C), Electrical resistivity measurements for studies of structural and phase changes, Single crystal preparation facilities,
Mechanical fabrication and testing, (metallograph, optical microscopes and melting, etc.), High purity materials preparation,
Electronic and mechanical shops staffed by thirteen fulltime technicians and craftsmen.
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE from a number of sources is available, including graduate assistantships, graduate teaching
assistantships, research assistantships, industrial fellowships, industrial grantsinaid, NSF Traineeships, NASA Traineeships,
NDEA (Title IV) Fellowships, and University NonService Fellowships.
COST OF STUDYFulltime students who are Tennessee residents pay $105 per quarter maintenance fee; outofstate
students pay an additional tuition of $205 per quarter. Holders of fellowships, graduate assistantships, and certain teaching
appointments pay no fees or tuition.
COST OF LIVINGDormitory rooms costs for single students range from $75 to $100 per quarter; combined roomand
board arrangements are available at $305 per quarter. Attractive one and twobedroom apartments for married students
rent from $60 to $110 per month unfurnished, approximately $15 higher furnished. Privately operated apartments are
available to single or married graduate students at equivalent and higher rates. Food and other living expenses are below
national averages.
STUDENT BODYAbout 16,000 undergraduate and 4,000 graduate students are enrolled at the Knoxville campus of
The University of Tennessee. In the College of Engineering there are approximately 2200 undergraduate and 300 resident
graduate students.
KNOXVILLE AND SURROUNDINGS Knoxville, with a population near 200,000, is the trade and industrial center of
East Tennessee; convenient transportation is available to all parts of the country. The University is located about five
blocks from the downtown business area. In the nearby AuditoriumColiseum, Broadway plays, musical and dramatic
artists, and other entertainment events are regularly scheduled. Knoxville has a number of points of historical interest,
a theaterintheround, an excellent symphony orchestra, two art galleries, and a number of museums. Within an hour's
drive are many TVA lakes and mountain streams for fishing, boating, and water sports; the Great Smoky Mountains
National Park with the Gatlinburg tourist area; two state parks; and the atomic energy installations at Oak Ridge, including
the Museum of Atomic Energy. Avastnumberof cultural, recreational, and social activities are available on the University
campus.
A WORD ABOUT U.T.Founded in 1794 as Blount College, The University of Tennessee has grown to a large multi
campus, multipurpose system of higher education covering the entire state. Graduate programs in science and engineering
centered at the Knoxville campus have developed to major size and strength over the past 25 years. A major stimulus to
the growth of these programs has been the proximity of the atomic energy facilities at Oak Ridge and the close cooperation
that has developed between these facilities and the University.
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
BUCKNELL UNIVERSITY
LEWISBURG, PENNSYLVANIA 17837
For admission, address
Dr. David S. Ray,
Coordinator of Graduate Studies
Graduate degrees granted: Master of Science in Chemical Engineering
Courses for graduate credit are available in the evenings.
Typical research interests of the faculty include the areas of: mass transfer, particularly
distillation and liquidliquid extraction; thermodynamics; mathematical applications in
chemical systems; reaction kinetics; process dynamics and control; metallurgy and the
science of materials; nuclear engineering.
Assistantships and scholarships are available.
For the usual candidate, with a B.S. in Chemical Engineering, the equivalent of thirty
semesterhours of graduate credit including a thesis is the requirement for graduation.
COMPLIMENTS OF
THE DEPARTMENT OF
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
CarnegieNMellon University
PITTSBURGH, PENNSYLVANIA
Howard Brenner
Duane Condiff
Edward Cussler
Kun Li
Clarence Miller
Carl Monrad
Matthew Reilly
Stephen Rosen
Robert Rothfus
Herbert Toor
Raymond Zahradnik
FALL 1969 25c
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
@.*. CLEMSON UNIVERSITY
SChemical Engineering Department
*ooo....... M.S. and Doctoral Programs
THE FACULTY AND THEIR INTERESTS
Alley, F. C., Ph.D., U. North CarolinaAir Pollution, Unit Operations
Barlage, W. B., Ph.D., N. C. StateTransfer Processes in NonNewtonian Fluids
Beckwith, W. F., Ph.D., Iowa StateTransport Phenomena
Bruley, D. F., Ph.D., U. TennesseeProcess Dynamics, Biomedical Engineering
Hall, J. W., Ph.D., U. TexasChemical Kinetics, Catalysis, Design
Harshman, R. C., Ph.D., Ohio StateChemical and Biological Kinetics, Design
Littlejohn, C. E., Ph.D., V.P.I.Mass Transfer
Melsheimer, S S., Ph.D. TulaneProcess Dynamics, Applied Mathematics
Mullins, J. C., Ph.D., Georgia TechThermodynamics, Adsorption
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCEFellowships, Assistantships, Traineeships
Contact:
C. E. Littlejohn, Head
Department of Chemical Engineering
Clemson University
Clemson, S. C. 29631
CASE WESTERN RESERVE
UNIVERSITY
Case Institute of Technology, a privately en
dowed institution with a tradition of excellence
in Engineering and Applied Science has long
offered a variety of courses and research areas
leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in Chemi
cal Engineering. In 1967 Case Institute and
Western Reserve University joined together. The
enrollment and endowment make Case Western
Reserve University one of the largest private
schools in the country.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION YOU ARE INVITED
TO WRITE:
ROBERT J. ADLER, Head
Chemical Engineering Science Division
Case Western Reserve University
University Circle
Cleveland, Ohio 44106
UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
GRADUATE STUDY
The Department of Chemical Engineering at
the University of Colorado offers excellent oppor
tunities for graduate study and research leading
to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy
degrees in Chemical Engineering.
Research interests of the faculty include cryo
genics, process control, polymer science, catalysis,
fluid mechanics, heat transfer, mass transfer, air
and water pollution, biomedical engineering, and
ecological engineering.
For application and information, write to:
Chairman, Graduate Committee
Chemical Engineering Department
University of Colorado, Boulder
GRADUATE STUDY IN CHEMICAL
ENGINEERING
UNIVERSITY OF HOUSTON
IMPORTANT FEATURES
* Research in most areas of current chemical
engineering activity
Recipient of a $420,000 NSF "Center of
Excellence" departmental development
grant
New 4.5 million dollar engineering building
Graduate studies through Ph.D. with a
faculty of 16 and over 90 graduate students
Located in the petroleum and petrochemical
capitol of the world
Yearround recreational activities
Qualified applicants are encouraged to apply.
Fellowships and assistantships are available in
amounts of $3600$5000 in annual stipends.
For details and applications contact:
Chairman, Graduate Admissions Committee
Department of Chemical Engineering
University of Houston
Houston, Texas 77004.
FALL 1969
LEHIGH UNIVERSITY
ESTABLISHED & ACTIVE
FLUID MECHANICS
KINETICS & CATALYSIS
ADSORPTION
RHEOLOGY
ENVIRONMENTAL
PROCESS CONTROL
SIMULATION
HEAT TRANSFER
THERMODYNAMICS
POLYMERS
CHEMICAL METALLURGY
WRITE:
Chairman
Department of Chemical Engineering
Lehigh University,
Bethlehem, Penna. 18015
UNIVERSITY,
HAMILTON,
McMASTER CANADA.
INTERDISCIPLINARY
BALANCE 4 INNOVATION
DEPTH
Simulation, Optimization and
ComputerAided Analysis
Water & Waste Water Treatment
Chemical Reaction Engineering
Transport Phenomena
Contact: Dr. T. W. Hoffman, Chairman
Dept. of Chemical Engineering
GRADUATE OPPORTUNITIES IN ChE
AT
NEWARK COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
Students seeking a commitment to excellence
in careers in Chemical Engineering will find a
wealth of opportunity at Newark College of En
gineering.
The ChE Department at NCE has a well de
veloped graduate program leading to the degrees
of Master of Science in Chemical Engineering or
Master of Science with major in such interdisci
plinary areas as Polymer Engineering or Polymer
Science. Beyond the Master's degree, NCE offers
the degrees of Engineer and of Doctor of Engi
neering Science.
Over sixty ongoing projects in Chemical En
gineering and Chemistry provide exceptional re
search opportunities for Master's and Doctoral
candidates. Research topics include the follow
ing areas:
* Fluid Mechanics Heat Transfer
* Thermodynamics Process Dynamics
* Kinetics and Catalysis Transport Phenomena
0 Mathematical Methods
NCE is located on a modern, twentyacre cam
pus in Newark, within 30 minutes of Manhattan.
Tuition for New Jersey residents is $24 per
credit; for nonresidents, the cost is $35 per
credit. Fellowships and financial assistance are
available to qualified applicants.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION ADDRESS:
Mr. Alex Bedrosian, Assistant Dean
Graduate Division
Newark College of Engineering
323 High Street, Newark, N. J. 07102
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
MICHIGAN STATE UNIVERSITY
The Department of Chemical Engineering of Michigan State University
has assistantships and fellowships available for the academic year 197071.
CURRENT RESEARCH AREAS
Transport Phenomena
Radiation Engineering
Novel Separations
Biomedical Engineering
Hybrid Computation
Chemical Process Systems
Theory
Process Dynamics and
Control
Flow Through Porous FOUNDED
Media 155
Kinetics and Reaction
Engineering VER
Diffusion in Liquids
Applied Chemical Engi
neering Mathematics
256
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Graduate Program
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
In The Areas Of
Heat Transfer and
Fluid Mechanics
Kinetics
Mathematical Applications
in Chemical Engineering
NonNewtonian
Phenomena
Optimization of
Chemical Processes
Process Dynamics
Thermodynamics
LEADING TO THE DEGREES OF
M.S. AND Ph.D.
For application forms and further information address:
Department of Chemical Engineering
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
360 Huntington Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts 02115
graduate study in ,CHEIALI
ENGINEERING
AT OKLAHOMA STATE UNIVERSITY
offering...
Master of Science in Chemical Engineering
Master of Science in Nuclear Engineering
Doctor of Philosophy in Chemical Engineering
programs designed to
S. develop and expand your scientific and engineering background
equip you to play an effective role in R&D and in production and design
S. prepare you to undertake major responsibilities for scientific and technical
aspects of chemical engineering
plus:
A diversified faculty with wideranging research interests .
excellent laboratory facilities especially equipped for graduate
research modern computing facilities, including a "hands
on" facility exclusively for engineering students and available
24 hours daily financial support available
Your inquiries are invited. Address:
Dr. Robert N. Maddox, P.E.
Professor and Head
School of Chemical Engineering
Oklahoma State University
Stillwater, Oklahoma 74074
FALL 1969
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH CAROLINA
AT COLUMBIA
Offers the M.S., the M.E. and the Ph.D. in Engineering. Em
phasis on transport processes and thermodynamics. Strong in
terdisciplinary support in chemistry, physics, mathematics, ma
terials and computer science. Small classes taught by professors
with industrial experience.
Research and teaching assistantships, fellowships, and
traineeships are available.
For particulars and application forms write to:
Dr. M. W. Davis, Jr., Chairman
Graduate Studies Committee
College of Engineering
University of South Carolina
Columbia, S. C. 29208
New Mexico
State University
M. S. Program
in
Chemical Reaction
Engineering
P. O. Box 3805
Las Cruces, N. M. 88001
THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW MEXICO
ALBUQUERQUE, NEW MEXICO
GRADUATE STUDY TOWARD THE M.S. AND
Ph.D. DEGREES IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Graduate Assistantships, Teaching Assistantships
and Fellowships Available
For Further information and applications for
graduate study in the Land of Enchantment,
contact:
Dr. T. T. Castonguay, Chairman
Department of Chemical Engineering
University of New Mexico
Albuquerque, New Mexico 87106

Full Text 
xml version 1.0 encoding UTF8
REPORT xmlns http:www.fcla.edudlsmddaitss xmlns:xsi http:www.w3.org2001XMLSchemainstance xsi:schemaLocation http:www.fcla.edudlsmddaitssdaitssReport.xsd
INGEST IEID E6IVCZ23I_AH870I INGEST_TIME 20110809T22:19:16Z PACKAGE AA00000383_00026
AGREEMENT_INFO ACCOUNT UF PROJECT UFDC
FILES
PAGE 1
I.&. 0 z 0 Cl) > C C) z w w z 0 z w ' u w :I: u CHAIRMAN, CHEM ENGR OEPT UNIV Of FLORIDA GAINESVILLE, FLORIDA 32601 FALL 1969 AMUNDSON . . . . . Why Mathematics? CHURCHILL .. Momentum and Energy Transfer DOUGHARTY & SMITH ..... Reactor Design HANRAffY ............... Fluid Dynamics HULBURT . . . . ...... Particulate Systems LAPIDUS ................. Optimal Control LIGHTFOOT . . . . Diffusional Operations MARTIN ................. Thermodynamics PRAUSNITZ .............. Phase Equilibria ./lko. HOUGEN Remembers A. P. COLBURN GRINTER Writes on Accreditation MORGEN Reviews the Curriculum WEBER On Subscription Policy
PAGE 2
cY1n Excellent Text that can be warmly recommended as an introduction to balances, for it takes proper account of the nature of the subject and at the same time leads to the use of the proper tools." Professor Rutherford Aris Department of Chemical Engineering University of Minnesota MATERIAL AND ENERGY BALANCE COMPUTATIONS By ERNEST J. HENLEY, University of Houston; and EDWARD M. ROSEN, Monsanto Company, St. Louis, Missouri. This is the first book to bring material and energy balance into modern focus. An excellent introduction for oneor twosemester engineering courses, the book stresses the problem of seeking and applying the physical and mathematical principles of material and energy techniques. The subject is approached from two viewpointscovering the material for the engineer who will do his work with a slide rule, and for the engineer who will work with a computerand the differences between the two approaches are emphasized. A Volume in the Chemical Engineering Outline Series. 1969 577 pages $14.95 Another important text tor electrical engineering students FUNDAMENTALS OF MOMENTUM, HEAT, AND MASS TRANSFER By JAMES R. WELTY, CHARLES E. WICKS and ROBERT E. WILSON, all of Oregon State University. ,,, On an introductory level, this textbook presents the traditionally separate fields of momentum transfer (fluid mechanics), heat transfer, and mass transfer (diffusion) all from a unified viewpoint. The similar means of describing the various processes are stressed; and it is shown how information on one area may be extrapolated to provide an understanding of the other types of transfer. 1969 Approx. 672 pages $16.50 The only text focusing on the sociology of engineeringTHE ENGINEERS AND THE SOCIAL SYSTEM Edited by ROBERT PERRUCCI, Purdue University; and JOEL GERSTL Temple University. The only book of its kind, this text provides a detailed examination of the engineer ing profession within the social and historical context of American society. The authors study the social origins, values, and career patterns of members of the profession, occasionally contrasting the facts with data from other countries. JOHN WILEY & SONS, Inc. 605 Third Avenue, New York, N. Y. 10016 In Canada: John Wiley & Sons Canada Ltd. 22 Worcester Roard, Rexdale, Ontario 1969 344 pages $9 95
PAGE 3
EDITORIAL AND BUSINESS ADDRESS Department of Chemical Engineering University of Florida Gainesville, Florida 32601 Editor: Ray Fahien Associate Editor: Mack Tyner Business Manager: R B. Bennett Publications Board and Regional Advertising Representatives: CENTRAL: James H. Web er Chairman of Publication Board University of Nebraska Lincoln, Nebraska 68508 WEST: William H. Corcoran California Institute of Technology Pasadena, California 91109 SOUTH: Charles Littlejohn Clemson University Clemson, South Carolina 29631 SOUTHWEST: J. R. Crump University of Houston Houston, Texas 77004 EAST: Robert Matteson College Relations Sun Oil Company Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19100 E. P. Bartkus Secretary's Department E. I. du Pont de Nemours Wilmington, Delaware 19898 Peter Le'derman Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute Brooklyn, New York 11201 NORTHEAST: G e org e D. K ee ff e Newark College of Engineering Newark, New Jersey, 07102 NORTH: J. J. Martin University of Michigan Ann Arbor, Michigan 48104 NORTHWEST: R. W. Moulton University of Washington Seattle, Washington 98105 MIDWEST: Richard S. May er Ohio University Athens, Ohio 45701 UNIVERSITY REPRESENTATIVE J. A. BergQ1Y1,tz State University of New York Buffalo, New York 14200 PUBLISHERS REPRESENTATIVE D. R. Coughanowr Drexel University Philadelphia, Pennsylvania FALL 1969 Chemical Engineering Education VOLUME 3, NUMBER 4 Articles on Graduate Courses 174 Applied Mathematics 17S Energy Transport 1S4 Momentum Transport 190 Particulate Systems 194 Mass Transport 200 Optimal Control 204 Molecular Thermodynamics 212 Classical Thermodynamics FALL 1969 N. R. Amundson S. W. Churchill T. J. Hanratty H. M. Hulburt E. N. Lightfoot Leon Lapidus J.M. P rausnitz J. J. Martin 21S Chemical Reaction Engineering Dougharty, N.A., & Smith, J.M. Departments 163 Editorial 165 Division Activities James H. W e ber 167 Letters 16S A Founder of the Profession Allan P. Colburn remembered by Olaf Hougen 173 Biographical sketch 222 Views and Opinions Graduate Engineering and Technological Accreditation, L. E. Grinter 22S The Curriculum The ChemistryChemical Engineering MerryGoRound, R. A. Morgen 199 Book Review Boudart: Kinetics of Chemical Processes by J. R. Butt 216 Problems for Teachers CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION is published quarterly by the Chemical Engineering DivfBion, American Society for Engineering Education The publication is edit.ed at the C hemical Engineering Department, University of Florida. Secondclass postage is paid at Gainesville, Florida, and at DeLand, Florida, Corr espo ndence regarding editorial matter, circulation and changes of address should b s a d dressed to the Editor at Gainesville, Florida 32601. Advertising rates and info rma tio n are available from the advertising representatives Plates and other advertising material may be sent directly to the print er: E 0. Painter Printing Co., 137 E Wisconsin Ave., DeLand, Florida 32720. Sub scr ip tio n rate U.S., Canada, and Mexico is $10 per yea r to nonm e mb ers o f the ChE d i v isi on of ASEE, $6 per year mailed to m e mbers, and $4 per year to ChE facult y in bulk mailin g Individ ual c o pies of Vol. 2 and 3 are $3 each. Copyright (C) 1969, ChE Divi sio n of ASEE R a y Fabien Editor The state m e n ts and opinion s expres se d in this periodical are tho se of the writers and not necessarily t ho se o f the C hE Division of the ASEE which body assumes no r es ponsibility for them 161
PAGE 4
grow with the growing world of Sohio We need talented people immediately to work on important projects in: Research on Products an~f Processes Process and Product Development Economic Analysis Process Design Plant Design, Construction and Operation Market Research Sales and Marketing Management. Sohio is a progressive company whose growth is based on continuous research, development and marketing of products for transportation, industry, agriculture and construction; not boomorbust military or space projects. That means we rely on your technical talent to help us grow, and we offer rapid advancement to those wh9. are willing to 'ork hard to achieve it. WRITE SOH/0 TODAY t Join the Sohio team .. where you can get ahead fast because we're moving fast. We assist you with direct aid for education, too ... so you can get where you want to go 1 s quickly as your growing interests and abilities will'take you '. ,.,. We are the number one marketer of petroleum products in Ohio; our sales equal those of the next four oil COIJlpan l es COIT!0ined Our patented singlestep acrylonitrile proceS:s accounts for more than 75% of the free wo,:ld's supply! . . : >, .! ~~ , , I 1 .. :, Sale s ~ Jna ve risen over 50% iri the last Si~ years! Profits over 190% Write in strict c p nf J oence, stating education, experient ~ and salary requirements to: Elwood G. Glass, Jr. Mgr. Technical and Professional Recruitment 10986 Midland Building Cleveland, Ohio 44115 THE STANDARD OIL COMPANY (OHIO) An Equal Opportunity Employer (M&F)
PAGE 5
A LETTER TO CHEMICAL ENGINEERING SENIORS Should you go to g raduate school? Through this special issue on graduate educa tion, Chemical Engineering Education invites you to consider graduate school as an opportunity to further your professional development. We be lieve that you will find that graduate work is an exciting and intellectually satisfying experience that greatly enhances your ability to obtain re sponsible and challenging positions in industry and teaching. We also feel that graduate study can provide you with insurance against the increasing danger of technical obsolescence. Furthermore, we believe that graduate research work under the guidance of an inspiring and interested faculty member will be important in your growth toward confidence, independence, and maturity. What is taught in graduate school? In order to familiarize you with the content of some of the areas of graduate chemical engineer ing we are including in this issue articles describ ing graduate courses that have been taught by professors who have specialized in these fields. In doing so we wish to make clear the following : 1) that there is some variation in the content of individual graduate courses in the same area as taught at various schools (e.g., many schools teach transport phenomena sequences, while others teach individual courses in fluid mechanics, heat transfer, and mass transfer), 2) that we have not included all of the areas in which grad uate courses are taught (e.g., we have not in cluded a design course, per se), and 3) that the professors who have written articles for us are by no means the only authorities in those fields, nor are their departments the only departments which emphasize that particular area of study. What is chemical engineering research? We are dedicating this graduate education issue to an outstanding chemical engineering researcher and teacher: the late Allan P. Colburn. Although Dr Colburn's career included work in education, industry, and government, he is best known among educators for his pioneering research in many areas of chemical engineering. This re searc h, while based on fundamentals, was directed toward the ultimate attainment of an engineer ing answer, usually in the form of the many ColFALL 1969 burn equations or correlations t ha t are still used by practicing engineers. As an example of some one to emulate in your own graduate career, we urge you to read the article by Professor Olaf Hougen on Allan Colburn's activities as a grad uate student. (Incidentally Prof esso r Olaf Hougen was himself featured by CEE (Summer 1968) and is also worthy of emulation). Where should you go to graduate school? It is common for a student to broaden himself by doing graduate work at an institution other than the one from which he receives his bachelor's degree. Fortunately there are many very fine chemical engineering departments in the United States, each of which has its own "personality" with special emphases and distinctive strengths. For example, in choosing a graduate school you might first consider which school is most suitable for your own future plans to teach or go into industry. Or if you have a specific research pro ject in mind, you might want to attend a univer sity which emphasizes that area and where a prominent specialist is a member of the faculty. On the other hand if you are unsure of your field of research, you might consider a department that has a large faculty with widely diversified interests so as to ensure for yourself a wide choice of projects. Or you might prefer the atmos phere of a department with a small enrollment of graduate students. In any case, we suggest that you begin by writing the schools that have pro vided information on their graduate programs in the back of this issue. You will probably also wish to seek advice from members of the faculty at your own school. But wherever you decide to go, we hope that you make the decision to continue your education in graduate school. Sincerely, ~?,~ Chemical Engineering Education University of Florida Gainesville, Florida 32601 NOTE TO DEPARTMENT CHAIRMENAdditional cop ies of this Graduate Education Issue are available at no charge (while supply lasts) to your seniors who are in terested in graduate work. Please write the Editor at the above address, stating the number of copies needed. 163
PAGE 6
would you like to plan a plant in Puerto Rico ? Too late, the plant is planned! In fact construction is already beginning on Sun Oil's new $125 million refinery complex and harbor at Yabucoa. But the project at Yabucoa is sim ply one indication of Sun on the move. We're geared for growth and we need people Maybe you ? l:'erhaps you'd like to work for the company that also recently boomed into the 2 billion dollar class through the merger of Sun and Sunray DX; that's pioneering a new fertilizer plant on the island of Martinique; that operates a new Computation Center in Philadelphia; that spon sors winning teams and cars in major road racing championships in the United States and Canadato m en tion just a few exciting proj ectf' We need men and women to grow with us and build the future. We have openings in Exploration, Production, Manufacturing, Research and De velopment, Engineering, Sales, Ac counting, Economics and Computer Operations. LocationsPhiladelphia, Toledo, Tulsa, Dallas and many other areas. Write us for an appointment, write for our book "S unoco Career Oppor tunities Guide," or contact yo ur Col lege Placement Director to see Sun's representative when on campus. SUN OIL COMPANY, Industrial Rela tions Department, CED, 1608 Walnut St., Phila., Pa. 19103. An Equal Opportunity Employer M/F
PAGE 7
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING DIVISION ACTIVITIES Fellow Division Members: Chemical Engineering Education is completing its second year with its new format. Under the able Editorship of Ray Fahienassisted by his colleagues Bob Bennett and Mack TynerCEE has drawn praise from chemical engineers in in dustry, teaching and government. We of the Publication Board believe we have a good thing going and feel a strong obligation to continue to seek the necessary financial support. The financial support for CEE has come chiefly from two sources industrial concerns and the departments of chemical engineering. A grant from NSF (to the Summer School) helped us during our first year. Our financing method ap pears sound; we have balanced our budget. Never the less, we have to abolish free subscriptions to CEE members. Cost is one reason, another is duplicationmost Divi s ion members are also faculty members. Furthermore, our present sys tem of sending each department 10 copies regard less of size, has meant that in the large depart ments some faculty members seldom saw the journal, while some small departments received an oversupply. Consequent ly, the Publication Board recom mended, and your Executive Committee approved the following plans for CEE distribution: 1. Chemical Engineering Departments will be asked to request a definite number of copies at $4/year for each of the four issues in 1970, with a minimum contribution of $25/year. (They may pay for these through departmental funds or faculty contributions or both.) 2. ASEEChemical Engineering Division mem bers may request ( on the attached form) indi vidually addressed copies to any address and pay $6/year starting in January 1970. 3. Libraries and other subscribers that are not members of the Chemical Engineering Division of ASEE may subscribe as before at $10/year. As a matter of interest, we are attempting to make arrangements with ASEE to have our sub scriptio n fee collected with the annual dues. This may be in effect in June 1970 for payment of 1971 subscriptions. Again, this applies only to those desiring individual subscriptions. FALL 1969 Jim Weber is Regents' Profes s or and Chairman of the Department at th e University of Nebraska. He has been at Nebraska since 1948 when he r ece ived the PhD from the Unive rs ity of Pittsburgh Jim is the author or co author of fifty articles and serves as an industrial con s ult a nt Besides ASEE, he is a member of AIChE., ACS, a nd AAAS, and a registered prof ess ional engineer We wish to continue to give you a first rate publication and thank you for past support. We hope for your continued support and that you appreciate the need for this change. Very truly yours, James H. Weber Chairman, Publications Board R. Br. Bennett Bus. Mgr. CEE Department of Chemical Engineering Univers it y of Florida Gainesville, Florida 32601 Please se nd our department copies of CEE during 1970 at $4 / year each (Minimum $25 / year). D Payment enclosed D Please send invoice School Addre s s 'Please find my check (made out to CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION for my 1970 subscr iption to CEE. I (am, am not) a member of the ChE Division, ASEE. Name Address _______________ 165
PAGE 8
Olin PRODUCT LOCATIONS HAVING MAJOR PRODUCTS DISCIPLINE T Y PE OF WORK GROUP CURRENT OPENINGS PRODUCED REQUIREMENTS PERFORMED ChlorAlkali Products Ammonia Process Development Augusta, Ga Phosphates Design, Maintenance, Brandenburg, Ky. Urea Planning, Scheduling, Charleston, Tenn Nitrogen ChE Joliet. Ill. Acids ME Production Sales, CHEMICALS Lake Charles, La H y drazine IE Accounting Inorganic Little Rock, Ark Petrochemicals Chemistry Marketing, Organic & McIntosh, Ala. Insecticides Account i ng Finan ci al Analysis, Specialty New Haven, Conn Pesticides Business Adm Distribut i on Agricultural Niagara Falls, N Y. Polyurethane Transportation Project Engineering Pasadena Texas Carbon Dioxide Marketing (Plant Startup & Rochester, N Y Animal Health Construction) Saltville, Va. Products Research Engineering Automotive Chemicals Technical Service Other derivatives Alumina C hE Burnside, La Aluminum IE Manufacturing METALS Chattanooga, Tenn. Aluminum Extrusions ME Aluminum Gulfport, Miss Alum i num Sheet, Plate, Metallurgy Production Brass Hannibal, Ohio Coils Met. Eng i neering Sales Orme! Corp East Alton, Ill. Brass Fabricated Parts Accounting Maintenance New Haven, Conn Sheet & Strip Brass Business Adm Finance Sedalia, Mo Roll Bond Ind Tech. Metals R&D Wire & Cable Ind. Mgmt. Carboniz i ng Paper ChE Market i ng FOREST PRODS Fine Printing Papers Chemistry Process Engineering West Monroe, La Specialty Paper Plant Engineering PAPER &FILM Pisgah Forest, N.C Products Pulp & Paper Olinkraft, Inc. Covington, Indiana Cigarette Paper & Tech Research & Dev Ecusta IE Statistician Filters Systems Eng i neering Film Cellophane ME Mathematics Production Kraft Bags Management Kraft Paper Business Adm General IE Kraftboard Cartons Accounting Design and Corrugated Containers Development Olinkraft Lumber Accounting WINCHESTEREast Alton Ill. Sporting Arms Ind Tech Produ c tion Control WESTERN New Haven, Conn. Ammunition IE Purcha si ng Marion Ill. Powder Actuated tools ME Manufacturing Kingsbury, Ind. Smokeless Ball Mathematics Plant Eng i neering Powders ChE Sa les Solid Propellants Accounting Financial Analysis Safety Flares Business Adm Personnel Franchised Clubs Marketing Marketing Personnel Mgt R&D Physics Ind. Mgmt. If you find this chart interesting, we're interested. For additional information about Olin, please contact your Placement Office or write Mr. Monte H. Jacoby, College Relations Officer, Olin, 460 Park Avenue, New York, N.Y 10022 Olin is a Plan for Progress company and an equal opportunity employer (M & FJ
PAGE 9
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS C. F. BRAUN & CO DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY MALLINCKRODT CHEMICAL COMPANY MONSANTO COMPANY MINNESOTA MINING AND MANUFACTURING COMPANY OLIN MATHIESON CHEMICAL COMPANY THE PROCTER AND GAMBLE COMPANY STANDARD OIL (INDIANA) FOUNDATION THE STAUFFER CHEMICAL COMPANY from our READERS Lynn responds to Fredrickson Sir: Dr. A. G. Fredrickson's essay "The Dilemma of Innovating Societies" (CEE, Summer 1969) points out a number of the problems facing our society today. The effects of increasing pollution, exploiting wilderness areas, and a rapidly expanding population are steadily making the world a less pleasant place to live. It was therefore a disappointment to see Dr. Fredrickson weaken the strength of his message substantially by overstating it in an emotional tirade against straw villains of his own construction. It is, for instance, unconvincing to denounce the effects of man's activities on our environment by proclaiming a higherthanhuman set of values. There is no reason to think that nature prefers alligators to algae, condors to crickets, or any of these to mankind. Such preferences are human value judgments and should be defended as such. The holierthanthou stance only beclouds the issue. If Dr. Fredrickson really questions the relative happi ness of today' ~ armer astride his airpolluting tractor I would suggest that he try spending a summer of 12hour days plowil,lg behind a mule. A good look at Van Gogh's "The :f'.oiato Eaters" might also be instructive. The issue cleady is not one of slowing down technological innova tion but rather of directing innovative efforts to the solu tion of the problems that are now becoming pressing. It may, be that society should have foreseen the urgency of these prob!ems one or two generations ago. However, one shourd remember that 2020 hindsight is a common virtue and also that no amount of castigation will change the events of the past. Emotional polemics directed against oversimplified whipping boys are highly favored today by political extremists of the ll)ft and the right, FALL 19&9 superconservationists, gungho d e velopers, and many others with a Cause. The trouble with such tactics is that they alienate those whose support might be won by a rational approach. If the need to solve the problems arising from the growth of population and technology is real, and I believe that it is, then well reasoned arguments to this effect can surely be found. It is clear that we have or can develop the technology to solve these problems if we can get general agreement within our society that they need to be solved. Attaining such agreement will require persuasive leadership, factual knowledge, and consider able persistence. I submit that very few will be persuaded by being told that they are simpleminded votaries of the Cult of the PFoduct, believers of the Creed of Technology, and preachers of the Gospel of Growth. Scott Lynn University of California, Berkeley Corrections from L ee Sir: Enclosed please find a corrected copy of the short article entitled Transport Ph e nornena: Equations of Change, which was printed in the summer, 1969 issue of CEE. Please note that equations 7, 9, 11, 15, 16, 17, 19, 20 are corrected, where originally either a small (for pressure) is missing or is mixed up with p (for density). V. J. Lee University of Missouri Editors Note: GEE regrets that Professor Lee did not correct this error on the galleys he received. Praise from the Veep Sir: I certainly appreciate receiving the copy of Chemi cal Engineering Education and was particularly interested in seeing the articles involving Stu Churchill. A. L. Conn VicePresident, AIChE (Letters Continued on page 207) 167
PAGE 10
tiN a founder In this issue, CEE begins a new depart ment that will feature some of the found ers of our chemical engineering profession. This article deals with the graduate (and earlier) university career of Allan P. Col burn, who has been described by Professor Olaf Hougen of the University of Wiscon sin as "one of the most inspiring friendly and intellectual teachers and leaders in chemical engineering." The article is writ ten by Professor Hougen, who was his Ph.D. advisor. ALLAN P. COLBURN** OLAF A. HOUGEN, Professor Emeritus University of Wisconsin Madison, Wisconsin 53706 ALLAN PHILIP COLBURN was my first stu dent in graduate research directed towards a doctorate degree in chemical engineering. Allan was born in Madison, Wisconsin, on June 8, 1904. His father, Willis P. Colburn*, at that time, after twelve years of high school teaching, was enrolled as a student in philosophy at the University of Wisconsin. Upon graduation in 1905 Willis accepted a position as principal of the high school in Rhinelander, Wisconsin. It was here that Allan spent his childhood and received his ele mentary and high school education. In June 1922 the Colburn family moved to Wauwatosa, a subur ban city adjoining Milwaukee, where Willis was employed as principal of a local high school. In June 1922 Willis Colburn came with his son The records of Platteville Normal School (now Wis consin State UniversityPlatteville) show that Willis Paul Colburn, a resident of Grant County, Wisconsin, attended Platteville Normal School in three school years 188687 and 188991 receiving a diploma in 1891. After graduation he served as high school principal at Potosi, Cassville and Viroqua, Wisconsin. He married Jennie Grimm of Cassville. In 1903 he attended the University of Wisconsin in Madison as a student in philosophy re ceiving a bachelor of philosophy degree (BPh) in June 1905. In later life he returned for graduate courses in Education in 1914 and in the summer session of 1929. **This sketch was prepared for the dedication cere monies of the Allan Philip Colburn Chemical Engineering Building at the University of Delaware, Sept. 20, 1968. 168 Allan to my office to consider enrolling him in the College of Engineering of Marquette Uni versity in Milwaukee for a period of two years prior to enrollment in chemical engineering at the University of Wisconsin. [The chemical engineer ing building was then located on the south shore of Lake Mendota at the foot of Park Street.] From Allan's superior high school record and his un usual intelligence, I readily agreed that this plan had much merit not only in the economy of living at home but also in the cultural advantages asso ciated with a sectarian school of high repute. At Marquette University Allan received undergrad uate instruction in general chemistry, mathema tics, physics, English, shopwork and surveying. Imagine! Surveying was a required course in many curricula of chemical engineering 44 years ago. On September 12, 1924 Allan enrolled as a Junior at the University of Wisconsin. I served as his adviser in his junior year; and Professor Otto L. Kowalke in his senior year. The period 1920 to 1930 was critical and transi tional in the development of chemical engineering education. The year 1923 marks the beginning of the American system of education in chemical engineering with the publication of the text, "Principles of Chemical Engineering" by William H. Walker, Warren K. Lewis, and William H. Mc Adams. At Wisconsin the curriculum was at thfit time predominant in eonventional engineering courses with instruction in chemical engineering slowly emerging from descriptive courses in in dustrial chemistry supplemented by laboratory experiments largely empirical in nature. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
PAGE 11
A humanitarian goal in life was manifest in his selection of liberal elective courses essential for a well rounded citizenship. ALLAN SET HIS GOAL EARLY at the highest professional level not only towards advanced studies and research leading to the doctorate degree but also in seeking a career of high pro fessional and civic responsibilit y A humanitarian goal in life was manifest in his s election of liberal elective courses essential for a well rounded citi zenship. In this selection Allan was guided by his father whose own major college studies had been in philosophy and by Professor Kowalke. In lib eral courses he was fortunate in choosing five of the most popular and inspirational professors at Wisconsin, namely, William H. Kiekhofer in Eco nomics, Louis Kahlenberg in the History of Chem istry, Max Otto in Philosophy, A. A. Vasiliev in Hellenistic Civilization, and Daniel W. Mead in Contracts and Specifications. Mead's course was essentially one in engineering ethics based upon Mead's world wide experiences in the construction of dams and power plants. Profes s or Kiekhofer was the campus spark plug of enthusiasm in his animated lectures on conventional principles of economics injecting life into an otherwise dull subject. Professor Max Otto held a similar posi tion in philosophy and logic. The course in Hel lenistic civilization described the Golden Age of Greece, the causes of its origin and decline. With a delightful sense of humor Kahlenberg portrayed the joys and frustrations of scientific discovery in the lives of great chemists. These five profes sors combined with parental influence and that of Professor Kowalke gave Allan an altruistic outlook on life and in his dedication to highly ethical and benevolent standards This served him well in his later administrative responsibilities and projects of community welfare. The present day stress on the importance of liberal courses in training of engineers was met by Colburn 40 years ago. In his college years, Allan became a proponent of the Single Tax theory of economist Henry George. This typified student protest forty years ago in contrast to the violence of today. The professional staff of the Chemical Engi neering Department in 1924 consisted of Profes sors Otto L. Kowalke, Oliver P. Watts and myself. Courses in industrial chemistry and unit opera tions were given by Professor Kowalke, applied electrochemistry by Watts and a calculation course applied thermal chemistry, b y myself. Allan was graduated in June 1926 with a FALL 1969 bachelors degree in science (BS) and high honors. An Engineering Fellowship was awarded him for continuation in graduate studies and research. This fellowship wa s later renewed for two addi tional years. At thi s time a new dormitory system for men was established at the University of Wisconsin. Allan was one of the first graduate students to be appointed as House Fellow. The responsibilities of this position entailed living with undergraduate students as counsellor, guide and friend. Allan received his MS degree in 1927 and PhD degree in 1929. In his graduate years Allan's two closest friends were Kenneth M. Watson and Louis F. Warrick. The former became a prominent chemical engi neer in his contributions to education and indus trial practice and the latter became the young State Sanitary Engineer of Wisconsin in 1927. A recent letter from Louis Warrick restores an intimate insight into Allan's zest for living and some of the extra curricular activities he enjoyed during student days. Before accepting a position with du Pont, Warrick and Colburn had made enthusiastic plans to form a partnership as consultants in solving problems in the abatement of water pollution and disposal of industrial wastes. Already forty years ago these two young men were aware of the dire consequences of water pollution the irrevocable evils of which are so strikingly evident today. THE RESEARCH PROJECT assigned to Allan for his doctorate thesis was to obtain experi mental data on heat and mass transfer coefficients in the condensation of water vapor from saturated air streams in a tubular gas condenser and to formulate correlations based thereon useful for design and operation. This project differed from conventional dehumidification in that it involved air saturated with water at high temperatures with great reduction s in volumetric and mass flow rates of the gasvapor stream during cooling and condensation. The Committee on Condensing and Scrubbing of the American Gas Association had collected operating data on tubular gas condensers used for refining crude coal gas with its high initial con tent of water vapor, hydrogen s ulfide, ammonia, c y anogen, naphthalene and tar. These data were 169
PAGE 12
gathered from commercial plants scattered widely throughout the United States. Professor Kowalke, as a member of this committee, assigned to me the task of trying to calculate and correlate the overall heat transmission coefficients from these data in terms of operating variables, physical properties and gas composition. I was unsuccess ful in making any meaningful correlations. In deed, correlation in terms of the geographical location of the plants seemed to be better than any rational attempt. The decision was made to establish data from carefully controlled operation of a laboratory scale tubular condenser using saturated airwater vapor mixtures under indus trial conditions of operation. In the period 192629 few graduate students were enrolled in chemical engineering at the Uni versity of Wisconsin. Prior to 1929 only three doctorate degrees had been granted. In guiding research towards a doctorate degree Allan was the only student assigned to me. A preliminary study of the condensation of water vapor from air saturated at high initial temperatures in a tubular condenser revealed many complexities. Three fluid stream resistances were involved, the airvapor stream, the con densate layer and the stream of cooling water besides the resistance of the metal barrier. The heat transfer coefficients of these three streams were to be established each in terms of its inde pendent variables. Because of large variations along the length of the condenser it was evident that coefficients of the individual streams should be determined at short intervals of condenser length. Calculations of average heat transmission coefficients of the vapor stream from usual log arithmic mean values of temperature drops at terminal conditions were meaningless, indeed, the temperature drop at the midsection of the con denser was usually greater than at either ter minal. In retrospect, considering the primitive status of scientific information and the com plexity of the problem, this investigation would at that time justify three projects with inde pendent approach to each. A vertical tubular condenser, six feet long, was constructed of three concentric pipes, 3, 7 and 10 inches nominal diameters, well insulated on the outer shell. Cooling water flowed through the inner pipe and saturated air flowed downwards through the two annular channels; the outer outer annular space served as a guard ring to gether with external insulation to minimize the 170 Colburn's genius consisted in his extraordinary capacity for intensive concentration with a mind unusually well organized for retention and retrieval. outward flow of heat. With only $100 available for mechanical help and additional apparatus over a span of three years, the equipment and instru mentation had to be assembled from supplies available in the stock room or borrowed from dis tressed laboratories, including piping, pumps, thermocouples, orifice meters and potentiometers. Allan constructed and calibrated all thermo couples and orifice meters. The construction and location of thermocouples were critical for mean ingful measurements. Multijunction couples were constructed for measuring average temperatures of the gas stream at each level of cross section. Single couples were located in isothermal areas to avoid errors by conduction. A traveling thermo couple was constructed and installed for measur ing the temperature of the cooling water. Tem peratures of the three adjoining fluid streams and the central pipe wall were measured simul taneously at successive short intervals of length. Under commercial conditions of operation natural convection predominated in the stream of cooling water; both laminar flow and turbulence occurred in the gas stream; the condensate accelerated from laminar flow to turbulence with rippling at the bottom of the tube. T HE MEASUREMENT AND CORRELATION of heat transmission coefficients of fluid streams was in a primitive stage in 1926 when Colburn began his experimental and theoretical studies. Most published experiments had been conducted within the preceding ten years. The most significant work had been carried out in Germany. This appeared in the German language without published translation in English. In the United States chemical engineers required that formulations of transfer coefficients be expressed in terms of molecular properties and operating variables. Other engineers were still satisfied with specific values of overall coefficients and physicists had virtually abandoned the field upon discover ing the empirical nature involved. Principles of heat conduction in solids had been well known for over a century starting with the mathematical theory of Fourier in 1822 for the unsteady state. These formulations were extended in the texts of Ingersoll and Zobel in 1913 and by Carslaw and Jaeger in 1921. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
PAGE 13
Colburn was an ideal student, scientist, and engineer. . he had an unusual capacity for clarity of expression . (and promoted) self confidence and ambition in others. The analogy between mass, heat and momen tum transfer in flowing fluids was presented by Prandtl in 1910 based in part upon pressure drop formulations of Reynolds in 1874. In England work was reported in 1916 by Pannel for air flow ing through tubes and by Stender in Germany for water flowing through tubes. A theoretical equa tion for the transfer of heat by free convection in fluids was developed by Lorenz in 1881 and greatly improved by Nusselt in 1915. Nusselt in 1910 also pioneered in deriving theoretical equa tions for the transmission of heat through con densate layers flowing over vertical surfaces and horizontal cylinders. At the time of Colburn's studies and just prior thereto five books on general heat transmission appeared in Germany, namely by Grober (1921 and 1926), by Merkel (1927), Bosch (1927) and Schack (1921). These were then without English translation. The first authoritative book on heat transmission printed in English and applicable to general engineering processes was that of Mc Adams in 1933 but this book did not appear until seven years after Colburn started his research. McAdams' text and researches generated wide attention to research in heat transmission throughout the United States and among other branches of engineering besides chemical. Allan proceeded at once to read intensively the German sources relying on his high school in struction and his preparation for absolving the German language requirement of the doctorate degree. The extraction of complex theoretical principles from lengthy German dissertations re quired exceptional capacity for intensive concen tration. Allan studied the original German sources with intense concentration over long intervals of time to the point of pain and fatigue. Colburn had exceptional capacity for retaining the argu ments and voluminous observations of previous investigators with subsequent instant recall. Col burn's genius consisted in this extraordinary ca pacity for intensive concentration with a mind unusually well organized for retention and re trieval. In his graduate years Allan devoted fully half of his time to theoretical studies and experimenta tion related to his thesis over a period of three years. In his efforts to establish simultaneously the principles of heat and mass transfer in fluid FALL 1969 streams, condensate layers and water streams with free convection, Allan suffered many periods of despair and frustration especially in his efforts to reconcile his data with the formulations of others. But he always bounced back with a zest for scientific discovery and to infuse the same spirit in others. F I:OM HIS BOYHOOD DAYS in the recreational area of Northern Wisconsin with its forests and lakes, it was natural for Allan to seek relaxation from his strenuous intellectual pur suits and frustrations in outofdoor sports the year around, in tennis, canoeing, golf, fishing, skating and iceboating. In connection with recreation his friend Lou Warrick records a vivid and humorous account of Allan's discovery of 'hot ice'. In iceboating to gether on Lake Mendota their speeding boat struck rough ice and Allan was projected there from at high speed over the rough surface on the seat of his pants. Upon recovery Allan feel ing his posterior exclaimed, "Gee, Lou, this is the first time I realized that ice can get hot!" Because of the great tragedy in health which be fell Allan a few years later few people were aware of his early athletic prowess. Colburn's computational facilities were limited to the use of the slide rule, to laborious calcula tions and plotting by hand. In experimental work he received some aid from two seniors working for academic credit, namely Robert E. Zinn and George F. Hrubesky Today Allan's monumental task would be greatly facilitated by electronic computers with generous financial subsidies for experimental and computational aid. It should be recalled again that Allan had only $100 available for research aid. In his graduate years Allan restricted his ad vanced studies to scientific work related to his thesis. Liberal reading became extra curricular. His advanced studies included a course in heat conduction under Professor Leonard R. Ingersoll, higher mathematics under Professor R. W. Bab cock and advanced chemistry courses under Pro fessors J. Howard Mathews, Farrington Daniels, and John W. Williams. Allan was also fortunate in taking courses under two visiting professors, with the Russian chemist A. M. Frumkin in col(Continued on page 193.) 171
PAGE 14
Esso Research and Engineering Company, the principal technical affiliate of Standard Oil Company (N. J.) provides research and en gineering services to 250 world wide affiliates with assets of over thirteen billion dollars. The Chemical Engineer plays a vital role in helping us meet these vast responsibilities But most important to him, he functions in an environment as dedicated as that of the university Chemical Engineering department For our CHEMICAL ENGINEERS GET TOTALLY INVOLVED IN A TOTAL ENGINEERING ENVIRONMENT ultimate goal is the same as that of the university; namely the ex tension of knowledge and the bet terment of the human condition through long term fundamental and applied research, and the accomplishment of immediate ob jectives through the economical design and operation of plants and equipment. Whether he possesses a B S., an M.S., or a PhD., and whether he works in Product/Process Re search and Development, Appli AT ESSO cations and Technical Services, Process Engineering, Project De sign or Process Selection and Economics, the Chemical Engi neer serves with his professional peers He learns from them; he teaches them. But he advances as far as his own talents take him, wherever his interests lead him; either in a technical or ad ministrative capacity. Total involvement . in a total chemical engineering environ ment That's Esso. For full details on the opportunities available, contact: Dr P H Watkins Employment Coordinator Dept. C S27 ESSO RESEARCH AND ENGINEERING COMPANY P.O BOX 175, Linden, New Jersey 07036 An Equal Opportunity Employer (M / F)
PAGE 15
A. P. COLBURN A DISTINGUISHED CAREER ALLAN PHILIP COLBURN was born in Madison, Wisconsin, on June 8, 1904. He grad uated from Rhinelander High School and attended Marquette University for two years before com pleting his education at the University of Wiscon si n, where he received his bachelor's degree in chemical engineering in 1926 his master's degree in 1927 and his doctorate in 1929. From 19291938, he was engaged in chemical eng ine ering research at the Du Pont Experimental Station in Wilmington. On May 1, 1938, he became associate professor of chemical engineering and acting head of the University of Delaware's Department of Chem ic al Engineering. As chairman of the department, he was responsible for developing a wide research program in cooperation with industry and govern mental agencies. In 1947 he became Assistant to the President with his chief responsibility that of assisting in the development of research through out the University. Dr. Colburn was Acting Presi dent of the University from April 1, 1950, to No vember 1950 and, upon the arrival of former President John A. Perkins, he was appointed Provost. At the time of his death in 1955 he was Provost and Coordinator of Scientific Research. During World War II, Dr. Colburn was instru mental in directing the use of the chemical engi neering laboratories at the University on solving war research problems for the National Defense Research Committee, the National Advisory Com mittee for Aeronautics, the Office of Rubber Re serve, and for various war industries. He further assisted in the direction of war research else where. With Dr. B. F. Dodge of Yale, he prepared the curriculum on chemical engineering for the Army, which was taught in the A.S.T. Program throughout the war years. In 1948 he was honored as the first recipient of the Professional Progress Award in Chemical Engineering. The award was the first major, gen eral award in the field of chemical engineering. Twelve years earlier the AIChE had given him the Walker Award for outstanding publications. Active in professional societies, Dr. Colburn was director and chairman of the A wards Com mittee and chairman of the Publications Com mittee for the AIChE, on whose council he also served His memberships included the ASME, for FALL 1969 whose Heat Transfer Division he was an advisory associate and former chairman; the ACS, the NEA, ASEE, AAUP the AAAS, and the Newco men Society of England. He was a member and former chairman of the Committee on Coopera tion with the Military Services for the Engineer ing Colleges Research Council of the ASEE. In the Delaware Section, ACS, he served as both councilor and member of the education committee. He was an alternate member of the Committee on Chemical Warfare of the Research and Develop ment Board of the DOD. Honorary societies of which he was a member were Phi Kappa Phi, Phi Lamba Upsilon, Tau Beta Pi and Sigma Xi. He was director of the Delaware Chapter of the American Red Cross, and was a member of the research committee of the Delaware Branch, American Cancer Society. He also served on the research committee of the Delaware Academy of Medicine and was a mem ber of the Delaware Section of the AntiTuber culosis Society and the Sigma Phi Eplison social fraternity. A nationally recognized authority in chemical engineering, Dr. Colburn was the author of many publictions. His papers dealt with heat transfer, fluid flow, distillation, absorption and extracting, and various other technical subjects. He also wrote several textbooks. While his original interest was in engineering and basic science research, Dr. Colburn appre ciated the importance of developing research in the social science area and in broadening the edu cational programs of students so that they might better understand human relations and interna tional affairs. He was active in developing the University's Institute of InterAmerican Study and Research, the Institute for Human Relations, the Marine Laboratories and the evening pro grams of the Division of University Extension. As his longtime friend and associate, Dr. Robert L. Pigford, aptly stated, "He was the 'man of all seasons' at the University of Dela ware, the prime example for some of us of the uses of scholarship in the fullest way, the best administrator I have seen, the truest friend of student and colleague, the man who makes me remember best that teaching engineering can be just plain fun." R epri nt e d f r om Univ er sity of D e lawa re N ew s, Fall 1968. 173
PAGE 16
WHY MATHEMATICS? NEAL R. AMUNDSON Un i v e rsity of Min ne sota Mi nne a p olis, Mi nn 55455 COURSES IN APPLIED MATHEMATICS for chemical engineers are relatively recent addi tions to graduate programs, although some go back about twentyfive years. Often such courses were initiated because of a certain dissatisfaction with pure mathematics offerings and the reluct ance of mathematicians to teach topics in applied mathematics. Courses with purely mathematical content should be taught in mathematics depart ments, while those offered in chemical engineer ing departments should contain something else. That something else is usually associated with the name "model building," although if the course is primarily that it should probably be given as a part of one of the regular engineering science courses. In short, we seem to be speaking here of an offering which neither fits into the regular framework of a mathematics department nor into the regular kinetics, reactor, transport, control, and thermodynamics scheme of the conventional department. In addition to model building, the course must provide instruction in a number of techniques and actually show the student how to solve problems, a feature that is often anathema to the pure mathematician. In this seems to lie the reason for its being. Early courses were primarily exercises in elementary ordinary differ ential equations with applications to chemical kinetics and oversimplified models of the unit operations. The emphasis is still on differential equations but other topics with a more recent origin are now included. Our own course has gone through almost a continuous change in the last twenty years and is taken by almost all graduate students throughout their first year in residence. The purpose of such a course is not to make mathematicians of engi neers but rather to give the student enough ex perience that he can better cope with the other graduate courses in the department. Such a course 174 N ea l Amundson i s R ege nt s Prof ess or and H e ad of the D e partm e nt at th e Universit y o f Minnesota Hi s dis tingui s h e d care e r a s educator include s assignment s as Fulbri g ht Scholar and Guggenh e im F e llow at Cambridge Univ er sity and In s titute Lectu r e r for AIChE. H e r eceived the Industrial and En g ineering C h e mist r y Award of ACS in 1960 and the William H. Walk e r Award of AIChE in 1961. His research int e rests include the application of mathematics to chemical e ngin e e r ing proces s es. is valuable for the MS student since he may take little other physically motivated mathematics during his one year of course work. For the PhD student it can serve as the first course where significant and complex problems may be solved by advanced techniques and if he has theoretical inclinations frequently urges him on to take more abstruse and rigorous courses from a proper mathematician. As mentioned earlier, our own course has changed considerably through the years and this was forced on us by the fact that new graduate students now enter with a consid erably better background than formerly. The average entering student has now had about three y ears of undergraduate mathematics, some have had four y ears, and onl y a few the minimum required for the BS degree. This creates a prob lem for the instructor, for the class is very hetero geneous not only in terms of quantity of mathe matical experience but also because of the fact that in terms of coverage junior and senior mathematics courses can be much more variable than those of the first two undergraduate years. Because of the former I have attempted to give material which will overlap as little as possible with what I think they ma y have been exposed to. There is an additional problem since many of them are taking advanced mathematics courses concurrently. A number of theoretical and numer ical problems are assigned and the s e seem to be a CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
PAGE 17
It is important that a student understand the engineerin g significance of these concepts (linear dependence of solutions, existence and uniqueness, and continuous dependence of the solutions on the data) and what they tell him about a mathematical model . departure from mathematical experience of most of the students, and I believe may be the most valuable part of the course. These are graded and returned to the student. For the most part the problems are long and an attempt is made to com plement the lectures bring out points not cov ered, and to illustrate the numerical procedures and difficulties. Over half of the students do the numerical problems on the University Computer (CDC 6600) although no time in the course is spent on programming. Usually a student will do between 25 and 40 problems in each tenweek quarter. The course is run from 8 :00 to 10 :00 on Tuesdays and Thursdays (with a fiveminute break) and largely as a lecture, although because of the small class size (1525 students) there are frequent interruptions for questions. The fall quarter for some years has covered essentially the content of m y book on matrices1, although not all of the book is covered in any single offering. Sections of the book may be skipped and assigned as reading. Other sections are omitted entirely and this varies from year to year. Chapters 1, 2, a nd 3 are covered almost entirely along with Chapter 4, through section 4.8; occasionally section 4.12 is presented. Chapter 5 through section 5.14 is in many respects the mo st important part of the course. A choice is usually made among the sections in Chapter 6, not all of it being given. Chapter 7 through sec tion 7 .13 is almost always presented. On rare occasions a shortened version of sections 8.18.12 is included. The two volumes of Gantmacher 2 serve as a reference for the course. All of the material presented in this quarter has a sort of nineteenthcenturyish ring about it and I have thought for some time that it should be modernized, probabl y in the direction of Shilov 3 "Theory of Linear Spaces" and with in troduction of material on tensor analysis (covered at Minnesota in the first graduate course in fluid mechanics) This has not come to pass yet, but probably will since the transition to functional analysis would be much easier. The winter and spring quarters are devoted to an organized exposition of ordinary and partial differential equations with related topics. It is assumed that the student understands the gen erat ion of solutions of simple differential equaFALL 1969 tions. Some time is spent on the theory of differ ential equations covering linear dependence of solutions, existence and uniqueness, and continu ous dependence of the solutions on the data. It is important that a student understand the engi neering significance of these concepts and what they tell him about a mathematical model, for in the qualitative theory of differential equations these ideas play a central role. A good bit of time is spent on seeking to extract as much informa tion as possible about the solution from the model without recourse to numbers. It is surprising how much information one can obtain for stirred re actors, tubular reactors 4, simple distillation schemes, heat conduction, diffusion, etc., from the equations by using qualitative but rigorous argu ments such as existence and uniqueness and the various maximum principles for both ordinary and partial differential equations. Often all of the intuitively obvious qualitative physical properties of the system can be drawn from the equations and this is the ultimate test of a model. For ex ample, it should not be necessary to compute a solution to prove that a molfraction lies between zero and one in a distillation calculation, that in an adiabatic tubular reactor there can be no tem perature maximum, or that in an absorption column the transient cannot oscillate. After this qualitative theory a brief discussion of numerical methods for ordinary differential equations is given covering predictorcorrector schemes and RungeKutta methods with applica tions. The question of numerical stability is briefly discussed since anyone who does a sig nificant amount of computer work eventually runs into stability problems. At this time a general discussion of the nth order linear differential operator is begun. Most of the interesting problems in ordinary and par tial differential equations are boundary value problems. The concept of the adjoint operator and adjoint boundary conditions is introduced and the general idea of a selfadjoint boundary value problem is presented. For example, given the nth order operator L d ny dn ly dn 2y Ly=a o+ al + a2 + + any dxn dx 0 1 dxn 2 the adjoint operator L operating on z is 175
PAGE 18
Nature operates on inputs to give outputs while mathematical operators, couched in the language of differential equations, operate on outputs to give inputs. + d dx (a 0 _1 Z) + anZ and it may then be shown if the region of interest of x is (a,b) that f tzLy yL z) dx = 1r(z,y) where 1r (z,y) is called the bilinear concomitant and contains the functions z and y and their first (n1) derivatives evaluated at a and b. In most physical problems we are given n boundary condi tions on y, n is even, and we have n / 2 boundary at x=a and n / 2 at x = b which we assume are homogeneous. Suppose these boundary conditions are denoted collectively by Y(y)=0 A fundamental theorem says that there exists a set of boundary conditions on z, called adjoint, unique except for linear combinations such that Z(z) =0 so that II (z, y) =0 The system made up of the operator L and the boundary condition Y is said to be selfadjoint if L = L* and Y=Z f (zLy y*z) dx=0 b L can only be selfadjoint if its order is even. This equation is a form of Green's Theorem and is the key formula in much of that which follows. Our aim is to study linear differential equations on finite domains. In most applications these are second or fourth order operators, the former aris ing in heat conduction and diffusion problems and the latter in elasticity and fluid mechanics. We assume that the students know how to find solu tions of ordinary differential equations either by inspection, expansion in series, or numerically. (A pamphlet on series solutions is handed out to the students but is not discussed.) 176 We con s ider a selfadjoint eigenvalue problem Lw = 'Apw; a < x < b W ( w ) = 0; x = a and / or x=b where pis a function of x and p(x) > 0. W(w) stand s collectively for the n boundary conditions. There are a number of theorems on the existence and character of the eigenvalues and eigenfunc tions of such a s y stem. To be brief, however there exists a discrete sequence of real eigenvalues A 1 A 2 'A. 3 .. and a corresponding s et of eigenfunctions w 1 (x) w 2 (x), w 3 (x) ... with an orthogonality prop erty f w J W 1 dx=0 ; i =#= j a Provided the set of functions [w n (x)] is complete with respect to a certain class of functions f (x) we can expand f (x) into a series with 00 f (x) = I c i w J (x) j=l c(j) = f bp(x)f(x)w J (x)dx a provided the eigenfunctions have been normal ized. These two relations pla y an important role, for if we write 00 f (x) = l C j Wj (x) j=l then c (j) is called the finite Fourier transform of f (x) and f (x) is the inverse Fourier transform of c (j). Without laboring the point here this pair of formulae may be used to solve a number of partial differential equations in an almost automatic w'ay once one recognizes the operator L and its asso ciated boundary conditions. If a partial differen tial equation has the form L y = p(x) M( y ) with boundar y conditions CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
PAGE 19
All of our problems are physically motivated and the translation of the problem into mathematical terms is not mathematics. Y(y) = 0 where Mis an operator not containing x explicitly and having its own boundary or initial conditions. We can write Wn Ly= pWn M(y) and integrate with respect to x Using the Green's formula we obtain An f ~(x) Wn(X) y(x) dx=M f w n y dx a a or This is a system which is simpler since all refer ence to x has been removed and may be solved (hopefully) to give Cn and hence y(x) by using the inverse transform. In the course this idea is exploited to obtain solutions of a wide variety of diffusion, heat transfer, and reactor problems, and, while, in principle, it is no different than separation of variables, it possesses an automatic quality which appeals to the students. At this point we also discuss Duhamel's Theorem and the relationship among solutions for impulse, step function, periodic, random, and gen eral inputs, thereby solving the nonhomogeneous problems which have been avoided up to this time. A qualitative discussion ensues showing the dif ference between mathematical operators and natural operators. Nature operates on inputs to give outputs while mathematical operators, couched in the language of differential equations, operate on outputs to give inputs. For example, a distillation column operates on inputs (feeds) to give outputs (products). The model for a distilla tion column in the steady state is a system of algebraic relations (which must be inverted) among the outputs. Some mention of nonself ad joint problems is also made showing how the bi orthogonal set of eigenfunctions can be used to generate finite Fourier transforms for these problems. However, because of the extreme diffi culty of numerical work the problem is not pur sued in detail. Using solutions to problems on finite domains FALL 1969 standard limiting procedures may now be used to find Fourier transforms for a variety of boundary conditions on semiinfinite domains (infinite hol low cylinders, etc.). The bag of the student has thus been equipped with a technique which will produce solutions with ease and his confidence is increased. A discussion of the Laplace transform is also included with applications to partial dif ferential equations. This discussion usually takes until about the sixth week of the spring quarter (a total of approximately fifteen weeks). One of the difficult things about differential equations is that there are no textbooks available intermediate in level between the elementary undergraduate books and books such as Codding ton and Levinson 5, Ince 6, Hartman7,, etc. The book by W einberger 8 is an excellent intermediate book on partial differential equations but there is no corresponding treatment for ordinary differential equations. I have used some parts of Kaplan 9 and Ross 1 0 but it is surprising that with the number of books on differential equations and the age of the topic there are none that are really suitable. The remainder of the quarter (5 weeks) is spent in a variety of ways, but for the past two years first order partial differential equations have been presented with applications to chrom atography. This is a topic not wellpresented in the literature (a lacuna which Professor Aris and I hope to fill). At other times topics such as dynamic programming and calculus of variations, stochastic processes, numerical solution of partial differential equations with stability considera tions, continuous models for discrete processes and many others have been presented. The question arises as to how much rigor should be presented in such a course. The writer has a simple answer to this. Rigor is presented when ever the student feels the need for it. The solution of a partial differential equation involves a series of arbitrary operations and the bright student should ask whether what one obtains really is a solution to the problem. Such a proof requires the introduction of some rigor and it is not avoided. Different representations of a solution frequently arise and the student should wonder whether they are the same; a uniqueness proof is in order here and it is given. Expansions of functions into series require completeness of the set of functions (Continued on page 203.) 177
PAGE 20
THEORIES, CORRELATIONS and UNCERTAINTIES for WA YES, GRADIENTS and FLUXES STUART W. CHU RCHILL University of Pennsylvania Philad e lphia, Pa. 19104 OBJECTIVES AND PROCEDURES The students in the class have done their baccalaureate work in a large number of other schools. Therefore a primary consideration of the course must be the diversity of their preparation, which on each topic ranges from zero through superficial acq uaintance to real understanding. The individual students shift between these posi eions as the topics change. Those who are under prepared must be given sufficient encouragement and guidance and time for remedial selfstudy. Those who are overprepared mu s t at the same time be kept challenged. Ideally each lecture begins from a position of s ecurity for the least prepared and ends at a level which temporarily distresses even the bestprepared. Problems with progressively more difficult parts are assigned. Special readings and problems are suggested for those "who have the time and inclination." The class is at first surprised that these optional prob lems are discussed as well as the assigned ones, but soon gets the intended message. Students appear to learn most readily by first examining very simple phenomena and models apd then considering the effect of added com plexities. Hence the equations, algebraic or differ ential, for onedimensional, limiting cases are first derived. Then terms and dimensions are gradually added. Reduction of unsteady state, threedimen sional partial differential equations to simple cases does not appear to achieve the same rapidity or degree of understanding . I consider it an obligation to demonstrate a convincing and significant application for every model theory or solution which is presented and 178 Stuart W. Churchill became the first Carl V. S. Patter son Prof ess or of Chemical Engine er in g at the Uni vers ity of P e nnsylvania in 1967. H e received th e BSE in both chemical e ngineerin g and engineering mathemati cs in 1942, the MSE in 1948 and the PhD in 195 2, all from the University of Michigan. From 1942 to 1947 he worked for the Shell Oil Company and the Fronti er Chemical Company He became an Instructor at the Universit y of Michigan in 1950, rose to Professor in 1957 and served as Chairman of the Department of Chemical and Metal lurgical Engineering from 19621967. He is currently directing research in combustion, natural convection, freezing, fluid mechanics and dryin g. to point out the deficiencies and limitations of each model and the uncertainties in the support ing data. Home problems are ass i gned corresponding to each class meeting. In addition the students are frequently asked to complete or extend the deriva tions presented in the le ctures. Several longer and optional problems, e.g., to be done on the com puter or to be considered as part of the final examination, are assigned during the semester. The students are sometimes asked to prepare an examination question and solution. The problems are a major ingredient of the course and may illuminate a matter barely mentioned in the lec tures. The aim is therefore for completion and good comprehension by all students. Teamwork is encquraged with the admonition that anyone who fails to participate as a full partner will ultimately injure only himself. Incredibly, a few graduate students still arrive without digital computing experience. Hence it is difficult to make full use of the computer in this first course. Optional and group problems are assigned and di.scussed in terms of cotnpu_tational CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
PAGE 21
... a textbook ... is probably not desirable in any graduate course . methods when appropriate. The students are en couraged to elect hardcore courses in numerical methods as well as to develop the capability to use the University's computing systems. The entire semester could easily be spent on any one of the general subjects indicated by the headings below. Some departments of chemical and mechanical engineering do indeed offer ~p to eight courses on this subject matterresulting in more complete but not necessarily deeper cover age. However my general objective is neither to describe the art and equipment nor to cover the literature of heat transfer and fluid mechanics, but rather to present a methodology for inter preting and using data and concepts for the an alysis and prediction of chemical and physical processes. The technology of momentum and heat transfer provides convenient and stimulating ex amples. If a scientific and operational pointof view is the objective, specific subject matter is of secondary importance and can be chosen primarily for illustrative and motivational purposes. It is amazing how much material becomes redundant when the emphasis is shifted to methods of analysis and solution. My specific objectives are ( 1) to give an idea of the character and current state of knowledge in fluid mechanics and heat transfer, (2) to show how to construct and test firstorder and better models and (3) to develop capability, motivation and confidence for future selfstudy. A textbook is not used in the course. Indeed a textbook in the classical sense is probably undesir able in any graduate course in engineering. It gives the false impression that the subject is wellknown and completely covered. Books at this level, with the exception of a few monograms, invariably purport to cover a wider range of material than the authors have mastered. The students arrive with the false notion that the equations, data and statements in the standard textbooks are almost sacred. Sometimes I use these familiar books as a foil, pointing out errors, inconsistencies and misinterpretations to encour age them to read critically and skeptically. Readings are assigned in a variety of books and journals. Reference lists are distrib~ted on each topic for optional and future reading to make the students feel that they are scholars rather than mere receptors. I accept and try to implement FALL 1969 John W. Gardner's precept that "the ultimate goal of the educational system is to shift to the individual the burden of pursuing his own educa tion." A significant fraction of the lecture mate rial and problems is taken from the very current literature. Notes are distributed in advance for much of the lecture material in order to discour age the frantic transcription of everything written on the blackboard. A course should evolve from semester to s emes ter in reflection of new developments and concepts in science, engineering and computation and also in response to the changing attitudes and inter e s ts of the students. Currently they are concerned about the relevance of their studies. Insofar as possible a response is provided to this demand in the choice of topics and home problems and also by the allocation of some time to the discussion of professional matters. My absences are gener ally used for quizzes. On returning I usually ex plain why I was away. This often provokes a discussion of extracurricular topics. Tom Baron says a lecture should, like a bull fight, combine grace and excitement. An attempt is made to keep the lectures lively, even at the expense of organization. The students are encour aged to flag me down if they are lost and to chal lenge me if they are disbelieving. COURSE TOPICS COVERED Inertial (NonViscous) Flows Inertial flow is chosen as a first topic because of simplicity (onedimensional, algebraic equa tions are adequate for a first approximation) and because much of the subject is riew to most of the students. Adiabatic and isothermal, reversible expansions and their application to orifices, venturi meters and nozzles are reviewed rapidly. The equations for weak pressure waves "(acoustic waves ) are de rived and applied to the pro b lem o{ ~aximum flow through nozzles, including overexpansion and underexpansion, then to the behavior of rocket motors and finally to choked flow in pipes (here including viscous losses). The equations for gravity, shock and detona tion waves, each with reflection, are next devel oped and applied to openchannel flow, chemical shock tubes and the failure of process equipment, respectively. Viscous Flows The models and data for the viscosity of gases (including kinetic theory) and of liquids (includ179
PAGE 22
Right now, Westvaco engineers are revolutionizing paper for printing, reprographics,computers, clothing, packaging, disposables, structures. And chemicals for coatings, pharmaceuticals,inks, tires, soaps,and waxes. And adsorbents for environmental control Yourjob: Our next revolution. See our campus representative. Or write to: Roger Keehn, Westvaco Building, 299 Park Avenue, New York, N Y. 10017 Westvaco An equal opportunity employer 180 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
PAGE 23
. . a lecture should, like a bull fight, combine grace and excitement ... (Tom Baron) ing nonNewtonian behavior) are examined. One dimensional material and momentum balances are first derived for laminar flow down inclined planes, inside tubes, etc., then the integral equa tions for the boundary layer, emphasizing the fortunate insensitivity of the drag to the pos tulated velocity distribution. The threedimensional, unsteady state, partial differential equations for the conservation of mass and momentum are next derived with emphasis on the ph y sical significance of the various terms. Although most students have previously been ex posed to this material, they readily admit that they attained no real understanding as under graduates. These equations are simplified to some of the cases of laminar flow previously derived in one dimension, and are simplified and solved for a few more complex problems. The Blasius problem is used to introduce the HellumsChurchill tech nique for the reduction of partial differential equations. This technique is also used to demon strate that the equations do indeed describe tur bulent flow and that some information on tur bulent flows can be obtained by dimensional an alysis alone Some of the empirical models for the time averaged turbulent shear stress are examined in a historical framework with emphasis on their success in generalizing the data for the velocity distribution and drag The various ways of plot ting the data for drag in pipes are examined as an illustration of correlation. Other topics in momentum transfer are con sidered depending on the available time. (The schedule and hence some of these extra topics are frequently sacrificed for comprehension or for professional diversions which interest the class). Usually flow through porous media and the drag of particles are retained with applica tions to fluidization, filtration etc. Conduction Models and data for thermal conduction and thermal diffusivity are first examined, including kinetic theory, heterogeneity and meanfreepath effects. The usefulness of the Van Dusen trans formation for variable conductivity is noted. Conduction between plates, concentric cylinders FALL 1969 and concentric spheres, and outside spheres and cylinders is reviewed. The equations for three dimensional, unsteady state conduction are de rived. The comparative usefulness of various exact methods such as conforal mapping, the Laplace transform and separation of variables, and approximate methods, such as mapping, bounding and patching, are discussed. The use of Duhamel's formula both analytically and numeri cally is described. Numerical methods for both steady and un steady state problems are developed in limited depth primarily in the hope of whetting the appe tite for a complete course in numerical analysis. Laminar Convection The integral equations and solutions for the laminar boundary layer and the Graetz solution for fully developed laminar flow in a pipe are examined. (The detailed evaluation of the co efficients and the eigenwerte are deferred to the algebraically eager student as an extracurricular exercise). The analog of the Graetz solution for a powerlaw fluid is an example of an extension of a derivation which is assigned as a home prob lem. Other solutions for laminar flow in a channel under different conditions are examined and com pared. The equations for laminar, free convection are used as an illustration of the power of generalized dimensional analysis to produce the correct form of the solutions and empirical correlations for large Pr, small Pr, uniform heat flux and even fully developed turbulent motion. The success of asymptotic methods in producing firstorder solu tions of great generality is noted. The Nusselt equation for condensation is de rived and the effects of finite heat capacity, curvature and nonNewtonian behavior are con sidered in home problems. Emmon's generalization for condensation, film boiling, free convection and melting is presented as an illustration of the analogous nature of these four gravitational processes and of the great power of firstorder analysis. Turbulent Convection The onedimensional empirical models and analogies for turbulent forced convection are compared with each other, with the twodimen sional solutions and with the data. Again, the insensitivity of the solutions to the several pos181
PAGE 24
tulates is emphasized as the reason for the sur prising success of all of the models. Radiation The models and data for emission, absorption, transmission and scattering by solids and fluids are first examined. The integral and differential properties are contrasted. Interchange between black, gray, adiabatic and specular s urface s is considered. Analytical methods and results (including differential ex tensions), numerical methods and results, the electric circuit analog and the radiosity formu lation are included. REPRESENTATIVE PROBLEMS The character and scope of a course are per haps most evident from the problems which are assigned. Hence, a few representative problems are given below. Because of space limitations these problems are somewhat atypical in that they are restricted to those with very short state ments and hence are simpler, involve less input data and are less applied than most of those assigned in the course. 1. A shock wave is generated in a tube containing air at an initial pressure of 0.10 atmosphere and 60 F. The measured velocity of the wave is 7200 ft/sec. If the wave reflects off the closed end of the tube to what pres sure and temperature will the wall be subjected? Note all assumptions. 2. Will adding to the length of the diverging section of .a rocket nozzle increase the thrust? Explain. 3. A planar shock wave propagates indefinitely, pro ducing an increase in temperature, pressure and density. What is the source of energy for this compression and heating? 4. Water and npentane are pumped at equal volumetric rates between two horizontal parallel plates. Determine the location of the interface for fully developed laminar flow. 5. In cylindrical coordinates the Coriolis force is pu u / r and the centrifugal force is pu 2 /r Show r e e whether or not eac}:i of those terms has a zero or finite, timeaveraged value for fully developed turbulent flow in a straight pipe. Do these terms affect the pressure gradients? Explain. 6. On a dry, 70 F day with a barom e tric pressure of 740 mm. Hg, a pitcher is able to throw a baseball with sufficient force so that it arrives at the plate 60 feet away with a velocity of 90 miles per hour. Assuming that he throws with the same force, what would be the maximum and minimum velocities at the plate if all combinations of weather from 40 F to 100 F, zero to saturated hu midity and 730 to 760 mm Hg were encountered during the season? Neglect the effect of ambient conditions on the ball itself. 7. A large block of copper at 100 F is brought in 182 contact with a large block of steel at 200 F along two plane faces of the blocks. Calculate the temperature of the interface as a function of time. 8. The mean monthly air temperature at Detroit varies as follows in F: J, 29; F, 28; M, 37; A, 48; M, 57; J, 63; J, 65; A, 65; S, 62; 0, 54; N, 43; and D, 32. Assuming that the surface temperature equals the air tem perature and that moisture, curvature and geological ef fects may be neglected, calculate the temperature at a depth of 10 feet as a function of time. The soil may be as sumed to have a specific gravity of 1.75, a thermal conduc tivity of 1.4 x 103 cal/cmsecC and a specific heat of 0.25. 9. Starting with the general integral formulation, de rive a numerical value for the asymptotic Nusselt num ber for fully developed laminar flow and a fully developed temperature field in a circular tube with a uniform heat flux density at the wall 10. Determine by dimensional analysis alone the mini mum functional relationship between the local heat trans fer coefficient and the other variables for laminar, steady, free convection of a powerlaw fluid to a vertical plate at uniform temperature. The usual assumptions of boun dary layer theory may be employed and the inertial terms may be neglected. 11. Experimental data are to be obtained for con vective heat transfer and pressure drop in smooth pipes. Experience suggests that for the chosen conditions, (hD / k) / (Cp / k)l / 3 and (dP / dL) (Dp / G 2 ) can be ex pected to be different functions of DG / only. Suggest dimensionless coordinates for a graphical correlation of the measured heat transfer coefficient as a function of the measured pressure gradient such that neither coordi nate contains the velocity. 12. A reaction in a very viscous material is to be carried out in a scrapedsurface heat exchanger. The heat of reaction and heat of viscous dissipation may be neglected. It is proposed to double both the length of the exchanger and the flow rate. Will be conversion be greater, equal or less? Why? Will the outlet temperature be greater, equa l or less? Why? 13. Calculate the error resulting from the following approximation for the interchange factor between a square surface and a parallel differential s urface at a normal distance equal to the side of the square. Subdivide the square into four square elements and sum the inter change factors for these e l ements using the center points only. 14. A cloud reduces the radiant flux from the sun by 40 % Estimate the reduction to be obtained if the thick ness of the cloud were tripled (a) assuming absorption and negligible scattering (b) assuming scattering and negligible absorption ACKNOWLEDGMENT Many colleagues, including particularly R. R. White, J. 0. Wilkes and D. A. Saville, and many, many students at both the University of Michigan and the Uni versity of Pennsylvania have contributed to the development of the philosophy and details of this course. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
PAGE 25
uni The world of Union Oil salutes the world of chemical engineering We at Union Oil are particularly indebted to the colleges and universities which educate chem i cal engineers Because their graduates are the scientists who contribute immeasurably to the position Union enjoys today: Th e th ir t iet h larg e st ma n u fact ur i n g c o mp any in th e Un i t e d Stat e s wi th ope r a t ions th rou gh ou t th e wo r ld. Union today explores for and produces oil and natural gas in such distant places as the Persian Gulf and Alaska s Cook Inlet. We market petroleum products and petro chemicals throughout the free world. Our research scientists are constantly discovering new ways to do things better In fact we have been granted more than 2 700 U S patents We and our many subsidiaries are engaged in such diverse projects as developing new refining processes, develop1ng new fertilizers to increase the food yield, and the conservation of air and water. Today, Union Oil's growth is dynamic; Tomorrow will be even more stimulating Thanks largely to people who join us from leading institutions of learning. If you enjoy working in an atmosphere of imagination and challenge why not look into the world of Union Oil? Growth .. with innovation Union Oil Company of California n
PAGE 26
FLUID DYNAMICS THOMASJ.HANRATTY Univ e rsity of Illinois Urbana, Illinois 61801 Fluid dynamics plays a central role in many problems of interest to chemical engineers. Be cause of this, the semester course in the area pre sented by the ChE Division of the University of Illinois has been one of the most durable offerings in its graduate curriculum. I have taught this course since 1953 and one similar to it had existed many years prior to my involvement. My goal is to present a unified treatment of fluid dynamics to students who have had courses in differential equations and transport phenomena and who have some knowledge of vector notation. The content reflects the philosophy within the Division that the more advanced and more current aspects of any field are covered in our Special Topics courses and in our seminars. (For example, in recent years I have conducted seminars on tur bulence, hydrodynamic stability, continuum me chanics, water waves, numerical solutions of the equations of fluid mechanics, rheology and in modern aspects of boundary layer theory ) As a result, the fluid dynamics course is largely based on material available in a number of textbooks. It is intended that it be a starting point for ad vanced studies of the current literature, which are best done in an informal fashion. At present, the course is in transition because of the introduction by most schools of more ad vanced topics in fluid dynamics at the under graduate level. One of my chief difficulties is to assess properly the background of the students since I find that the courses offered at different universities in transport phenomena vary consid erably in content and depth. Therefore, at the risk of losing the interest of the better prepared students, I give a rapid treatment of key physical notions that should be covered in a basic course in transport phenomena. I also give the students a chance to do some reviewing of their own by assigning at the beginning of the course a num ber of problems from the book "Transport Phe nomena" by Bird, Stewart, and Lightfoot. 184 Thomas J. Hanratty is professor of chemical engineer ing at University of Illinois. He was educated at Villanova, Ohio State, and Princeton University, PhD ('53). His r ecent professional honors include the Curtis W. McGraw Aw a rd (ASEE) and the William H. Walker and the Pro fessional Prograss Awards of AIChE. I have been experimenting with the contents of the course and, as a result, the outline accompany ing the article is meant to represent the types of topics treated and not the total material covered in a semester. For example, this past year I did nothing with topic 10 and only partially covered the notes I have prepared under topic 9. One of the ideas that is not sufficiently developed is that of hydrodynamic stability. I am currently giving some thought to ways of working it into the course. BASIC EQUATIONS The course is initiated by reviewing the con cept of a fluid particle and of a continuum and, in particular, by pointing out circumstances, such as the settling of fine particles, where the continuum model is invalid. It is then indicated that an Eulerian framework is usually more con venient than a Lagrangian framework for solving fluid dynamical problems. The second law of motion and the first law of thermodynamics are reformulated so that they are applicable to an arbitrary fixed volume in space rather than to a fixed mass. Difficulties that sometime can be en countered in applying thermodynamics, which is formulated for an equilibrium system, to flow fields are pointed out. UNIDIRECTIONAL VISCOUS FLOWS The concepts of a shear stress and the sign con vention to be associated with it are introduced by considering fully developed flow in a pipe. NewCHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
PAGE 27
ton's law of viscosity is initially presented by assuming that the shear stress is directly pro portional to the velocity gradient. Through the momentum theorem it is pointed out that the shear stress may also be interpreted as a flux of momentum. Through this concept kinetic theory can be used to interpret fluid viscosity. Flow be tween circular cylinders is considered because it is a convenient way to introduce concepts which are used later to extend Newton's law of viscosity to threedimensions. It is pointed out that viscous effects will not depend on that portion of the velocity gradient that gives rise to solid body rotation but will depend on that portion which distorts the shape of fluid area elements. NONNEWTONIAN FLUIDS Experiments are described which illustrate non Newtonian behavior and which yield definite prop erties characterizing the rheological behavior of fluids. These include nonlinear dependence on the rate of strain of the fluid, normal stress effects caused by shear flow, and elastic effects. The Rabinowitsch equation is developed either in class or in a homework problem because of its import ance in interpreting nonlinear effects in steady flows. Methods for calculating normal stress co efficients and the use of small amplitude sinusoidal oscillations and relaxation tests to determine elastic properties are discussed. The Maxwell equation for linear viscoelastic fluids is applied to a few simple flow problems. EQUATIONS OF MOTION The differential equations describing the three dimensional flow of a Newtonian fluid are now developed in a cartesian coordinate system. This is not done in general curvilinear coordinates be cause the small number of new physical concepts introduced by this generalization does not seem to warrant the added complexity. The equation of conservation of mass and the momentum theorem are applied to a differential volume. The use of cartesian tensors to simplify the notation is intro duced. The physical interpretation of the sub stantial derivative arising from the momentum terms is presented. It is pointed out that in order to describe the force acting on the surface of a volume the location as well as the orientation of each surface element is needed. The problem of representing these surface forces is greatly sim plifid by showing that the stress on any arbiFALL 1969 . a theory for turbulent flows is still to be developed. My goal .. is to introduce some of the language used in correlating turbulence measurements and in characterizing the turbulent field. trarily oriented surface element can be described in terms of the nine stress components needed to specify the stress vectors acting on three mutually perpendicular planes. Cauchy's equation of motion can then be derived. The properties of the stress components are now explored in order to facilitate the development of constitutive relations. It is shown that the nine stress components are a second order symmetrical cartesian tensor. The concepts of principle axes and principle stresses are introduced. The invariants of the stress tensor are defined. CONSTITUTIVE RELATIONS The constitutive equations relating the stress components to the velocity field are now devel oped for a Newtonian fluid. The problem of doing this for more general fluids is discussed briefly. The velocity gradient is shown to be a second order cartesian tensor which can be represented as the sum of a symmetric and an antisymmetric tensor. The stress components can be related only to the symmetric part of the stress tensor (rate of strain tensor) since this is the part that gives rise to the distortion of fluid volume elements. Newton's law of viscosity is generalized to three dimensions by assuming that the components of the stress tensor are linearly related to the com ponents of the symmetric part of the velocity gradient tensor. This produces eightyone co efficients of viscosity. Only two of these coeffi cients are independent, because the fluid is isotropic and because the stress and rate of strain tensors are symmetric. The assumption of a linear relation between the stress tensor and the rate of strain tensor is now relaxed and the most general relation is developed for an isotropic fluid for which the components of the stress tensor are only functions of the components of the rate of strain tensor. This relation predicts normal stress effects and nonNewtonian behavior for steady flow in a channel. The work of Oldroyd, Rivlin and Erickson, and Colman and Noll aimed at developing constitutive relations which exhibit elastic effects as well as nonlinearity and normal stresses is discussed only qualitatively. The NavierStokes equations are now derived 185
PAGE 28
You won't just get your feet wet. Standard Oil Company of California offers all the experience you can soak up. You'll start out facing practical situations and using your academic knowl edge and skills to solve real problems. You may even have to improvise and develop new approaches to specific questions. We rotate the assign ments of young professionals You will be able to work with different groups of e x pe r ienced colleagues and sharpen your skills on a variety of projects Talk with our representative when he comes to your campus about the opportunities we have for you Check your placement office for more information or write to : D C Reid Coordi nator Professional Employ ment Standard Oil Company of California 225 Bush Street Room 105, San Francisco California 94120 Standard Oil Company of California An Equal Opportunity Employer
PAGE 29
by introducing the constitutive equations for a Newtonian fluid into the Cauchy equation. The solutions of these equations for the case of an incompressible fluid are developed for three very general assumptions: creeping flow, perfect fluids and boundary layers. CREEPING FLOWS According to the creeping flow approximation the inertia terms of the equations of motion can be neglected at small Reynolds numbers. Creeping flow around a sphere is worked out in much detail since it illustrates the use of a stream function the method of eliminating the pressure term from the equations of motion, and the calculation of body forces and skin friction on a solid body. The case of flow around a bubble is worked out in a homework assignment. It is shown that the creep ing flow approximation does a good job in predict ing the force on a sphere but a poor job in predict ing the flow field at distances far from the sphere. For flow around a cylinder it doesn t even predict the force on the cylinder. Regular perturbation methods are shown to y ield poor higher order approximations to the creeping flow solutions. The method of Oseen is discussed. The singular perturbation method, as outlined by Proudman and Pearson, is then shown to be a proper way of getting higher order approximations. PERFECT FLUIDS A perfect fluid is defined as one for which the viscosity and thermal conductivity are zero and for which the entropy of fluid particles is con stant. The Euler equations then describe the flow field. The conditions under which one might ex pect an irrotational flow field are discussed. The velocity vector is then describable as the gradient of a potential function and the velocity field is given by the equation of conservation of mass. The integration of the Euler equation using the assumption of irrotational flow yields the Ber noulli equation. The Bernoulli equation can also be obtained for rotational flows by applying the momentum theorem to flow of a perfect fluid along a stream tube. The constant of integration then varies from stream tube to stream tube. The solution for the flow of an irrotational perfect fluid around a sphere is obtained. The predicted pressure distribution around the surface is dis cussed. The concept of virtual mass is introduced by considering the unsteady motion of a sphere in FALL 1969 a perfect fluid and is applied to some problems of interest. Twodimen s ional flows of irrotational p e rfect fluids are then considered. A stream func tion can be defined for a twodimensional flow from the equation of conservation of mass and complex variable theory can be used to solve flow pro b lems. A number of examples are considered including the lift of solid bodies and free stream lines. The treatment of smallamplitud e; waves at an interface is one of the more successftll applications of the theory for irrotational perfect fluids. Some of the problems considered in this area are progressive twodimensional waves, standing waves, group velocity, wave resistance, KelvinHelmholtz instability and Taylor insta bilit y BOUNDARY LAYERS Boundary layer theory attempts to correct per fect fluid theory for viscous effects by assuming the existence of a viscous layer close to a solid surface. If this viscous layer is thin compared to the dimensions of the body a simplified version of the NavierStokes equation applicable to bound.:. ary layers on flat plates and curved surfaces is obtained. The concept of separation is discussed and it is pointed out that boundary layer theory is only applicable up to the point where the bound ary layer separates from the solid surface. The difficulties of applying the theory are discussed, and, in particular, the problems asso c iated with det e rmining the external inviscid flow or the pres sure distribution around the body are emphasized. Dimensional analysis is applied to the boundary layer equations to determine the functional rela tion between the skin friction coefficient and the Reynolds number. Similarity solutions are briefly discussed. The series methods of Blasius and of Gortler and the integral methods o f.Pohlhausen and of Bohlen and Walz for solving the boundary layer equations for some general pressure dis tribution are introduced. I find that the best way to present these methods is to give a homework problem which requires the application of bound a r y layer theory to a solid body for which the pressure distribution is known. TURBULENCE This treatment of boundary layers concludes my discussion of lamin a r flows. It might seem anomalous that even though most flows in nature are turbulent I don't introduce the topic of tur187
PAGE 30
bulence until this point in the course. The reason for this is simply that a theory for turbulent flows is still to be developed. Therefore my goal in treating turbulent flows is to introduce some of the language used in correlating turbulence measurements and in characterizing the turbulent field. The increased apparent shear stress in tur bulent flows is explained in terms of the momen tum transport caused by the fluctuating velocity field. The concepts of eddy viscosity and mixing length are introduced. They are found not to be as useful for turbulent flows as were molecular viscosity and mean free path for laminar flows because the scale of the turbulent motion respon sib le for transport is of the same order as the dimensions of the field. A general discussion is given on the character of fully developed velocity profiles and, in particular, on the roles of fluid viscosity and of the viscous sublayer. The varia tion of the average velocity and the eddy viscosity with location is correlated through dimensional analysis and the "law of the wall", the "velocity defect law", and the "overlap law". It is then shown how the definition of eddy conductivities for heat transfer are useful in explaining meas urements and in particular the effect of Prandtl number on temperature profiles. The interpreta tion of fully developed velocity profiles and Cole's "law of the wake" are used to develop predictive methods for general turbulent boundary layer flows. Taylor's treatment of point source diffusion in homogeneous turbu lent fields is presented as one of the few successful theories in turbulence. It is used to explain the gross aspects of turbulent mixing and to interpret the observed variation of eddy conductivities. Statistical methods for deleJb?I news The following item on CACHE was sub mitted by Professor Warren D. Seider, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19104. The CACHE ( Computer Aids for Chemical Engineering Education) Committee has been organized to coordinate the development of com puting systems for use in chemical engineering education. The committee includes twenty educa tors from sixteen universities. The principal goal 188 scribing turbulent flows are discussed and in par ticular the concepts of correlation, scale, and spectrum are introduced. A very brief summary is given of theoretical attempts to deal with tur bulence through the use of the concept of isotropy and the definition of a turbulence structure. COMPRESSIBLE FLOWS The last topic in the outline is a onedimensional treatment of compressible flows. It is usually pre sented after the material on perfect fluid theory but appears here in my outline because in recent offerings of the course I have deleted it. Most of this material with the exception of that on finite amplitude waves and shock tubes are more prop erly treated in undergraduate courses. OTHER APPROACHES? I should conclude this article by saying that the course that I have discussed is only one way, and not necessarily the best way, of introducing graduate students in chemical engineering to basic concepts in fluid dynamics. My own intro duction to and interest in fluid dynamics devel oped from a course in reactor design. FLUID MECHANICS COURSE OUTLINE 1. Basic Equations 2 Unidirectional Viscous Flows 3. NonNewtonian Fluids 4. Equations of Motion for a Viscous Fluid 5. Constitutive Relations 6. Creeping Flow Approximation 7 Perfect Fluid Theory 8. Boundary Layer Theory 9. Turbulence 10. OneDimensional Compressible Flows of the CACHE Committee is to accelerate the in tegration of computing into the chemical engi neering curriculum by sustained interuniversity cooperation in the preparation of curriculum and course outlines and in the specification and crea tion of computing systems. The CACHE Committee's curriculum sub committee has organized a session for the AICHE Annual Meeting in Washington, D.C., entitled "Computers in Chemical Engineering Education." The session will emphasize topics relating to s hort and long range plans for the integration of computers into the curriculum. Ten members of the CACHE Committee will participate in the panel discussion after brief presentations. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
PAGE 31
A Celanese career IS freedom, satisfaction, reward, opportunity that offers them the most satisfaction and reward. A career in which they can be themselves. Do their own thing. Naturally that takes a bit of planning on their part. Like a degree in chemistry, chemical, industrial or mechanical engineering. Or accounting. Plus a degree of imag ination. Ambition. Responsibility. A little selfdiscipline. With them, they ll find the professional climate excellent at Celanese. For some very good reasons. We re big But not too big. More important, we're still actively young and growing In the past ten years, or so, our sales have almost quadrupled. And you can tell your students that we won't tie them up with long, formal training programs. They ll learn as they practice their profession Reap the rewards of performancenot on age, or how long they ve been with us. Of course, they will be working with experienced pros So, when a hand is needed, they'll get it. Because it s to our mutual advantage to have them grow as fast as they canand go as far as they can. If you, or your students, have any questions about Celanese, we will be pleased to answer them. Promptly. Just write to: John B Kuhn, Manager of University Relations, Celanese Corporation, S22 Fifth Avenue, New York, N. Y. 10036. CELANESE An equal opportunity employer
PAGE 32
STATISTICAL THEORIES OF PARTICULATE SYSTEMS HUGH M. HULBURT Northwestern University Evanston, !Uinois 60201 The theory of transport processes in the past twenty years has been developed into a compre hensive scientific basis for the description of the essentia l operations of chemical engineering in any arbitrary differential volume element. The theory is essentially a continuum theory which poses differential equations which must be inte grated over the domain pertinent to each particu lar process unit under consideration. Two major difficulties arise in application. The less onerous is the fact that continuum theory does not pro vide the values of the transport properties, equa tions of state and constitutive relationships for specific systems. Molecular statistical mechanics or experimental measurements, or both, must provide this data. The more serious is the ex tremely intricate forms often taken by the solu tions of the transport equations, for example, in turbulent flow. Although turbulence has been studied intensively for nearly 100 years, we still l ack a sound theoretical connection with the NavierStokes equations and still less a pre dictively useful one. The principles of fracture under stress are equally important in crushing and grinding operations and are even less well understood in terms of elasticity theory. Aggrega tion, coagulation and agglomeration are likewise processes which cannot as yet be usefully de scribed by fundamental transport theory. All of these processes have in common the cir cumstance that they occur under conditions which permit a l arge variety of solutions of transport equations and which select no one of this variety uniquely. The flow paths in a stirred vessel, each of which we are confident is a solution of the NavierStokes equations, are so various that we must describe them as a statistical aggregate of paths having some probability distribution. In most applicat ion s, the residence times determined by each path are of less interest than the mean residence time, or some other statistical property of the residence time distribution. In some cases, however, the distribution itself is of direct in terest, as in a crystallizer, since here the crystal 190 Hugh M. Hulburt is Profe sso r and Chairman of the Chemical Engineering Department at Northwestern Uni v ers ity After receiving his PhD in physical chemistry at th e University of Wisconsin in 1942, he was National Research Fellow in Chemistry at Princeton University for one year. He has taught at Hunter College, and th e Catholic University and he has held positions with Shell Oil Company, Chemical Construction Corporation, and American Cyanamid Companyat the latter firm as Director of Chemical Engineering (195859) and Direc tor of Physical Res ea rch (195963) at their Stamford Laboratories. In 1963 h e joined the faculty of North western University, and became Chairman of the De partment of Chemical Engineering in 1964. His current r ese arch interests include reaction d es ign, chemical kine tic s, and electrochemical engineering. size distribution is a direct consequence of the residence time distribution. Thus, there is a class of unit operations for which the basic transport equations are insuffi cient to provide the theory for engineering design. The first stage of improvement over direct em piricism and analysis by dimensionless groups is to pose a theory based on a statistical distribution of possible transport processes. The system in question is defined by a number of properties ( or state variables) whose values are subject to stochastic variation. We visualize the possibility of making a simultaneous observation of these properties and believe that, in any sufficiently large set of replicated observations there will be a definite frequency with which any specified set of values will be observed. The function of the state variables which associates this probability with the specified set of values is the probability distribution. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
PAGE 33
The flow paths in a stirred vessel, each of which is a solution of the NavierStokes equations, are so various that we must describe them as a statistical aggregate of paths having some probability distribution. For example, in an ideal gas the velocity of any particular molecule might (in thou ght at lea st ) be observed. Repeated observations will not give the same result, but the observations will tend to cluster about a central value. We can define a function P(v) which is the probability that the observed value, v', be at most equal to v, i.e. P (v) = {Probability that v' v} = F (v) (1) Our fundamental physical hypothesis is that re peated observations define in the limit a definite function F ( v) In general, of course, F ( v) ma y be multidimensional, even continuously infinite dimensional, but the conceptually simple cases of one to three dimensions are often of real utility Our knowledge of the probability P(v) is not limited solely to the results of empirical observa tion. We remain convinced that the transport equations hold for sufficiently local phenomena just as any one molecule in a gas obeys New tonian (or quantum) laws of motion. Hence, the variations in the values of the statevariables must be consistent with the local transport laws and their distribution function, P (v), is not purely random. There must be correlations im posed by the local laws which lead to functional relationships between the statistical properties of the system and which account for the central ten dencies of the distribution of statevariables Indeed, they should determine the functional form of F(v) itself. The role of statistical theory is to discover and define those classes of distribution function which are consistant with the local transport laws and whatever other conditions are required and can be defined by the physical nature of the process under study. These additional conditions are usually such physically obvious requirements as, for example, that the system is confined to a finite volume or contains a fixed mass or has a definite average velocity and / or energy. Since local velocity is a distributed variable, the re quirement that the system have an average energy requires that F(v) have a form that will produce a definite mean square velocity f oo oo v 2 dF ( v) (2) Thus physical considerations will restrict the class of admissible distribution functions to those FALL 1969 possessing at least one and usually two moments, or more. In addition, the effect of the local transport laws on the distribution functions can be ex pressed very generally. For the simple case of a single stochastic var i able, q, whose local rate of change is q ( q, t), a continuity equation holds in the form of ~+ a (qf) c)q = H (f,q,q,t) (3) Here H (f,q,q,t) is a function that expresses the effect of random sudden interactions upon the distribution density f. Two classes of system are met with in applications. In one, the elements of the system interact only rarely, as in kinetics, or not at all, as in collisionless plasmas or non agglomerating crystallizers. Changes in f are then brought about by the influence of external field s on the motion of the noninteracting par ticles, modified by occasion strong interactions ( or collisions) between particles. In the second class of system, a particle interacts frequently with others, but weakly, so that each collision produces only an infinitesimal modification of its properties, as in Brownian m9tion, or in plasma dynamics. In the first case, one estimates the change in q produced by the strong interaction in a collision and sums over the distribution of target particles and impinging particles. The function H then is the net probability that in unit time a particle acqu ir e a value of q = q' + dq by interaction with other particles. It will usually be expressible as a collision frequency multiplied by a crosssection and integrated over the distributed property, q. In the second case, the effect of collisions is to produce an infinitesimal change in f and the H function is expanded in series of derivatives of f with coefficients which depend upon the collision dynamics. This equation or its equivalent is called vari ously the particle balance equation 10 the Liou ville equation, the Kolmogoroff equation, the FokkerPlanck equation, the Boltzmann equation, or possibly other names in specific contexts. In recent engineering applications, physical particles have been envisioned and the "particle balance equation" has has been a descriptive term. 1 2 In 191
PAGE 34
general probability theory, the ChapmanKolmo goroff equation is studied, usually under restric tions slightly more limiting than desirable for engineering applications. 3 Physicists have studied the FokkerPlanck or Boltzmann equations 5 (or for aerosols,6 the Smolichowski equation) in theories of molecular statistical mechanics. 7 The Liouville equation clearly applies to any stochastic system for which one can define the weakly interacting entities, or generalized par ticles, and the significant statevariables, q, and their local laws of motion, q=Q(q,t). When physical particles are the elements of the system, f can be interpreted directly as the particle num ber distribution in q, which may be taken to be location, size, mass, residence time or other meas urable or significant property. However, in polymers ,8 one can define chain segments and a distribution of chain lengths which obeys the balance equation. For all termination schemes ex cept radical recombination, or branching transfer, the collision term, H, vanishes and the chain length distribution is determined by the rate of growth in a monomer field, modified by catalysts and transfer agents. Chemical kinetic laws thus give us forms for q = Q ( q) and where required, for H(q,t). In comminution 9 the same equation is obeyed, but now q (size) is altered only by impact collision. The present problem here is discover the appropriate fracture equations for individual par ticles so that an expression can be given for H(q). In aerosol coagulation, the collision mechan isms are well defined but the effects of boundary conditions and external fields have been explored only partially. That there is a pedagogically useful common base for this wide variety of applications was evi dent in a seminar conducted recently at North western University in the Winter Quarter, 196869. Graduate students and faculty inter ested in crystallization, polymerization, aerosol coagulation, hydrosol coagulation and reaction kinetics in dispersed two phase media par ticipated. The ostensible outline of the seminar was afforded by Beran, "Statistical Continuum Theories," but it soon became apparent that some background in basic probability was required and several weeks were spent by the author develop ing the basic probabilistic notions, the Chapman Kolmogoroff equations and the Liouville or FokkerPlanck Equations as applied to simple 192 The role of statistical theory is to discover and define those classes of distribution function which are consistent with local transport laws and ... other conditions ... and can be defined by the physical nature of the process under study. Markov processes. The books by Feller, "Introduc tion to Probability Theory," Vol. I and especially Vol. II were invaluable in this phase of the semi nar. BlancLaPierre and Fortet, "Theory of Ran dom Functions," was also very helpful in pro viding physically motivated treatments of proba bility theory. Loeve, "Probability Theory," is a standard reference on matters of rigor and mathe matical detail. The following topic headings suggest the scope of the course. Each occupied three to five lecture periods. 1. Heuristic motivationstirred tank crystallizerprob abilistic model building. 2. Concepts of probability theorydistribution, mean, conditional probabilities, set functions, combination of probabilities. 3. Characteristic functions, moments. 4. Random functions, indicator function 5 Law of Large NumbersTchebycheff inequality, Poisson distributionCentral Limit Theorem. 6. Standard probabilistic modelsBernoulli trials, com pound events, normal distribution. 7. Random processeswaiting time distributionspro cesses with independent incrementsgamma distribution Poisson processes. 8 Kolmogoroff equationsMarkov processes, convolu tions 9. The Agglomeration Equationcollision processes. The final eight days were devoted to reports on specific applications to fields of interest to the participants. As the seminar developed, it became increas ingly apparent that much of the engineering lit erature in probabilistic models consists of redis covery or reinterpretation of some basic concepts and models which have been thoroughly studied in general theory, but which need to be made explicit and in some cases extended to cover fields of engineering interest. Most discussions of ran dom processes are based on Markov processes, yet many engineering models are nonMarkov. Some may be considered to be superpositions or con volutions of Markov processes, and this represen tation is often illu:qiinating when one discovers it. Of greatest value, perhaps, was the exercise in the use of probabilistic concepts and the demon stration of a common logical structure in a wide range of seeming independent physical phe nomena. An initial insight was gained into the CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
PAGE 35
identification of properties of a system which are purely consequences of its being an assembly of weakly interacting parts or particles as distin guished from those which reflect the intrinsic physical nature of the isolated particles. It seems to the author that while such insights depend upon understanding the general theory of stochastic processes, they do not come without deep study and comparison of specific processes. Therefore, the statistical theory of particulate systems is truly an engineering science, approach able in a useful way from the base of the analysis of engineering problems. REFERENCES 1. Randolph, A D., and M. A. Larson, AIChE Jo ur nal 8, 639 (1962). 2. Hulburt, H. M and S. Katz, Ch em E n g. S ci 1 9 555 (1964). 3. Feller, W., I n t r od uc ti on t o P r obab i l i ty Th e ory, Vol. I and II., John Wiley and Sons Co., New York 1966. 4. BlancLaPierre, A., and R Fort e t, Th e o r y of Rando m Functions Vols. I and II, Gordon and Breach, New York. 5. Chandrasekhar, S., R ev Mod. Phys. 15, (1943). 6. Fuchs, N. A. M e chan i cs of A er o s ols, Macmillan, N e w York (1964). 7. Cercignani, C., Math e matical M e t h ods in Kin etic Th e ory, Plenum Press, New York, 196 9 8. Bamford, C. H. and H. Tompa, T rans Fa r ad. Soc 50, 1097 (1954). 9. Austin, L. G., "Equations of Grinding", ACS Christ mas Symposium, Cambridge, Mass 1967. 10. Himmelblau, D. and K. B. Bischoff, P r oc e ss A n aly si s and Simulation, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1968. HOUGEN ON COLBURN (from p.171.) loidal chemistry and Peter Debye in the kinetic theory of gases. AFTER SECURING HIS DOCTORATE degree in 1929, Colburn was employed in the Engi neering Experiment Station of the E. I. Du Pont de Nemours Company under Thomas H. Chilton. The du Pont Company very generously supported Allan in his undertaking to derive independently the mathematical formulations for mass and heat transfer in fluid streams covering a wide variety of industrial devices and conditions. These formu lations appear in Chapter VII of the pioneer bul letin "Studies on Heat Transmission" by Colburn and Hougen [Bulletin 70 of the Engineering Ex periment Station, College of Engineering, Univer sity of Wisconsin, October 1930]. Otherwise this bulletin is based on Colburn's doctorate thesis. The rough draft was improved by the critical review of K. M. Watson. FALL 1969 Colburn was an ideal student, scientist and en gineer. In conversation and public lectures he had an unusual capacity for clarity of expression. H e met unsound criticisms and arguments of his audience with patience and encouragement, never with disparagement, seeking not p .:: rsonal acclaim but rather promoting self confidence and ambition in o t hers. My technical correspondence with Allan continued for fifteen years following his academic career but terminated when I no longer could keep pace with his ever expanding scientific specula tions. My last meeting with Allan occurred in London in September 1951an unexpected meeting at the time of the Festival of Britain. Mrs. Hougen and I met Mrs. Colburn accidentally on a London bus on our way to the Tate Art Gallery. Allan arrived in London one week later while we were awaiting boat reservations for a return trip to the United Sta t es. The four of us spent a pleasant summer evening together at the amusement section of the Festival of Britain. We enjoyed watching the teenagers on the roller coasters and whirligigs. In turn the British teenagers enjoyed our strange use of the English language. As an epilogue to this sketch I should add one additional incident. In the fall of 1963 a young coed, Miss Nancy Hall, a graduate student and research assistant in the Department of Oncology at the University of Wisconsin came to my offi c e to inquire about the possibility of a young man, Willis Colburn, entering the University of Wis consin as a Senior in Electrical Engineering. This was easily arranged. When Willis appeared on the campus, his similarity to his father 4.) years previous was most striking and brought a surge of nostalgic memories. And thus this account re turns full circle to its beginning, starting with a meeting with Allan and his father Willis in 1922 and ending with the enrollment of his son Willis 42 years later. Nancy and Willis were soon married. Both continued as research assistants and graduate students for two or three years in their respective fields. And thus three generations of Colburns have touched my life over 46 years of time. I understand the fourth generat i on has recently arrived. I shall close with one sentence from the letter of his college friend Louis Warrick "How proud the parents (of Allan Colburn) would be to know of this latest honor to the memory of an out standing son." This applies to all who knew Allan Colburn. 193
PAGE 36
'4 e
PAGE 37
TABLE !Topical Outline for Diffusional Operations I. The Equations of Change and the Transport Prop erties A. Conservation Relations for Multicomponent Systems 1. The equations of continuity and energy 2. The equations of motion 3. The equation of entropy conservation B. Relations between Fluxes and Driving Forc es : The Transport Properties 1. A thermodynamic basis for the formulation of rate equations 2. Prediction of transport properties on the basis of kinetic theory 3. Semiempirical correlations of the transport properties 4. Experimental determination of transport proper ties C. The Requirements of a Quantitative Description 1. Review of the equations and boundary conditions needed to describe masstransfer systems 2. Di!_llensional analysis 3. The approximate description of multicomponent nonisothermal systems in terms of binary isothermal solutions II. Estimation of Heat and MassTransfer Rates in Welldefined Systems A. Intraphase Transport in Systems of Fixed Geometry 1. The film model: unidirectional transport 2. Convective heat and mass transfer through laminar boundary layers a Forced convection b. Free convection 3. The effects of operating conditions on intraphase transfer coefficients a. Net mass transfer across bounding surfaces b. Homogeneous chemical reactions c. End effects B. Intraphase Transport in System s with Mobile Interfaces 1. The boundarylayer equations of energy and con tinuity near .a deformable surface 2. Description of model systems 3. Effects of operating conditions C Interphase Transport 1. Addition of intraphase resistance: the tworesist ance theory of Whitman and its limitations 2. Effects of heat and mas s transfer on hydro dynamic stability: Marangoni effects III. Approximate Descriptions of Comp lex Systems A Mass Transfer to Rippling Laminar Films 1. The effect of surface mobility on masstransfer effectiveness 2 The effects of surface ten sion gradients on heat and mass transfer B. Mass Transfer across Free Turbulent Surfaces C. Mass Transfer in Dispersed Systems: Performance of a Model Liquid Extractor is a straightforward extension of the treatment in Chapter 18 of Transport Phenomena and hence is largely a review. This discussion is short, and it is a convenient vehicle for reviewing vector tensor operations. FALL 1969 The rate equations require a much more exten sive discussion, however, and neither the coverage nor the approach of Transport Phenomena is con sidered adequate for our purposes. We begin with a careful description of the postulates and predic tions of irreversible thermodynamic analyses and put major emphasis on the masstransfer aspects. The most important single result of this discus sion is the generalization of the Stefan M axwell equations which for isothermal transport take the form: wlth and I\ ,c "'f) ij = 1)j, r = o J ~ ""f);i These equations define* the multicomponent dif fusivities. Equation 1 forms a very convenient and flexible basis for discussion of diffusional transport in both free solution and mechanically cons t rained membranes. It is particularly useful for systems containing electrolytes. Discussion of kinetic theory is largely a conden sation of the pertinent sect ion s of the Molecular T h eory of Gases and Liquids, and its purpose is to explain the origins of the lowdensity gas ex pressions summarized in Chapters 1, 8, and 16 of Transport Phenomena. This is difficult material to explain in a short time, particularly in the later highly mathematical stages of the development of expressions for the transport properties. We are still looking for easier ways to "t e ll the story". Nevertheless this portion of the course has proven useful to the students and has stimu lated a number to take Professor Curtiss' course in transport properties referred to above. Subsection C is rather heterogeneous and in cludes such topics as the specification of boundary conditions at gassolid and fluidfluid interactions, development of scaleup criteria, and solution of multicomponent diffusion problems by matrix techniques. Here too it is important for the lec turer to focus attention on carefully selected areas rather than to attempt encyclopedic coverage. Y' V,;t )'<j = L. (di'~) 'ii% 1.i )I, T,; I Here /Ji is the molar chemical potential of species j, and except as noted the nom e nclature of this article is that of the text Transport Phenom e na. 195
PAGE 38
II. Estimation of Heat and Mass Transfer Rates in Well Defined Systems Accurate prediction of heat and mass transfer rates in applications of practical interest is still a formidable problem. This is due in part to the complex geometry and flow conditions encoun tered but also to the large number of parameters affecting system behavior. Fortunately it is often possible to determine the functional dependence, and even the magnitude, of heat and masstrans fer coefficients from highly simplified models of the real system. This section of the course is devoted to discussion of the most widely useful physical models. A. lntraphase Transport in Systems of Fixed Geometry We start by discussion of intraphase transport in systems with fixed boundaries and concentrate on asymptotic boundarylayer models. In each case we begin our discussion with a simple proto type to illustrate characteristic behavior and then proceed to generalize our discussion to the degree possible. After discussion of convective transfer at zero interfacial velocities we consider the com plications introduced by chemical reactions and high net mass transfer rates. We first consider film models of heat and mass transfer and concentrate our attention on tur bulent transport in duct flows. In this discussion we compare available expressions for the turbu lent transport properties and show that the best of these yield simple asymptotic correlations sim ilar to the ChiltonColburn relation for the Rey nolds and Schmidt (or Prandtl) number ranges of most interest. Since adequate empirical corre lations already exist for long ducts this discussion is most useful as a preparation for analysis of transfer in short ducts and mass transfer accom panied by chemical reaction. We next consider forcedconvection transport through laminar boundary layers and use as our prototypes penetration into a stagnant liquid and dissolution of a sparingly so luble duct wall. These are then generalized using the techniques pio neered by Acrivos and Stewart to systems of arbitrary geometry as suggested in Fig. 1. The key results of these analyses are: 196 (1l,'l~ A,.,,flir) (Z) a,"'d 1 1., 1 h. u ; N u 100 (R,A) 7" h ,h lu\ dz (11,,1..Ai" .. ,.r .. e s+ .. ~") ('l) Here h x h v h z = scale factors for the locally orthogonal coordinates of Fig. 1. 'Yz = the dimensionless shear rate at the system boundary u 0 = dimensionless tangential velocity component at the interface. >.. = Schmidt or Prandtl number. Equation 2 is essentially that given by Stewart in his boundarylayer analysis of heat and mass transfer about threedimensional solid bodies at high Sc or Pr. Equation 3 is a straightforward generalization of Acrivos' development for two dimensional and axisymmetric bodies at very low Sc or Pr. It is, however, actually most useful for describing steady transfer about drops and bubFig. 1. Heat or mass transfer from a threedimensional surface. The asymptotic analysis applies upstream of the separated and turbulent flow regions. *Notation given by Lightfoot, op cit. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
PAGE 39
bles at very high Schmidt number. It is thus a special case of the surface stretch modification of the penetration model discussed below. After introduction of these rather general re sults the behavior of several real systems is dis cussed briefly to demonstrate both their utility and limitations. We follow this discussion with introduction to freeconvection transport and the challenging problems of transfer accompanied by chemical reaction and high net masstransfer rates. In these latter discussions we place particular em phasis on the development of geometryinsensi tive correlations. B. lntraphase Transport in Systems with Mobile Interfaces This section is devoted largely to extension of the penetration model to systems with stretching and shrinking interfaces. We follow here the approach of Angelo, Lightfoot, and Howard as refined by Stewart, Angelo, and Lightfoot. In doing this we make use of a similarity trans formation first suggested by Ilkovic in 1934 and since independently reintroduced many times by other workers including Acrivos, Lochiel and Calderbank, and Scriven and Pigford. We are able to show as a result of our analysis that the masstransfer behavior of an extremely wide variety of fluidfluid systems is described by the simple equation Nu ! /r(Tf) K 1 1 < [ ( T ) / ,{T ) ] d t ,. where Nu is the temporal mean Nusselt number for a surface element based on its area So at an arbitrary reference time, and s ( T) is the area as a function of the dimensionless time t*. The symbol A is used for Schmidt or Prandtl number. The term in braces in Eq. 4 is simply the penetration theory result for a nondeformable surface ele ment, and the correction factor K is just the tem poral rootmeansquare value of s / s 0 Equation 4 is useful for drops and bubbles, rippling films, laminar jets, and many other important systems. Some of the most important of these are discussed in detail. C. lnterphase Transport This discussion is devoted largely to a critical FALL 1969 review of the twofilm theory of Whitman and of Marangoni effects. Surprisingly relatively few vigorous treatments of interphase transport are available, and it is still common practice to estimate overall coeffi cients by addition of separately calculated intro phase resistances. We review the errors inherent in this approach and show that improper area averaging of local coefficients can be a particu larly important source of error. In this discussion we follow much of the original treatment of King. In fluidfluid contactors variations in inter facial tension over the masstransfer surface can have profound effects on both the shape of this surface and the flow conditions near it. These socalled Marangoni effects were first shown to be important in separations processes by Sher wood and Wei, and the first significant attempt to describe them quantitatively for process equip ment was made by Sternling and Scriven by means of a linearized stability analysis. We con sider in our course two simple analyses of Maran goni effects in falling films due to Ludviksson and Lightfoot and Wang, Ludviksson and Lightfoot. In addition to their simplicity these examples off er the advantage of direct application in sim ple process equipment. They can thus be used in our practical examples. Ill. Approximate Descriptions of Mora Complex Systems In this section we consider systems too complex for detailed rigorous analysis but which can be usefully analyzed in the light of the preceding sections This is felt to be a very important part of the course since in practice engineers must usually stick their necks out and deal with a con siderable amount of uncertainty. The purpose here is to show what sorts of approximations and simplifications are likely to be successful and to encourage the development of "engineering judge ment". The specific examples we are presently using are: 1) Semiquantitative descriptions of inertial rippling and Marangoni effects on mass and heat transfer in laminar falling films. We base these discussions on an alyses and measurements performed in our own labora tory by Howard, Irani, Ludviksson, Massot, and Wang. 2) Prediction of reaeration rates of streams using an extension of the analysis of Fortescue and Pearson. 3) Prediction of the performance of a sievetray liquid extractor from fluidmechanic measurements, based on analyses and measurements of Angelo and Howard in our laboratory. 197
PAGE 40
The university where classes never end. Union Carbide's research centers are in many ways like a university In anyone of them you'd meet a faculty with advanced degrees in practically every science. You'd see them scribbling complicated formulas on blackboards and working with complex scientific instruments. You'd hear them discussing the uses of tremendous pressures, unearthly heat, intense coldas well as problems in oceanography, outer space, atomic energy. In any one of our many research centers and laboratories which we maintain here and abroad, you'd sense the vast and diversified scope of Union Carbide technology. Finding better ways to do things is the aim of this research. And when a better way is found to revolutionize an industrial processor simply develop a new product for your comfort or convenienceour research scientists don't graduate. They move on to new and exciting challenges created by today's advancing technology For a~difional information on our activities, write to Union Carbide Corporation Department of Univers it y Rela ti ons, 270 Park Av en ue New York, N. Y. 10017. An equal opportunity employer. : 1 THE DISCOVERY COMPANY
PAGE 41
We have chosen these for familiarity and because they are (perhaps fortuitously) successful ex amples of the application of fundamentals intro duced earlier in the course. We believe that unit operations should be taught this way when pos sible: from personal experience and in the light of available theory. Plans for Future Development It is obvious from this discussion that our course outline is too long, and each year we must slight some topics very badly to obtain meaning ful coverage of others. We believe we must soon either expand to a oneyear sequence or move much of Section I to a new course on the estima tion of physical properties. We particularly feel the need of more examples, both for consolidating the theory presented and for advertising new fields. We also feel that we are placing too little emphasis on inventiveness and ingenuity. This course is therefore far from satisfactory, even in its philosophy. We hope it will look very different five years from now. BIBLIOGRAPHY Bird, R.B., W.E Stewart, and E.N. Lightfoot, "Transport Phenomena", Wiley (1960) Bird, R.B., W. E. Stewart, E.N. Lightfoot, and T. W. Chapman, "Lectures in Transport Phenomena", Vol. 4. AIChE Continuing Education Series (1969), Chap. 2, Estimation of Heat and Mass Transfer Rates, By E.N.L. Hirschfelder, J.O., C.E. Curtiss, and R.B. Bird, "Molecular Theory of Gases and Liquids", Wiley (1954) [i) n #I book reviews Kinetics of Chemical Processes Michel Boudart, PrenticeHall (1968), ix+246 pp. To quote from the jacket of this volume ". . Chemical kinetics, once the esoteric domain of the theorist, has become a vital tool in the design, operation and control of reactors ... ". With the emergence over the past decade of chemical reaction engineering as ; an active and vital area in both teaching and research, the need for a book such as that Professor Boudart has provided us with here has become almost painful. To be sure, chemical engineering kinetics ( what ever that is) is said to be the topic treated in a number of available texts. Kinetics, however, generally seems to bow out of the picture after quick tours through phenomological rate forms, FALL 1969 chain reactions and the steadystate approxima tion, num~rous integrated rate equations and the inevitable LangmuirHinshelwood discussion. One is left in these texts with a substantial involve ment in reactor analysis and design, which is cer tainly worthwhile, but kinetics then appear only as something taken for granted. Those who have attempted teaching reaction kinetics as distinct from reactor analysis or reaction engineering, know that the assembly of material for such a course at any level other than the trivial is a tiresome task of searching through a number (in my own case, six) of texts and monographs in the chemical and chemical engineering litera ture. No longer! In this admirable introductory text, Professor Boudart has put all the informa tion together for us, clearly and concisely, while still leaving lots of latitude for us all to incorpo rate our own variations. The approach of the book is straightforwardly put in the Preface: to develop the single chapter on kinetics in a physical chemistry text into a whole course, giving the essence of theory and experiment without indulging in extreme chemi cal detail. The contents include introductory ma terial on rate functions and reactor types, theory of chemical kinetics of elementary steps, steady state treatments for various systems, chain reac tion sequences, the concept of rate determining steps and stoichiometric numbers, irreducible (i.e., those arising from the reaction process it self) transport effects on kinetics, and correla tion methods for both homogeneous and hetero geneous reactions. There are a number of points which demonstrate how well structured and care fully writen this text is. For example, transition state theory is developed via the thermodynamic formulation, which very clearly distinguishes between energy and entropy contributions to re action rates. The development given for reac tions proceeding via elementary steps involving active centers chain and catalytic sequences provides a useful generalization for a large por tion of kinetics, and the chapters on correlations in homogeneous and heterogeneous reaction ki netics provide a nice amalgam of information from sources which are diverse and perhaps not the most familiar. There are quite a number of problems included, and they are generally excel lent. In short, this is a book which every chemi cal engineer should have in his library. John ~"'Butt Northwestern University 199
PAGE 42
OPTIMAL CONTROL OF REACTION SYSTEMS LEON LAPIDUS Princeton University Princeton, N. J. 08540 In this article we shall briefly outline some of the major topics covered in a graduate course in Optimal Control of Reaction Systems at Prince ton. This course was originally start ed in 1955 as a full year of Numerical Analysis and has gradually evolved into its present form. This was achieved by the inclusion in 1959 of selected items (3 and 6 in Table II below) and the subsequent addition of more and more material until the present coverage resulted. TABLE I TEXTS RECOMMENDED FOR COURSE IN OPTIMAL CONTROL OF REACTION SYSTEMS I1. Athans, M and Falb, P. L., "Optimal Control", McGrawHill (1966). I2. Bryson, A. E., and Ho, Y., "Applied Optimal Control", Blaisdell (1969). I3. Koppel, L. B., "Introduction to Control Theory", Pr e nticeHall (1968) I4. Lapidus, L., and Luus, R., 'Optimal Control of Engineering Processes", Blaisdell (1967). I5. Larson, R. E., "State Increment Dynamic Pro gramming", Elsevier ( 1968). I6. Lee, E. S., 'Quasilinearization and Invariant Im b e dding", Academic Press (1968). I7. Luenberger, D. G., "Optimization by Vector Space Methods", Wiley (1969) I 8. Ogata, K., "State Space Analysis of Control Systems", PrenticeHall (1967). I9. Roberts S. M., "Dynamic Programming in Chemi cal Engineering and Process Control", Academic Press ( 1964) I10. Sage, A. P., "Optimum Systems Control", Prentice Hall (1968). I11. Wilde, D. J., and Beightler, C. S., "Foundations of Optimization", PrenticeHall (1967) Table I lists a number of recommended texts which are used through the year and Table II gives some details on the explicit topics covered in the course. The main text references are I2 and I4, but all those shown in Table I are con200 Leon Lapidus is professor and chairman of the chemi cal engineering department at Princeton University. He was educated at Syracus e University (BS and MS) and the University of Minnesota (PhD, '50). He teaches courses in analysis of transport phenomena and com putational techniques and in numerical techniques in engineering analysis. His research interests lie in the areas of optimization, optimal control and stability of chemical reaction systems sulted at various points. Recent references have been included in Table II so that the reader or student has a convenient starting point for pub lished material. The course is devoted to the mathematical and numericalcomputational aspects of the state space or timedomain approach as distinguished from the frequency or transform domain In general it covers deterministic problems although some stochastic control and the effects of noise are briefly treated near the end of the course. Extensive numerical and computer problems are given as exercises to allow the students to try their hand at applying the theory. As an example, the optimal control of a series of CSTR will be discussed in class and the same problem but with control delay will be given to the students to solve by a variety of algorithms. However, em phasis on complex physical reactions systems for complexity sake is kept to a minimum. To give some perspective to the course objec tiyes we present Figure 1 which is taken from an article of Kalman, Lapidu s and Shapiro pub lished in 1959 in the I nstn Chem. Engrs. Journal. Here we show an online adaptive (learning) com puter connected directly to a process or syst~Il1 Within the computer there are three main pro grams designated A, B and C The function 0 1 f program A is to carry out the optimal control of I CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
PAGE 43
TABLE IICOURSE OUTLINE FOR OPTIMAL CONTROL OF REACTION SYSTEMS 1. Numerical Co ncept s. Vectormatrix manipulation, solution of O.D.E. and P.D.E., iteration methods and accelerating convergence and functional analysis. Refs.: Amundson, "Mathematical Methods in Chem. Eng." PrenticeHall (1966); Lapidus, "Digital Computation for Chem. Eng ", McGrawHill (1962); 17 and 18 of Table I.; Kantorovich, "Approximate Methods of Higher An alysis", Interscience (1958) * 2. Necessary and Sufficient Conditions for Minimum. Hessian matrix, constraints, Lagrange multipliers and penalty functions. Refs.: 12 and 111 of Table I. 3 Optimal Control Problem. Definitions of systems, constraints, performance index and selection of optimal control. Refs.: 11 and 14 of Table I; Lapidus, C h em Eng. P rog. 63, No. 12, 64 (1967). 4. Minimum Principle. Continuous and discrete form of Minimum Principle, extensions, simplifications, numeri cal difficulties and advantages Refs.: 12, 14 and 110 of Table I; Gurel and Lapidus, IEC F und 7, 617 (1968). 5. Dynamic Programming and Invariant Imbedding. Continuous and discrete form of dynamic programming, numerical solution of full nonlinear control problem, numerical solution of 2point B.V. problems and numerical questions Refs.: 14, 15, 16 and 19 of Table I; Seinfeld, IEC P roc. D esign and D ev el. 7, 475, 479 (1968); Rothen b erge r, AIChE J rn 13, 114 (1967) 6 LinearQuadratic Problem. Solution of special con trol problem via Minimum Principle, dynamic program ming and variational calculus. Continuous and discrete problems, Riccati equation and numerical questions The ASP computer program. Refs.: 14 and 110 of Table I; Lapidus, Chem. Eng. Prog. 63, No. 12, 64 (1967). 7. Minimum Time Problem. So ution via Minimum Principle, concept of switching times, bangbang control and singular control. Connection to linear and nonlinear programming. Refs. : Lesser, AIChE J rn 12, 143 ( 1966) ; Flynn,AIChE J rn. 15, 308 (1969) ; 12, 13 and 14 of Table I. 8. Optimal Co ntrol Algorithms. Numerical algorithms ,:, Depending on the background of the students. the process (issue commands to the various in puts) using the latest process measurements and taking into account the control objective and the dynamic model of the process. Program B con tinually analyses the process measurements to identify an accurate model of the process. Pro gram C is used to generate and inject special calibrating signals into the process such that they do not s ignificantl y disturb the process; yet they perturb the process in such a way that useful information can be obtained by means of sophis ticated data evaluation techniques. Feedback be tween the programs is also allowed to increase the efficiency of the overall operation. Within this s imple appearing arrangement we have all of the features of the publicized learning computer which can build its own mathematical FALL 1969 for iteratively solving the full nonlinear control problem. First (gradient) and second variation methods including quasilinearization, neighborhood extremals, and the use of the linearquadratic procedure Constraints and p e nalty functions Open and closedloop solutions. Refs.: 12 and 14 of Table I. 9. Suboptimal control. Generation of closedloop feed back approximate control of nonlinear systems Refs.: Internal work only. ** 10. Sensitivity Analysis. Performance and trajectory sensitivity, adaptive systems, parameter compensation, closed and openloop algorithms. Refs .: Kokotivoc, Int. Jrnl. Cont. 9, 111 (1969); Sobral, Proc IEEE 56, 1644 (1968); Seinfeld, Canad. J rn Chem E ng 47, 212 (1969). 11. Stability. Single and multiple equilibrium points, limit cycles, lumped and distributed systems and Liapunov functions. Refs.: Storey, Brit. Chem. Eng. 13, 1585 (1968); Aris, Chem. Eng. Sci. 24, 149 (1969); Luss, Ch e m Eng. Sci. 23, 1237 (1968); Gurel, IEC 61, No 3, 30 (1969); Berger AIChE J rn 14, 558 (1968), 15, 171 (1969). 12. Control and Stability. Linear quadratic problem and Liapunov functions, lump ed and distribut e d systems, timeoptional control and control algorithms. Refs.: 13 and 14 of Table I; Denn, AIChE J rn. 13, 926 (1967); Chant, Canad. Jrn. Ch e m Eng. 46, 378, (1968); Wang, AIChE Jrn. 14, 934, 976 (1968). ** 13. Control of Distributed Parameter Systems. Mini mum Principle, dynamic programming, finite differencing, method of lines and control algorithms. Refs.: 13 of Table I; Seinfeld, Chem. Eng. Sci. 23, 1461 (1968); Denn, IE C F und 7, 410 (1968); Seinfeld, AIChE J rn. 15, 57 (1969). ** 14. Filtering, Parameter Estimation and Identification. Linear and nonlinear systems determination of para meters, black box representation and computational ques tions. Refs. : Bard, Cat. R ev iews 2, 67 ( 1968) ; Harris, AIChE Jrn. 13, 291 (1967) ; Peterson, Ch e m. Eng. Sci. 21, 655 (1966); 16 of Table I. *,:, If enough time is available. model of a process and then carry out any pre scribed form of control. The present course is directed, as much as feasible, to detailing the mathematics of these different features. Because of the current state of technology, Program A receives the major emphasis although Programs B and C are discussed (14 of Table II). r __ ___________ !Y)il_PT.!, V t CJl~RQ!.j:Q..MP__yT..R __ _________ , I I I Control eedbnck nformatlve eeclb 11 ck J I .~~, ., ,L....., I I Computer Program [or Computer Program for Computer Pr ogram fo r : Optimal Con tr ol Detcrmlnln~ S)'stem 'Intelligent Pcrturbin g I p .. ,fnrmance: A mi.: WiJJ""4'" ' I _____ _J High Level Cnntrol Signa l s PRocess Low Level P e rturbin g Signals Figure l. A Possible A
PAGE 44
The course is devoted to the mathematical and numericalcomputational aspects of the statespace or time domain approach as distinguished from the frequency domain. INTRODUCTORY MATERIAL Because of the wide background of students who take this course it is necessar y to first pre sent certain introductor y topics which are then used throughout the year. These include the com plete vectormatrix notation and it s uses such as evaluating the transition matrix and the pseudo inverse, the numerical solution of ordinary and partial differential equations, the fundamental properties of convergence algorithms and some basic material on functional analysis. The solu tion of equations and the numerical stability of these solutions is necessary because they are an integral portion of all control algorithms and must be done correctly. Further, convergence algorithms are used throughout the entire course to actually obtain the optimal control. In addition to these numerical concepts it may be necessary to present some preliminary details on the necessary and sufficient conditions for an unconstrained minimum of a multivariable func tion, the influence and effects of constraints and the use of Lagrange multipliers and pen a lty functions to handle constraints. These items which can be developed for a simple twovariable function, can be carried over directly to the most complicated control problem. As such the con cepts are absolutely necessary throughout the course. TABLE III DEFINITION OF OPTIMAL DETERMINISTIC CONTROL PROBLEM 1. General Form Given: 2 x(t ) 0 3. Control and State Constraints System Model Initial State 4. Final Time Conditions (tf) 5 I Hx( t ) t J + J'fJ[x ( t) ,u(t) ] dt Scalar Index f f t 0 2. Li n ea rQ ua dratic F orm, 1. ~(t) = + Linear System 2 3, and 4 are same 5 1 = x ( t ) Sx(t ) + Jtf[x Qx + u Ru)dt Quadratic f __ f t Scalar Index 0 Find u ( t) t 0 st !Stf' s uc h that I is minimized subject t o constraints of 14. MAIN TOPICS With these preliminaries in hand the next step in the course is to define the optimal control problem (see 1 of Table III) and to detail the 202 minimum principle and the techniques of d y namic programming and invariant imbedding as general methods of solving the problem. Here it is very important to give numerical examples and to illus trate both the positive and negative features of these solution method s. The linearquadratic problem (see 2 in Table III) is then tre ated in detail u s ing the minimum principle, dynamic programming and variational calculus. This is important because the techniques developed form the basis for all 2nd order algorithms for solving the full nonlinear control problem. Because of the availability of the ASP computer program (see I4) to numerically solve this linearquadratic problem a number of differ ent exercises ar e given to the st udent s The minimumtime problem is then solved via the minimum principle and the connection to linear and nonlinear programming detailed. Com putational considerations and the singular case are stressed. This area is interesting s ince it con nects to programming methods and is applicable to the analysis of many reactor systems. Next we discuss a wide variety of computa tional algorithms for so lving the nonlinear control problem without and with constraints. These method s include the gradient (first variation) approach and the second variation including quasilinearization. Much of this a nalysis can be connected directly to the special linearquadratic case already treated. In addition consideration is given to a form of suboptimal control which is easily developed and yie ld s a closedloop type of approximate control. At the same time se nsitivit y considerations are employed to indicate the influ ence of parameter uncertaintie s and to generate iterative methods for the optimal control. Since many reaction systems exhibit the fea tures of stability and instability we then turn to a detailed discussion of the concepts of trajec tory paths in the neighborhood (or global) of an equilibrium point. This leads directly into an analysis of multiple equilibrium points, non uniqueness of solutions of nonlinear equations, limit cycles and Liapunov functions. In particular the Liapunov function approach is extended to distributed parameter systems and to provide convenient algorithms for minimumtime and suboptimal control. The extension of many of the above ideas may CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
PAGE 45
now be used advantageously to analyze the con trol of distributed parameter systems. Here we treat the control problem in its normal form or carry out a partial type of lumping (finite differ encing) to convert the system to sets of ordinary differential equations. In both cases a variety of possible control algorithms following from the minimum principle and dynamic programming are developed. Finally we consider the identification problem either in its full complexity where no apriori in formation about the reaction system is known or where a model is available but the parameters must be adjusted to fit experimental data (para meter estimation). Here we turn to the linear quadratic case treated as a filtering problem, carry out nonlinear lastsquare regression and fit the system data with generalized orthogonal polynomials. Questions such as the noi se involved in the inputs and on the measurement are of im portance. AMUNDSON on Math (Cont'd from p. 177) and some comments must be made and analogies are drawn with finite vector systems. The object of such a course should be to pre sent methods for new problems. If a problem has been solved once then the engineer shou ld use it. But with a new problem there is no one to tell him when the problem is properly posed. Has the model been drawn so it makes mathematical sense and how does one test whether it does? Whether a solution fits certain physical and chemical require ments will be determined by comparison with experiment, but this comparison is meaningless if the model is not selfconsistent. There is frequent confusion in the minds of beginning graduate students on what is mathe matics and what is not mathematics, and, if such a course serves no other function, this question should be answered for him. All of our problems as engineers are physically motivated and the translation of a problem into mathematical terms is not mathematics. The generation of the appro priate mathematical model is the job of a good engineer and whether conclusions drawn from the model agree with experiment is the test of how good an engineer he is. If the model does not agree with the experiments one of two things may be at fault. Either the model was poorly drawn in that it does not describe the physical situation or the model is incomplete or incon sistent. Once the model is put to paper a matheFALL 1969 If the model does not agree with the experiments ... either the model was poorly drawn ... or it is incomplete or inconsistent. matical problem must be solved. The engineer must somehow convince himself either by intui tion or rigorous mathematical argument that the mathematical problem is properly posed. The old argument that the problem is a physical one and therefore possesses a unique solution is a useful argument but not infallible, since only nature so lves physical problems and she is quite capable of giving a nonunique solution. The argument also betrays an unrealistic confidence in the engi neer for it assumes that he has translated the physical problem into mathematical language exactly, a most unlikely event. This is really a very complicated problem, for in the course of the so lution certain changes or approximations in the model, both physical and mathematical, are made and these should be examined in some detail to insure that the structure has not been destroyed. In conclusion, such a graduate course should not only teach techniques but it should also give the student a feel for what he is doing and what is involved. It has been frequently asserted that we teach only mathematics and neglect engineer ing. On the contrary, we are trying to teach the student the proper place and function of mathe matics, showing not only its strengths but also the pitfalls which may befall the unwary and the uninstructed. BIBLIOGRAPHY 1. Amundson, Neal R., "Mathematical M et hods in C h em ical Engin eerin g ," PrenticeHall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, N J. (1966). 2. Gantmacher, F. R., "Theory of Matrices," Vols. I and II, Chelsea Puhl. Co., New York (1959) 3 Shilov, G. E., "Theory of Lin ear Spaces," Prentice Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, N. J. (1961). 4 Amundson, Neal R., and Dan Luss, Canad. J. Chem. Eng. 46, 424 (1968). 5. Coddington, E. A., and Norman Levinson, "Theory of O rdinary Diff erentia l Eq iiati ons ," McGrawHill, Inc. (1955) 6. In ce, E. L., Ordinary Diff erentia l Eq uatio ns," Longmans, Green & Co., London (1927). 7. Hartman, Philip, "Ordinary Diff erentia l Equa tions," Wiley, New York (1964). 8. W e inberger, Hans, "Partial Diff erentia l Equa tions," Blaisdell Co., New York (1965). 9. Kaplan, W., "Ordinary Diff erentia l Equations, Addison Wesley, Inc., Reading, Mass. (1968). 10. Ross, S. L., "Differential Equations," GinnBlaisdell, Waltham, Mass. (1964). 203
PAGE 46
.,(J eou'Ue U1, ~luvz,~ MOLECULAR THERMODYNAMICS OF PHASE EQUILIBRIA J.M. PRAUSNITZ University of California, B erke l ey Berk eley, Calif. Chemical thermodynamics started with J. Willard Gibbs nearly 100 years ago but its sig nificant influence on chemists and chemical engi neers in the United States, starting about 50 years ago, is due in large measure to the work of G. N. Lewis, who introduced fugacity and activity. For many years Lewis' strong personal ity dominated the College of Chemistry at the University of California at Berkeley; he served as its dean from 1912 until shortly before his death in 1946. It is therefore not surprising that Berkeley's College of Chemistry (which includes the Department of Chemical Engineering) has retained a tradition of strong interest in the application of thermodynamics to chemical prob lems. While Lewis' early work in thermodynamics was along classical lines, in his middle and later years he devoted much attention to relations be tween molecular physics and thermodynamic properties. Classical thermodynamics establishes broad relations between macroscopic equilibrium properties but, by itself, it cannot generate numerical values of these properties; further, it is limited in its ability to suggest useful tech niques for interpreting and correlating them. For such purposes, we must call on the insights pro vided by statistical mechanics and molecular physics. Lewis' efforts in this area were accom panied and continued by various collaborators, including W. F. Giauque (who won the Nobel prize for his lowtemperature work) and later Leo Brewer and K. S. Pitzer (now president of Stanford University). But, with resp e ct to chemi cal engineering education and research in thermo dynamics, the most important of Lewis' collabora tors was (and is) Joel H. Hildebrand, who at age 88 is still active in research on the properties of liquid solutions. Hildebrand's numerous publications have shown that when thermodynamics is coupled with 204 J. M. Prausnitz (BChE Cornell, PhD Princeton) has been a m e mb er of the Chemical Engineering faculty at the University of California, Berkeley since 1955. Hi s research interests are concerned with the application of thermodynamics and molecular physics to chem i ca l en g in eer ing design. H e has published extensively in this area and serves as a consultant to p
PAGE 47
Table 1. Berkeley' s Course in PhaseEquilibrium Thermodynamics 1. Th e Pha se Equilibrium Probl e m 2. C l ass ical Thermodynamic s of Phas e Equilibria 3. Th er modynamic Prop er ti es from Volumetric Data 4. Intermol ec ular Forc es 5. Fug ac iti es in Gas Mixtur es 6. Fu gac it ies in Liquid Mixtu res ; Exc ess Function s 7 Fu gac iti es in Liquid Mixtur es: Theo rie s of Solutions 8. Solubility of Ga ses in Liquid s 9. Solubilit y of Solid s in Liquid s 10. Hi g hP ress ur e Equilibria functions. He gains practice in reduction and in terpretation of experimental data and in devising efficient and physically meaningful methods for data correlation. Most important, he achieves some perspective on what kind of experimental information he requires for a given problem and, lackin g that information, he gains experience in quantitatively estimating desired phase equili brium relations from a minimum of experimental data. Finally, he becomes a cquainted with some of the literature on phase equilibrium thermo dyn a mic s and learns, often to his great surprise, that he must be critical of what he reads since this literature, unfortunately, is not free of errors. The course is divided into ten somewhat arbi trary sections which are given in Table 1. These sect ion s correspond to the ten chapters of a recent textbook' :' The lectures summarize, focus and illustrate the material in the text which the st udent re a ds concurrently. The first s ection introduces the student to the ph as e equilibrium problem: what are we trying to do and what connection is there between thermodynamics and the distribution of several components between two (or more) phases? The importance of this problem is discussed not only with respect to typical chemical engineering operations (distillation, extraction, etc.) but also with re s pect to physiology, meteorology and everyda y experiences such as brewing coffee or dry cleaning a piece of clothing. The second sec tion reviews the classical work of Gibbs and Lewis : the concept of open systems ; definition and utility of the chemical potential; fugacity and activity; a workedout simple example (Raoult's l a w as a s pecial case of the general equation of equilibrium). The third section deals with the calculation of thermodynamic functions (espe* J M. Prausnitz Mole c ula r Th er modynamics of FluidPha se E qu ilibria," Pr e nti ce Hall, Inc Englewood C liffs, N J. 1969 FALL 1969 cially fugacity) from experimental PVT data (or empirical equations of state) for pure gases for gas mixtures and for pure liquids and solids. Attention is given to the general procedure of calculating vaporliquid equilibria using only an equation of state assumed to be valid for both gas and liquid phases (e.g. the BenedictWebb Rubin equation). After the third section the student begins to understand that for finding s uccessful solutions to phase equilibrium problems, the important bottleneck has little to do with thermodynamics; the real problem is not thermodynamics, which is (essentially) all worked out, but molecular physics: How do we obtain, with a minimum of experimental work, the various constants in the equations? The student recognizes the need for constants which appear because real substances, unlike ideal gases consist of finitesize m@lecules which attract and repel one another. He is made aware of the main difficulty in applied thermo dynamics: to use thermodynamics for obtaining numerical results we must add physical under standing to our thermodyna m; c formalism And while the thermodynamic formalism is beautiful, exact and complete, our understanding of molecu lar behavior is still very limited. Section four presents a simplified survey of what is known about intermolecular forces. The na t ure and origin of intermolecular forces is pre sented along with the concept and s ignificance of potential energy functions and the microscopic law of corresponding states. A brief discussion is given of such "chemical" forces as hydrogen bonding and chargetransfer complex formation. Emphasis is given to qualitative and semiquanti tative relations between intermolecular forces and macroscopic properties. Section five begins with a critical discussion of the virial equation of state: its theoretical sig nificance, its utility and limitations for calculat ing fugacity coefficients in gas mixtures. Atten tion is given to the exact relations between virial coefficients and intermolecular potential functions and to the composition dependence of virial co efficients. The 'chemical" theory of gas imperfec tions is discussed. Semiempirical methods (e.g., the RedlichKwong equation) are presented for finding fugacity coefficients at high densities, and it is shown how these are used to calculate solu bilities of liquids and solids in compressed gases. Excess functions and their a pplication to liquid mixtures are considered in section six. Variou s 205
PAGE 48
if YOU can answer "YES" to any of these questions, Rohm and Haas can make your life interesting. Do you enjoy being responsible (and the rewards that go with it) for developing a project and carrying it through to completion ? Do you like a job that gives free rein to your imagination and tests your skills ? Do you like the satisfaction of making a contribution to society by improving a wide range of industrial and consumer products or by protecting natural resources or improving farming efficiency? Would you like to work for a company that is concerned with problems of social responsibility and encourages its employees to be active in urban affairs? RDHMD iHAAS~ PHILADELPHIA, PENNSYLVANIA 19105 We are not altruists. We are a strong and growth oriented chemical company that needs engineers of all typeschemical, mechanical, electrical and industrialwho want to make a practical coqtribution to improving man's lot and at the same time advance themselves in the world of business. We have doubled our sales in the past 10 years to the $400,000,000 level. We make some 2,500 chemical products including synthetic resins, plastics, fibers, pharmaceuticals and animal health aids. We are on the move and you can move with us into positions of responsibility just as rapidly as you show us you have the ability. There's just one thingy ou'll be expected to work hardbut you'll be in good company with the 13,000 other people that m~ke up Rohm and Haas. We have six major manufacturing locations in the United St ates and producing subsidiaries in 15 foreign countries. We need engineers in research, production and marketing, Write to Manpower & Employment # 7069. It could be good for both of us. ROHM AND HAAS COMPANY An equal opportunity employer .. .... ~ ..
PAGE 49
equations for representing activity coefficients (van Laar, Margules, Wilson, NRTL, etc.) are discussed. Consideration is given to multicom ponent mixtures and to systems with partial mis cibility. The significance and uses of the Gibbs Duhem equation are given specia l attent ion. Section seven i s an introduction to the theory of liquid solutions. Brief attention is given to the lattice theory of simple mixtures and of polymer solutions; emphasis is placed on the theory of regular solutions, on applications of corresponding states theory, and on the "chemi cal" theory of associated and solvated solutions. All theories are regarded critically; advantages and disadvantages are pointed out. Sections eight and nine are concerned with the solubilities of gases and solids in pure solvents and in solvent mixtures. Physical and chemical effects on solubility are pointed out and special attention is given to the importance of the stan dardstate fugacity of the solute. The course ends with a brief discussion of the uses of thermodynamics to describe systems at high pressure. Special emphasis is given to the important role of the partial molar volume. Vapor liquid, liquidliquid and gasgas equilibria are considered. As outlined above, the course appears to con tain a lot of material. However, experience has shown that wellprepared firstyear graduate students can handle the course without difficulty provided their total course load is not large. LETTERS (Cont'd from p. 167.) AN ADVENTURE IN TEACHING Sir: During a recent conversation one of my graduate students described a course he was taking. The professor wrote everything down on the blackboard He defined each symbol of every equation. Definitions were given of each technical word. Discussion was limited to students asking for clarification of the professor's handwriting. And then he added, "It wasn't like the Rate Processes course you taught last year". That had been an exciting learning experience for him. It had been the same for me. I was teaching the second quarter of Rate Processes to firstyear graduate students of varied backgrounds. In the first quarter we had covered the Momentum Transport section of "Transport Phenomena" by Bird, Stewart, and Lightfoot (BSL) This quarter I decided to teach Energy and Mass Transfer by the "row" approach. As the authors point out in the preface this alternate approach is suitable for graduate students. It emphasizes the type of transport and the analogies between the transport phenomena. Realistically it also eliminated the possibility that only FALL 1969 Typical firstyear graduate students at Berkeley usually take only a total of two lecture courses plus one seminar course per quarter. Careful reading of the text (which was available in mimeographed form until its recent publication) is augmented with reading of "classica l" original artic les which are kept on reserve in the College of Chemistry library. Eight problem sets give the student practice in applying what he has learned to the solution of practical phase equilibrium problems. All problem sets are corrected by a teaching assistant and the more difficult problems are discussed in class. The course provides a good partial foundation for subseq uent graduate courses in separation operations, in process design and in medical en gineering. For those students interested in doing research in molecular science and engineering it provides background and perspective for subse quent courses in statistical mechanics and in advanced chemistry, physics, and materials science The oftenpraised versatility of the chemical engineer, his ability to tackle a wide variety of new problems, is in large measure due to his knowledge of applied physical chemistry. Berke ley's course in phase equilibrium thermodynamics aims to contribute to that knowledge while at the same time providing the student with some of the skills for the practice of conventional chemical engineering. a week or two at the end of the quarter would be left for Mass Transport. The first topic covered was methods for predicting thermal conductivities and binary diffusivities. Since this touched on the area of my doctoral research, I added current literature methods to the text material and the students evaluated : Variation of thermal conductivity for sulfur dioxide, carbon tetrafluoride, and tungsten hexafluoride over the temperature range of O to 1000 C. Comparison of thermal conductivities of ammonia, carbon tetrafluoride, and hydrogen at three elevated pressures with experimental values. Variation of the binary diffusivities of tungsten hexafluoride and hydrogen fluoride over the tem perature range of O to 1000 C. Three lessons were learned from this exercise. First, beware of phase changes when computing transport properties (melting point of tungsten hexafluoride is 2 C and critical point is 178 C) Second, use of available sources of or estimation techniques for intermolecular force parameters. Finally, a feel for the accuracy of gen eralized correlations for transport properties. 207
PAGE 50
Shell balances for simple energy and mass transfer problems (Chapters 9 and 17) came next. This was followed by the equations of change for nonisothermal systems and also the equations of change for multi component systems The htter topic stirred everyone's interest. On 2 of the reasons, I guess, was because it was so difficult Another reason was that we had finally arrived at equations which encompassed all of the fluxes that would normally be encountered in any problem. In other words these equations presented the whole story. Up to this point the course had b ee n interesting but v er y conventional. All of us h a d learned some n ew ideas. But the real breakthrough was to come. Unscheduled. Unexpected. A real example of serendipity in t e aching. An AIChE meeting was scheduled for St. Louis in approximately the middle of the quarter. I was planning on attending and was trying to figure out what the students should do in my absence. Sounds familiar, doesn't it? What I hit upon was to assign each student a paper to review. Since mass transfer seemed to be the area of high es t interest, most of the papers were in thi s area. ( See list of papers assigned) Some related to the students interests as I was aware of them. None were by BSL because this would have been unfair in the light of the review I requested. Here are the things I wanted them to include in a written review and also in a fifteen minute presentation before the class: Put the important equations and boundary conditions of the paper in BSL notation. Are these equations in ESL or what equations in BSL are they related to? What are the basic assumptions in the starting equations and do the authors clearly state them? What are the unstated assumptions? Prepare a clear diagram showing problem solved. Show concentration, velocity, or temperature pro files in diagrams. State the three most important contributions of the paper. Should ESL include results in revision of the text book and why? What a surprise I had in store when I returned from St Louis! Fifteen minutes turned out to be woefully inadequate for any of the students to discuss their papers. I extended the time limit to an half hour. Even this proved inadequate. Discussion on some of the paper s lasted as long as an hour after the formal presentation. This was exciting, I finally had to limit discussion so that all of the papers could be discussed within the quarter! From this experience I gained new insight into what constitutes effective teaching. First, teaching was not my exclusive domain in the classroom. Students could teach one another and also they could teach me. In other words, teaching can be listening. How foreign that concept is among professors I've known. How foreign it was to me. Also, how threatening! Prior to this I felt that everything depended on my performance in the classroom If I pre sented a wellprepared lecture, including good examples to illustrate the material, then students could learn. But I always had a gnawing feeling that there must be other ways and probably better ways of teaching. One of these is embodied in the concept of teaching is listening. 208 Secondly, students can evaluate themselves. Each stu dent graded (anonymously) each talk. The average was their letter grade for the presentation. I was so awestruck by the talks I probably would have given them all A's. The students were more objective and gave an equal number of A's and B's. Grades which I gave on the written reports agreed very closely with those of the students. Relevancy is an overworked word in today's student vocabulary. It denotes that classroom learning has mean ing in or can be applied to the real world and its problems. Unexpectedly, this teaching adventure touched on some thing that was relevant to the students. We had all pro gressed to a common ground of understanding transport phenomena. With this each student attacked a paper in the literature and found that what we had learned applied to that paper. And each student could do his own thing within the guidelines laid down. Further each student had the opportunity to experience that greatest satisfac tion of teaching; namely, to teach is to learn. Frankly, we need to share this sense of fulfillment with our stu dents more often. In a future paper I'll tell how I did this with undergraduate students. In closing let me share one of the other things my graduate student told me. He said that one of the students finished his report while I was away He then cornered each of his classmates individually and went over his report with them soliciting questions and comments. As I recall his lecture was the best. More importantly, I know he had experienced an adventure in teaching. PAPERS ASSIGNED Arnold, K. R. and H. L. Toor, Unsteady Diffusion in Ternary Gas Mixtures, A.I.Ch.E.J. 13, 909 (1967). Evans, E. V. and C. N. Kenney, Gaseous Dispersion in Laminar Flow Through a Circular Tube, Proc Roy Soc (London) 284A, 540 (1965). Getzinger, R. W. and C.R. Wilke, An Experimental Study of Nonequimolal Diffusion in Ternary Gas Mixtures A.I.Ch.E.J. 13, 577 (1967), also Ind. Eng. Chem. 47, 1253 (1955). Grimsrud, L. and A. L. Babb, Velocity and Concentration Profiles for Laminar Flow of a Newtonian Fluid in a Dialyzer, Chem. Eng. Progr. Symp. Series No 66, 62, 20 (1966). Lever, R. F. and F. P. Jona, Chemical Transport in Non co nvective Systems A.I.Ch.E.J. 12, 1158 (1966) Lyczkowski, R. W. et al, Simultaneous Convective Dif fusion of Reactants, Products, and Heat with a Surface Reaction, Chem. Eng Progr. Symp. Series No. 77, 63, 1 (1967). McCall, D. W. and D.C. Douglass, Diffusion in Binary Solutions, J. Phys. Chem. 71, 987 ( 1967). Satterfield, C. N and R. C. Yeung, Diffusion and Heterogeneous Reaction in a Tubular Reactor, Ind. Eng. Chem. (Fundamentals) 2, 257 (1963). Toor, H. L Diffusion in ThreeComponent Gas Mixtures, A.I.Ch.E.J. 3, 198 (1957). Walker, R. E., and Westenberg, A. A Molecular Diffusion Studies in Gases at High Temperatures, J. Chem Phys. 29, 1139 (1958). Charles E. Hamrim, Jr. University of Kentucky (Continued on page 233.) CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
PAGE 51
Shell is a pair of sneakersmade from our thermoplastic rubber. Shell is a milk containerwe were a pioneer in the allplastic ones. Shell is a clear, clean country stream aided by our nonpolluting detergent mate rials. Shell is a space capsule controlener g ized by Shell's hydrazine catalyst. Shell is food on the tablemade more plentiful by Shell's fertilizers. Shell is mileage gasolinedeveloped through Shell research. FALL 1969 Shell is a good place for Chemical Engineers to build a career. Shell is an integrated research, engineering, marketing and product application methods; exploration and production, manufacturing, and carrying out research and development transportation, marketing organization with to support all of these Information about diverse technical operations and business openings throughout Shell may be obtained activities throughout the Un ited States. by signing at the Placement Office for an Chemical Engineers are vital to the Cominterview with our representative, or by pony, applying their know ledge to recoverwriting to Recruitment Manager, The Shell ing oil from the ground; designing and Companies, Department C, Box 2099, operating oil, chemical and natural~ Houston, Te xas 77001 Shell is an gas pmcessiog plaots ; develapiog oew equal apparhmity em player. THE SHELL COMPANIES Shell Oil Com pony / Shell Chemicol Company / Shell Development Campany / Shell Pipe Line Corporation 209
PAGE 53
Venture: Purify water with the fiber that made men whistle. Nylon. Reverse osmosis. A fiber that started making girls' legs more beautiful some 30 years ago. And a process that's been around a lot longer. But when Du Pont scientists and engineers look at them in a new way, they combine into an idea that can change the world. Reverse osmosis is a purification process that requires no phase change. It's potentially the cheapest way to desalinate water. Du Pont's innovation? Hollow, semipermeable nylon fibers much finer than human hair. Symmetrical, with an outer diameter of .002 inch and a wall thickness of .0005 inch, with an accuracy of manufacture maintained at close to 100%. Twentyfive to 30 million of them encased in a precisely engineered unit 14 inches in diameter by 7 feet long. The result: a semipermeable sur face area of about 85,000 square feetthe size of a 2acre lotand up to 10,000 gal Ions of desalted water per day. So far "Permasep" permeators have been used experimentally to purify brackish and polluted water, and in various industrial separations. But the potential to desalt seawater, too, is there. So Du Pont scientists and engi neers are even now working to ward improved fibers, units and plant designs that should make it possible to get fresh water from sa l t at a price that any town or nation can afford. Innovationapplying the known to discover the unknown, inventing new materials and putting them to work, using research and engi neering to create the ideas and products of the futurethis is the venture Du Pont people are now engaged in. u.J.,AT ofr. Ventures for better living
PAGE 54
,,4 eoul/,~e U1, cJl,,e,u,no.J'fnamicd. THE GRADUATE STUDENT VERSUS THERMODYNAMICS JOSEPH J. MARTIN University of M ichigan, A nn Arbor, Mich. Thermodynamics has the reputation, enviable or not, of being a worthy adversary for those who dare to engage it in battle. For most young pro teges there are many rounds of rough infighting before mastery of the subject can be claimed. This is not because of its sheer logic, for mathe matics is undoubtedly the queen of the sciences in this respect, and mathematics does not seem to offer the same degree of difficulty. Rather, it is more probably due to the extreme range of app lic at ion of thermodynamic principles. Although Webster says that "thermodynam ic s i s the science which treats of the mechanical action or relations of heat," it is much more appropriate to say that thermodynamics is the science of energy and entropy which is involved in every equilibrium state of matter and every process or change that occurs in the real ponderable uni verse. As an undergraduate the young protege is ex posed to the so c a ll ed l aws of thermodynamics," of which there are just four as follows: Zeroth. If a thermometer s how s the same reading when in separate contact with two objects, no change occurs when the two objects are touched to each other. First. Energy and mass are simultaneo usly conserved (accountable) in all processes and individually con served in most cases. Second. Act ual processe s occur in one direction and the initial conditions will never be restored without the aid of some outside agent. Third. The entropy of a pure substance in perfect crys talline form vanishes at the absolute zero of tempera ture. The zeroth and second law s are quite acceptable to the undergraduate because he has had some experience with thermometers and because he has l earned the irreversible ways of mother nature from the time of his first broken dish or balloon to the time he ha s burned the last drop of gasoline in his car many miles from a service station. The first law is palatable because energy and mass balances are mathematically neat, but the protege is often shaky on the general concept 212 Jo se ph J. Martin was educated at Iowa State, Rocheste r and CarnegieMellon University (Sc.D '47). He i s pro fessor and associate director of Institute of Science and Technology at University of Michi ga n. Presently he is a vi ce pr es ident of ASEE and a Di rec tor of AIChE. o f energy. He finds it difficult to explain the nature of internal energy or to tell just where energy is stored when a weight is lifted in a gravitat ion al field. The third law makes sense to him only insofar as he understands the abstract quantity, e ntropy, and the abso lute temperature scale. It is generally not the laws of thermodynamics which present the greatest difficulty to the novice in the field, but the hundreds of equations which have been developed to permit quantification of the elementary principles embodied in the laws themselves. Fortunately, however, there are just four basic equations from which all others are derived by suitable mathematical manipulation. These four questions do not have a one to one correspondence with the four laws, but collectively they incorporate the first three laws within their s tructures. The four e'e quations are: The Fundamental Property Relation of Matter (Gibbs Equation), N dU = TdS PdV + L dm i=l 1 1 The Energy Balance on a System, ** K (l) d(U+mu 2 /2 + mgz) 1 = 6Q 6W + L (H+u 2 /2 + gZ~ .6 m (2) sys j=l J J ,:, se e the Nomenclature at the e nd for th e d efi nition of sy mbol s ,:,,:, A syste m i s a n y portion of th e universe chosen for analysis, and may hav e many distin c t parts. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
PAGE 55
The Entropy Balance 2_!l System, K : ~ d& 1 = ' (6Q/T) i + 6LW/T + L : sj6mj sys L o (3) i=l j=l K mn = L : 6mj sys j=l (4) Although it may appear to be an oversimplifica tion of the subject, there is little question but what complete understanding of the four basic equations amounts to a mastery of classical thermodynamics. The equations are, therefore, in troduced to the protege at an early stage, even though it is quite unlikely that in a single course he will perceive all of their underlying implications. The graduate student who is ex posed to one or more succeeding courses will grad ually gain a more complete understanding of the extreme power and utility of the four equations to describe the thermodynamic character of all processes and all equilibrium states of matter. The first of the basic equations is probably the most important and the protege learns that a uniform mass of matter has the extensive thermo dynamic properties, internal energy, entropy, volume, and mass of each component, and the intensive properties (potentials), temperature, pressure, and chemical potential of each com ponent. The point to be emphasized is that these properties are not completely independent, but are interlocked through Eqn. (1). Any change in the condition or state of matter will cause changes in the thermodynamic properties, but the changes cannot occur indiscriminately; they must occur in accordance with this differential equation. In the deduction of the several terms in the equation, the inclusion of entropy is paramount. It is done in one approach by saying that for a simple heat transfer to the exclusion of any other effect the change of entropy is the change of internal en ergy divided by temperature, or dS=dU / T. This makes S extensive in the same manner as U. The desirability of defining entropy this way is best understood by noting that, for example, when a hot object is touched to a cold object in isolated conditions, the energy balance shows nothing is lost since dUnoth=dUa+dU c =O. Yet experience and intuition tell us that something has changed and the ability to do work has been lost. Calculat* Equation (1) is the ordinary version of the funda mental property relation. Additional terms of the form, (intensive) d (extensive) may readily be added to it to account for the more unusual effects s uch as surface, elongation or tensile, electric, and magnetic. FALL 1969 Thermodynamics is the science of energy and entropy which is involved in every equilibrium state of matter and every process that occurs in the real universe. ing dU / T (i.e., entropy change) for both objects s hows (dU / T)n 0 th = ( dU / T) + (dU / T) c = dS noth > 0 because dUH = dUc and Ta > T c The change in entropy, dS, provides a quantita tive measure of the irreversibility of the heat transfer. Its relation to the work lost is given by Eqn. (3). The unusual mathematical character of Eqn. (1) being an exact differential and homogeneous of the first degree permits it to be integrated to U = TS PV + z m. i=l : 1 1. and then differentiated to N O = SdT VdP + L m.d i=l 1 1 (5) (6) which is the GibbsDuhem equation that is worthy of extended contemplation by the protege. Be cause U, TS, and PV often occur together as in (5), it is convenient to define H = U + PV, A= U TS, and G = H TS, but it is obvious that although very handy and efficient, H, A, and G are not fundamental properties. By rules of partial differentiation and the definition of heat capacity as ex= T(dS/dT)x (7) it is possible to put Eqn. (1) in such seemingly unrelated forms as d~ = ~dT/T (dYfdT)p dP (8) ti!!_ = TllY:(dP/dT) sat (9) and many others. In fact, the bulk of thermo dynamics involves the application of Eqn (1) in different ways to a wide variety of situations in volving ponderable matter. In the second basic equation, the energy bal ance the protege notes how heat and work are introduced with arbitraary signs, and the reason for distinguishing flows of energy to the system by "o", and changes of energy within the system by "d". The most common applications of the equation are in three integrated forms: Closed System, Q W = l!Usys SteadyFlow System, 2 g ~=ti!!_+ ll(u /2) + gllZ (10) (11) 213
PAGE 56
SingleFlow System, r!!_om + Q w = r(Um) (Um) 1 (12) .) L f ijsys Of course, the energy balance may take many other forms by proper specialization of Eqn. (2) for particular cases. The third basic equation, the entropy balance, is useful for calculation of the work lost in real irreversible processes and for analysis of idealized reversible processes. The protege is quite aware that a tank of compressed air can do useful work by connecting it to an expansion engine and that such work can be forever lost by allowing the air to leak out instead of flowing through the engine. He is equally aware that an outside agent must do work on the air that leaked out in order to get it back into the tank. He will readily appre ciate that this work of restoration under certain ideal conditions is the work lost during the irre versible leaking process. For many applications the entropy balance is applied to closed systems as a simple integral, (13) J TdS = Q + LW sys In this form it is seen that for a nonflow rever sible process (no lost work) the heat transfer equals the S Tds. If in addition there is no heat transfer (adiabatic as well as reversible), the 5 Tds vanishes and the process is isentropic. When Eqn. (3) is applied to a reversible heat engine operating in a steady state (no lost work, no change of entropy of the systemthe engine, no ma ss flowonly heat and work flow), ~ I ( 8Q / T) i = 0 = 8Qb / T 1i + 8Q1 / T1, This may be combined with the energy balance, 8Q1i +8Q 1 8Wr = 0, to give cSW = cSQ (ThTR.) ., cSQ (TiTh) r h Th R. TR. (14) which is the Carnot relation that is utilized in the analysis of heat engines and heat transfer processes. Here it is desirable that the protege become familiar with heat engine cycles that are used in steam plants, gas turbines, and reciprocat ing internal combustion engines. The concept of available energy should be included also. The energy and entropy balances may be com bined in another manner by eliminating Q be tween Eqn. (11) and Eqn. (13) applied to a unit mass of flowing material, and utilizing the defini tion of = !!_ T_ or A~ = A!!_ jTd_ {_dT so that !,!! = A~ + /_dT + A (u 2 /2) + gAZ (15) 214 By using the property relation, ~G = 5 V dP 5 SdT, which is just a case of Eqn. (1) for the unit mass, another energyentropy balance form is LW = /y_dP + 11 (u 2 /2) + gl1Z (16) which is Bernoulli's equation. This equation has proven extremely useful in the treatment of a wide variety of fluid flow problems, particularly those in which there is friction lost work. For a reversible process no work is lost and (16) be comes ~r = /Y_dP + A (ui /2) + gAZ whiie ( 15) becomes (17) l"lr = A~ + /.dT + A (u 2 /2) + gAZ (18) The last two equations find applications in the flow work concept of equilibrium between two states. By this concept if two states are in equili brium, no work can be obtained from a transfer or flow of mass between them. Direct use of the equations furnishes an analysis of nonisothermal equilibrium, which is equilibrium superimposed on a steadystate irreversible heat transfer. Most applications, however, are to isothermal equilib rium so that Eqn. (18) is written 0 = A~T + 11(u 2 /2) + gAZ = AGT + rnA(u 2 /2) + rngAZ (19) If component A in a mixture is free to move be tween two states in equilibrium, (19) may be written 0 = 11GA.r + 11 (u 2 /2) + gl1Z (20) This is the key equation of phase equilibrium and to understand its implications, it is necessary to become familiar with partial extensive properties as derivatives of any extensive property with respect to mass of component A at constant T, P, and masses of all other components. For free energy, as an example, GA= (dG/ dmAh P m (21) B This may be compared with the property relation (1) to show that G ,1. == /J, A (22) Further comparison with (5) shows that G = ill.A. G A+ mn Gn + . (23) When one has gained confidence that a partial property of a component of a mixture is essen tially the same as the unit mass property of a pure substance, he sees how most of the equations for pure and mixture components are inter changeable. For example, by proper manipulation of the fundamental property relation (1) he can get both (24) CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
PAGE 57
and Id (GA/T'] HA L dT P T2 (25) which are GibbsHelmholtz equations. The protege's level of sophistication in thermo dynamics is advancing rapidly if he fully compre hends the definition and use of fugacity and activ ity through the equations, (26) and o fA o GA= GA + RT ln = GA + RT ln aA (27) Here integration has been conducted isothermally from a chosen standard state to any state. When Eqns. (23) and (27) are applied to a reaction, aA + bB cC + dD, at a given temperature and no kinetic or potential effects, Eqn. (18) yields c d o ac ao Wi:= IIG + RT ln a:i;= /\Go + RT ln J (28) aA a At equilibrium where W, = 0 this becomes IIG 0 = RT ln K a (K = J ) a aEquilibrium (29) Then substituting Eqns. (8) and (25) into the temperature derivative of (29), and integrating between two temperatures, the following equation for situations without appreciable latent heat effects can be obtained by a person who has a good grasp of the subject, T j (C C )dT To PProd PReact dT (30) RT 2 At the same time this move is made, it is desir able that the protege learn how to use certain tabular values of thermodynamic functions so that he can evaluate 0 (G o Ho 6H~ ) (Go Ho 6 H~ ) ( ~ ) = Rln K = I: ....'.!'.....__ + ___ I \ ....'.!'....... + (31) T T a T T Pr od T T Re act The protege's knowledge should extend to elec trochemical reactions, so that he understands the relations involving electrical work and voltage, such as W = N3C {32) d {er o /T) dT {33) {34) Standard state is a state of the material at the tem perature of interest and usually at a given pressure or other conditions that determine the state. FALL 1969 The entropy balance is useful for calculations of the work lost in real irreversible processes and for analysis of idealized reversible processes. and NT[r = NaE o RTlnJ r a {35) B y defining the activit y c oe ffici e nt, y i = fi / xi f i 0 it is desirable to be able to pr o ceed from Eqn. (6) to g e t / ln 0 and lny~ 0 00 YB J :B dlnyB y =l A B. (36) (37) (38) Rewriting Eqn. (20). for simple phase equilibria. G a B A GA (39) and utilizing (27), the extremely useful relation, fa= r a A A (40) i s obtained. From the definition of the activity coefficient the equation for liquidvaporequili brium is often shown as {yAxAfAo)liq = lyAyAfAo)vapor (41) For ideal solution s the prot e g e learns that if h e appreciates the significance of assuming VA= ~, he can derive (42) (43) Equally useful relations for enthalpy and entropy may be obtained. For nonideal solutions it is desirable to see how and for regular solutions how (45) The empirical and semitheoretical techniques for obtaining activity coefficients or required PVT behavior or an empirical constant such as w must be introduced at each step in which real problems are considered. Calculation of actual situations leads to the application, employment, and even development of correlations of the properties of matter. It behooves the protege to master many of these in the course of mastering the funda mentals of thermodynamics. 215
PAGE 58
Nothing has been said about the fourth basic equation since it is generally used directly as is. Clearly, however, if an application is contem plated to an extremely high energy process, such as a nuclear reaction or high velocity particles, the Einstein relation, E = mc 2 must be employed. In such a case the individual mass and energy balances must be modified to allow for the equival ence of mass and energy. N O ME N CLATURE Helmhol t z f r ee e n ergy UTS Activity f/fo Heat c apacity, T (dS / d T ) 3F a r ad a y number F u gac it y Gibbs fre e e nergy, HT S A cce l e ration of gravity E n th alpy J 4 R a tio of activities a~a~a!a: X 4 E q uilibrium ratio of activities L W Lo s t w o rk N n ~umbe r of mole a Par ti a l pr e ssure Quantit y o f heat Entropy Temper a t ur e I nte rnal Energy Velo city V Volume w w o rk Mole fraction Mole fraction Height above datum plane o 8 P hases Ac t ivi ty co e fficient Ch emica l po tenti a l Co n stan t for regular s ol u ti ons B e low an extensive prope rty makes it p e r un i t mass Above an extensive pr ope rt y makes i t a p artia l propert y of a mi x t u re. I n ca se of fug & ci ty show s th at compo nent is i n a mi xture D Den o te s vapor pressure, as PO. Several example problems and solutions are presented in the following section. ti" a problems for teachers I The following problems With solutions were submitted by P rofessor J. J. Martin. No 1. One hundred million standard cubic feet (60 F, 1 atm) per day of radioactive waste gas at 1000 F must b e released at a height of 400 ft. above the ground to avoid contamination of the surrounding area. A circular stack of uniform diameter is to be used. A draft at the base of the stick of 1 in. of water will be required (pres sure inside stack base is 1 in. H O less than barometric pressure). The barometric pressure at the base of the stack is 740 mm Hg and the ambient temperature 60 F. The gas has a molecular weight of 32 and may be con sidered an ideal gas. What diameter will be required? The lost work of gas flowing through the stack may be approximated by the equation: 0.032 lu 2 LW = gcD LW = lost work in ftll>p/lbM 1 = height in ft D diameter in ft u = velocity in feet per sec gc = conversion factor from lbM to lbF Solution: For barometric pressure at top consider a stag nant column of air outside the stack. Since it is at equilibrium (no flow) with no kinetic effeects, Eqn. (17) applies as 216 top 0 /y_dp + gAZ = f dP + gAZ base so and RT ln = g A Z base p (10. 73) (520) ln = < 4 o~~f 9 l Ptop = 729.41 mm Hg The pressure inside the base of the stack is Pin base= 740 (2\tgll = 738 .1 3 mm Hg The gas velocity inside the s tac k at an average pressure of 734 mm Hg is u = 10 8 (760) ( 14 6 0) (4) 42 9 0 ft 24 (36ooi ( 52oi (734) o 2 = ;;r sec For flow inside the stack with no kinetic effects and no work, Eqn (16) applies as ~ = /y_dP + gAZ = / ~ dP + gAZ Thus, (0.~~~~~4:0~!4290) 2 = (10.73W160) (144) ln ;~u~ + 400 Solving D = 7. 2 ft No. 2. A RanqueHilsch vortex cylinder is a device to e xpand a stream of air in steady flow from high pressure and ambient temperature down to two streams at atmos pheric pressure, one of which is at low temperature and the other at high temperature. Air enters the cylinder through a tangential tube, creating a vortex from which the hot air is withdrawn from the outer periphery and the cold air is withdrawn from the central region, as shown below. In a certain test of the equipment the tem p e ratures and pressures were measured and reported to be as indicated on the diagram The mass flow rate of the hot air was stat e d to be 1.35 times that of the cold air Show by calculations whether the reported measurements are possible 1flet Air I pi = 20 psi a 14.7 psia I t. = 80F I ,l, 11. End view 1 Hot air <,,..~!,J_ ;> Cold air outlet .... _,, I out:et o th = 280F Vf.J.., ____ tc 190 F Solution: Apply th e energy balance Eqn. (2) to the whole device. Assuming negligible kinetic and potential effects, and !SQ = ISW = dE = 0, sys H 5m. = 0 or (~ 5m )i = (~5m)h + (~5m)c j J J Let 5mh = 1.35, 5m c = 1.0, 5mi = 2.3 5 Taking the reference state of air at 80 F and 20 psia, and assuming ideal gas behavior with CP = 7.0 Btu / lb mole0 R, !!i O, !!h 7(28080) = 1400, and !!c = 7(1908 0) 1890 Sub s tituting in th e energy balaric e O = (1400) (1.35) + (1890) (l)= O. So energy balance OK. Apply the entropy balance as dS = 6 LW + tS 6 0 To jj = for steady state CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
PAGE 59
1 Integrating Eqn. (Bl, II~= cplln'IfR / lnP I Using this to calculate entropies with respect to the refer ence state, ~i = 0, ~h = 7 ln 1.99 ln 1 i/ = 2 .815 and~ 7 ln 1.99 ln 1 i/ = 4.24 Putting these into the entropy balance gives oLW = 0 (2.815) (1.35) (1) (4.24) 0.44 To or oLW = 0.44 T O T 0 is the temperature at which heat may be rejected to the surroundings, 540, so oLW = (0.44) (540) = 237 This, however, is impossible because the minimum value of lost work in a perfect process (reversible) is zero. There is no such thing as negative lost work (gained work). Thus, the data from the experiment must be in error In other words, do not invest in this device if suc cessful exploitation is dependent upon the above data. No. 3. A mixture consisting of 331/3% by volume methane and 662/3 % oxygen at 25 C and 1 atmos pheres total pressure is fed to a combustion chamber where the methane is burned completely at 1800 C. The combus tion products are then cooled and expanded at constant composition to 25 C and 1 atmosphere pressure. Assume ideal gases and surroundings at 25 C and no condensation of H 2 0. a) What is the maximum work obtainable from the above process? b) What would be the maximum work obtainable if the comb u stion reaction were carried out irrever sibly at 1800 C, but all other steps were reversible? DATA: For the reaction at 9 atmospheres pressure, CH 4 + 2 o 2 +CO 2 + 2H 2 o. At 25c: t.H At 1000c, llH t.S 208,500 cal/gm mole CH 4 1.23 cal/gm mole CH 4 /K 211,110 cal/gm mole cH 4 4.07 cal/gm mole CH 4 /K Solution: (a) At 25 C c.G = c.HTc.S = 208,500 298 (1.23) = 208,140 To expand 3 moles of products from 9 atm to 1 atm l,.G = fv dP = nJ dP = nRT(lnP) = 3(1.99) (29B)ln 3900 cal From Eqn (18) wr = t,.GT = 208,140 3900 = 212,040 cal (b) Irreversible combustion at 1800 C means that the work which could have been produced in a reversible engine is converted to heat. This could be put through a reversible heat engine to recover some work. Thus, t,.G = 211,110 (2073) (4.07) 202, 680 cal Therefore the lost work due to the irreversible combustion is FALL 1969 LW = 202,680 173,580 29,100 cal Net work by this process is w = 212,040 29,100 = 182,940 cal No. 4. One hundred lbmole of a solution of 10 mole per cent carbon disulfide and 90 mole percent acetone are to be separated into pure acetone and the azeotrope which forms at 39 .25 C under atmospheric pressure. The azeotrope which forms 61 mole percent carbon disulfide and 39 mole percent acetone. It is desired to estimate the minimum work to carry out the above separation in a distillation column if the feed so lution is all liquid at 39.25 C and the products are withdrawn as liquids at the same temperature. At 39.25 C the vapor pressure of CS 2 is 604 mm Hg, while the vapor pressure of (CH 3 ) 2 CO at the same temperature is 400 mmHg. At atmospheric pressure the vapor phase may be assumed to behave as an ideal gas. The liquid solution does not behave as an ideal solution, but its activity coefficients may be represented by the Van Laar equation, Solution: Let acetone be component A and carbon disulfide be B. For the equilibrium between the liquid a n d vapor Eqns. ( 20) and (27) show that ff= 11 For the liquid ff= yixif~. Taking t h e standard state as pure liquid under its own vapor pressure and since vapor pressure is low this may be taken as the fugaci ty f~, f~ = y i xi Pi O Also for the gas, assuming ideali ty, fJ.. = pi yiP. Thus, yixiPi = yip For an azeotrope xi = Yi so Yi = p~O l. 760 760 YA 4001.900 and Ya= 604= 1.258 Thus, From equations for Van Laar constants A lnyAli + xBlnyB] 2 = ln 1.90 rl + ~:~! ln 1. 258 2 L xAlnyA L ln 1.90 B l r; 0.39lnl.90l 2 n 1. 2 5 8 Ll + =o."'6.;..1;cln;,;;.._l;;.c.;. 2;.5;.~ = 1. 787 In feed solution, and 1.558 [ l + 1.558(0.9)] 2 1.787(0.l)j l. 787 [ l + l.787{0.l)j 2 1.558(0.9 j From IIG = IIGEx + 6Gideal and Eqns. (43) and (44), or YA= 1.0202 or YB 4.08 So IIGfeed = (1.99) (561) [90ln(0.9) (l.0202) + 10 ln(O.l) (4.08)) = 18,140 Btu (Continued on page 221.) 217
PAGE 60
.,(/ (JOl,f//,&,e m (JJ,,em,i,c,a,/, ReaduutCHyi.ne,e1uw; REACTOR DESIGN N. A. DOUGHARTY and J. M. SMITH Univ e rsity of California Davis, California 95616 At the University of California, Davis (UCD) two quarterlength (3 lectures / week) graduate courses are available in chemical reaction engi neering. The first course, which is required, is a general treatment. The second is an optional offering the contents of which are more special ized and may vary from time to time The goal of the first course is to complete the outline shown in Table I. However, even though most students have had an undergraduate kinetics course, our experience has been that a semesterlength offer ing would be desirable to cover the subjects listed. Following each major topic in the outline are references to appropriate books and papers. To gether the book references include all the major texts in the field. At UCD several of these (3, 24, 27, 29) have been used as the textbook for the course. On other occasions, the complete list has been assigned as a set of references. We find that even graduate students benefit from thorough familiarity with one reasonably general book. The course starts out with a review of chemical reaction equilibria to ensure that the student understands how to evaluate equilibrium product distributions. At this time it is also convenient to introduce the interrelations between kinetics and thermodynamics. The differential conservation equations (Sec tion II) provide the basis for subsequent design of whatever degree of complexity. The equations of motion are generally omitted, to be picked up in context as needed. The energy equation is ordinarily simplified to neglect kinetic and poten tial energies and shaft work. It is developed care fully in terms of both partial molar enthalpies and temperature, since this seems frequently a source of confusion. The point materialbalance equations also serve to introduce the reaction source term or rate ex pression. At this point the continuity equation 218 Joe M. Smith was educated at Cal Tech (BS) and Massachusetts Institute of Technology (ScD, '43). He has taught chemical engineering at Maryland Purdue, Northwestern, and California (Davis). His research in terests are in chemical reaction engineering Presently he is chairman of the department at Davis. Neil A. Dougharty was educated at Lamar Tech (BS) and University of California, Berk e ley (PhD, '65). He was a NASNRC Postdoctoral Fellow at Institut de Recherches sur la Catalyse, Villeurbanne, France and a NSF Po std octoral Fellow at Rice University. His research interests include heterogeneous catalysis, applied chem ical kinetics, and chemical reactor design. Presently he is an assistant professor at the University of California (Davis). for homogeneous reaction is integrated for con stantvolume and variablevolume uniform batch reactors, to stress the nature of the source term in the material balance as a function of instan taneous local properties, independent of the type of constraints on the reacting volume. The discussion of chemical kinetics (Section III of Table I) is necessarily brief. Students will have had an introduction at least to formal kinetics in undergraduate physical chemistry and chemical engineering kinetics courses. We acknowledge that chemical kinetics in its present state of de velopment is only rarely predictive but often permits more reliable interpolation and limited extrapolation. The steadystate approximation is discussed fairly thoroughly (2), and its mathematically very valuable consequencethat it reduces a stoichiometrically complex reaction sequence to a stoichiometrically simple reactionis stressed. With the information presented the student should be able to follow most of the chemical en gineering literature insofar as it attempts to discern reaction mechanisms. On the other hand, CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
PAGE 61
TABLE I. APPLIED KINETICS AND REACTOR DESIGN SUBJECT OUTLINE I. II. III. IV. References Revi ew of chemical reaction eq. 7, 26, 29 Conservation equations for systems with chemical reaction 10 A Continuity equations with homogeneous reaction B. Continuity equations with h e terogeneous reaction C. Energy equation Reaction rate expressions 11, 20 A. Material balances with reaction B. Stoichiometrically simple reactions C. Stoichiometrically complex reactions 1. Determination of an inde pendent set 2. Analysis of extents of complex reactions D. Kin e tic treatment of reaction mechanisms 1. Molecular reactions 2. Steadystate approximation for reactive intermediates a. Open sequences b. Closed sequences (1) Initiationtermination processes (2) Constancy of number 3, 27 6, 17, 23 of reactive intermediates E. Empirical rate expressions F. Pseudohomogeneous rate expr. 27 Physic a l transport and reaction in heterogeneous systems A. Pseudohomogeneous rate equa tionsglobal rate B. Intrapell e t transport 1. Isothermal effectiveness factors a. Pellet geometry b. Reaction order 27, 29, 34 c. Criteria for absence of diff. retardation of r ate 27 2. Nonisothermal effec tiveness factors 3. Physical properties of porous catalysts a Surface area b. Pore volume, porosity c. Por e volume distribution 27, 28 29 4. Diffusion in porous media 2729, 34 a. Bulk and Knud se n diffusion b. Surface migration c. Effective diffusivities 5. Heat transfer in porous media 2729, a Free molecule and normal conduction b Effective thermal conductivity 6. Effect of poisoning on the global rate 34 FALL 1969 ___l V. VI. 7. Effect of intrapellet t ra n sport on selectivity 34 C. External transport 2729 1. Mass and energy tran sfer coefficients 2. Effect of external trans port upon global rate a. Single reactions b Selectivity effects 3. Multiple steady states (stability) 1 Reactor design A Uniform batch reactor B. Continuous stirredtank reactor 1. Steadystate design 2. Multiple steady states and stability 1, 8, 15 C CSTR sequences D. Tubular reactor 1. Plug flow reactor 2. Tubular reac tor with homo geneous reac tion 3 PFR with axial dispersion 4. Threedimensional de s ign for packed beds 5 Stability and parametric sensitivity 6. Autothermal operation Transport parameters for packed bed reactors A. Velocity profiles B. Pressure drop C. Radial mass and heat transfer parameters 1. Effective diffusivities and thermal conductivities 12, 13, 31, 32 24 5 4, 9, 16, 21 15, 18, 19 5, 2729 2 Wall heattransfer coefficients 16 D Axial mass and heat transfer parameters VII. Design of fluidizedbed reactors 22, 29, 30 A Mixing phenomena B. Models of reactor behavior VIII Miscellaneous reactor types A Gassolid noncatalytic reactions 22, 24 1. Global rate equations 2. Reactor desi g n a. Wellmixed fluid phase b. Moving fluid, stationary solid phase c. Moving fluid and solid phases B. Slurry reactors 28, 29 1. Global rate equations 2 Reactor design IX Nonideal homogeneous reactors 15, 24, 25 A Nature of deviations from ideal flow B. Measurement of residencetime distribution functions (RTD) C. Modeling actual reactors with PFR and CSTR assemblies D. Effect on conversion 219
PAGE 62
Teaching, understanding, and applying the principles of reactor design will long remain a major challenge ... students benefit from thorough familiarity with one reasonably general book. a discussion follows in which the wholly empirical nature of much practical rate data is noted, deal ing as it so often does with complex and un analyzed mixtures, empirical parameters such as research octane number, catalyst deactivation, trace poisons etc. Finally a brief discussion of rate data for heterogeneous reactors, usually treated alto gether by homogeneous transport models on a global scale, leads naturally into physical trans port questions, that is, Section IV of Table I. In Section IV effectivenessfactor concepts are first developed, and then their numerical evalua tion is investigated. This approach leads con veniently to a discussion of physical properties of porous catalysts, followed by study of diffusion and heat transfer with the effective diffusivity and thermal conductivity the goal. External transport resistances complete this Section. Here care is taken to emphasize the relative import ance of heat and mass transport effects for various types of heterogenous environments such as packedbed, fluidizedbed, and slurry reactors. The integral reactor design equations (Section V) are developed rather quickly and little atten tion is given to their application to isothermal examples. The students are assumed to have had prior experience with this in an undergraduate course. Somewhat more attention is given to non isothermal cases, since time frequently prohibits adequate consideration of these at the under graduate level. Particular emphasis is placed on reactor thermal stability. Stirredtank reactor sequences are discussed briefly, and their use in modeling tubular reactors [e.g., ref. (14)] is noted. Primary emphasis in Section V is placed on the phenomena which occur in packedbed reactors Again, particular attention is given to thermal effects, which Denbigh (15) has emphasized as "undoubtedly the biggest factor of uncertainty in the design of fixedbed reactors at the present time." Quantitative analysis of these effects re quires numerical values for radial and axial Peclet numbers for heat and mass transfer. Empirical correlations and theories for these quantities are discussed in Section VI. Specific, but practically important, types of heterogeneous reactors are considered in Sections VII and VIII, with fluidizedbed systems singled out for particular emphasis. While gassolid non220 catalytic and slurry reactors are the only ones listed in Section VIII, it is at this point that other specialized forms can be introduced. The final subject is nonideal flow in homo geneous reactors. The time spent here is depend ent upon the background of the class. Practical situations where nonideal flow has a significant effect upon conversion are stressed; for example the CSTR with one or more internal cooling coils. RESEARCH IN REACTOR DESIGN A stateoftheart graduate course will natur ally bare the limitations of our present knowledge, as well as a variety of bypassed problems. A discussion of fluidsolid processes reveals many such areas, both for global rates and reactor design. The role of surface migration, inhomo geneity of catalysts, and heat and mass transfer in real solids are examples for global rates, of research problems of chemical engineering inter est. Work in this area often encounters unusual practical consequences. An interesting recent example is the report of Weisz (33) that catalyst attrition rates in a fluidized catalytic cracking unit can be greatly affected by intraparticle dif fusion limitations in the cyclic formation and burnoff of coke deposits. In the design of non adiabatic packedbed reactors, uncertainties in the calculation of temperature profiles remain a major source of concern. The scaleup of non catalytic fluidsolid reactors such as carbon black reactors and lime kilns is hindered because of lack of research on mixing patterns. Many com putational difficulties remain in the design of integral reactors because of the complexity of boundary conditions in heterogeneous systems. Research on the design and operation of re actors for treating both municipal and industrial waste water is of literally vital significance. Im provement in the operation of biological reactors for tr e ating primary effluents is an urgent need. New schemes are needed for the treatment of secondary effluents, and the chemicalreaction route offers many advantages. The design of photochemical reactors, which offer a new kind of nonuniformity, that of the light intensity, is an area of active research. Though b y no means exhaustive, these research areas are illustrative of both the work basic to reactor design yet to be done and the demanding CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
PAGE 63
practical needs of society which application of our knowledge of reactor design offers hope of meet ing. Teaching, understanding, and applying the principles of reactor design will long remain a major challenge to chemical engineers. REFERENCES 1. N. R. Amundson and R. Aris, Chem Eng. Sci, 7, 121 (1958). 2 Rutherford Aris, Ind. Eng. Chem 61, 17 (1969). 3. Rutherford Aris, "Elementary Chemical Reactor Analysis PrenticeHall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey (1969). 4. C. H Barkelew, Chem Eng. Progr. Symp. Ser. 55, (25), 37 (1959). 5. John Beek, "Design of Packed Catalytic Reactors," in "Advances in Chemical Engineering," Vol. 3, Academic Press, New York (1962). 6. S. W. Benson, "Foundations of Chemical Kinetics," McGrawHill, New York (1960). 7. S. W. Benson, "Thermochemical Kinetics," John Wiley & Sons, New York (1968). 8. O. Bilous and N. R. Amundson, A.I.Ch E. Jour. 1, 513 (1955). 9. 0. Bilous and N. R. Amundson, A.I.Ch E. Jour., 2, 117 (1956). 10. R. B. Bird, W. E. Stewart, and E. N. Lightfoot, "Transport Phenomena," Ch. 18, John Wiley & Sons, New York (1960). 11. Michel Boudart, "Kinetics of Chemical Processes," PrenticeHall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey (1968). 12. F. A. Cleland and R. H. Wilhelm, A.I.Ch.E. Jour., 1, 489 (1956). 13. P. V. Danckwerts, Chem. Eng. Sci., 2, 1 (1953). 14 H. A. Deans and L. Lapidus, A.I.Ch.E Jou r 6 656 (1960). 15 Kenneth Denbigh, "Chemical Reactor Theory," Cam bridge University Press (1965). 16. G. F. Froment, Ind. Eng. Chem ., 59, 18 (1967). 17. A. A. Frost and R. G. Pearson, "Kinetics and MeehanPROBLEMS (Cont'd from p. 217.) A.Gp roducts = A.G azeo + A.Gac e ton e A.Gaz a o 6Gazeo (l.99) (561)[< 10 ~l3 9 91n(0 ,39 ) (1.9) + 10 ln(0,61) (l.258)] 5,050 Btu wr 6 G = 6Gprodu cts 6 Gfeed + 18140 = 13090 Btu/100 moles feed No. 5. Badische Anilin and SodaFabrik AG of Ludwigs hafen am Rhein give this data. waterGas Shift ReactionConversion of the carbon monoxide proceeds according to the expression: (1) co+ H 2 oco 2 + H 2 ; tiH = 9,810 cal It is an equilibrium reaction with a temperature dependent eq uilibrium constant, (Z) Kp = (CO) (H 2 O) (CO 2 ) (H 2 ) FALL 1969 ism." John Wiley & Sons, New York (1961). 18. E. A. Grens and R. A. McKean, Chem Eng. Sci., 18, 291 (1963) 19. C. van Heerden, Ind. Eng. Ch em ., 45, 1242 (1953). 20. J. C. Jungers, et al., "Cinetique Chimique Appliquee." Editions Technip, Paris (1958). 21. H. Kramers & K. R. Westerterp, "Elements of Chemi cal Reactor Design and Operation," Academic Press, New York (1963). 22 Daizo Kunii and Octave Levenspiel, "Fluidization Engineering," John Wiley & Sons, New York (1968). 23. K. J. Laidler, "Chemical Kinetics," McGrawHill, New York (1965). 24. Octave Levenspiel, "Chemical Reaction Engineering," John Wiley & Sons, New York (1962). 25. Octave Levenspiel and K. B. Bischoff, "Patterns of Flow in Chemical Process Vessels," in "Advances in Chemical Engineerin g," Vol. 4, Academic Press, New York (1964). 26. G. N. Lewis and Merle Randall, as revised by K. S. Pitzer and Leo Brewer, "Thermodynamics," McGraw Hill, New York (1961). 27. E. E. Petersen, "Chemical Reaction Analysis," PrenticeHall, Englewood Cliffs, New J ersey (1965). 28 C. N. Satterfield and T. K. Sherwood, "The Role of Diffusion in Catalysis," AddisonWesley, Reading, Mass. (1963). 29. J. M. Smith, "Chemical Engineering Kinetics," Second Edition, McGrawHill, New York (publication date 1970). 30. J. M. Thomas and W. J. Thomas, "Introduction to the Principles of Heterogeneous Catalysis," Academic Press, New York (1967). 31. J. P. Vignes and P. J. Trambouze Chem Eng. Sci., 17, 73 (1962). 32. J. F. Wehner and R. H. Wilhelm Chem. Eng. Sci. 6, 89 (1956). 33. P. S. Weisz, Ind. Eng Chem. F un dam en tals, 8, 325 (1969). 34. Ahlborn Wheeler, "Reaction Rates and Selectivity in Catalyst Pores," in "Advances in Catalysis," Vol. 3, Academic Press, N ew York (1951). The location of the equilibrium for a given gas composi tion is independent of the total pressure of the system." Also presented with the above statements is a graph which is reproduced below. Please study this information and demonstrate (a) by numerical calculations whether their data are concordant, and determine (b) the free energy change of the reaction at 500 C. Temp~rature dependence of the equilibrium constant Kp 0.40 0.30 0.20 0.10 Kp I / / / 350 400 450 500 550 6ooc T (Continued on page 226.) Assume Kp Ka 221
PAGE 64
[9;jpjjj views and opinions GRADUATEENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGICAL ACCREDITATION L. E. GRINTER University of Florida Gain esvi lle, Fla. 32601 Perhaps at no time in its history has engineer ing education been beset by as many problems as exist today. It has been said from many direc tions that those who left engineering teaching as much as fifteen years ago would not recognize much of the course material taught today. Al though this may be some;hat of an exaggera tion we recognize its broad validity, and we must look forward to equally rapid changes in the future. A vice president of one of the great electrica l concerns mentioned when talking to students that his company based it s longterm planning on the assumption that onehalf of its business twenty years from now would be in new products To transfer this concept to engi neering education we might anticipate that one half of the courses in the engineering college catalogs circa 1985 will be totally new subject matter and the remainder will be considerably altered Because college catalogs are revised every year faculties are used to the concept of new courses and curricular changes. The picture of a fifty percent change in course material in fifteen years is not startling because it represents a normal evolutionary trend. In fifteen years the volume of published scientific and engineering material will at least have doubled. There are other changes which are just as probable that appear to produce very severe emotional reac tions even when they are merely discussed. Such questions as, what should represent the first pro fessional degree in en g ineering, and how does technician training articulate with engineering education are highly sensitive areas of interest. These areas require objective anlysis which is 222 Linton E Grinter is vicepresident of th e University of Florida. He was educated at the University of Kansas and the University of Illinois (PhD, '26). Dr. Grinter was ASEE Lamme Medalist in 1958. He is a leader in estab lishing goals and directions for engineering ed uca tion in this country. Th e 1955 Grinter report on the "Eval uation of Engineering Education" was in str umental in adding an eng ine er ing science base to all engineering curricula. He is active in many professional societies and has served as president of both ASEE and ECPD. difficult to achieve because of emotional reactions based upon the concept of a unified profession that has never truly existed in engineering. We wear blinders if we fail to recognize that techni cians continually, although in small numbers, move upward into the engineering profession, and that scientists move laterally with little resist ance into engineering activities. Both groups achieve the title of engineer in industry. Engi neering is a profession in flux that has still not been defined for the purpose of exclusion either by words or more importantly by actions. An agency involved deeply with the need to define the undefined and perhaps undefinable profession of engineering is the Engineers' Coun c il for Professional Development. Its task of accrediting engineering curricula and therefore degrees has successfully placed a floor under the profession of engineering that has received broad acceptance. However, this floor, based upon the amount of engineering education that can be mastered in four academic years while allowing for required work in mathematics, sciirnce, and socia lhumanistic studies is not highly restrictive. The great majority of institutions that make an CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
PAGE 65
The evidence seems to point to the master's degree evolving rather gradually into the main accredited degree whether or not it is called the first professional degree. effort to recruit an engineering faculty of reason able quality, who in turn select students of rea sonable competency, achieve accrediation. Their products become engineers by definition, and those scientists and technicians who retrain or upgrade themselves to compete with the product of the engineering schools are accepted as engineers. Under the procedures just described, we seem to have some 800,000 engineers in this country, of which about onehalf belong to a major en gineering society. A 1967 EJC survey deter mined that 565,000 individuals belonged to 45 technical and professional societies, of an en gineering and applied science nature, of which 438,000 were classified as engineers. The tech nical societies that hold membership in ECPD and EJC do not all restrict their membership to engineers. GRADUATE ENGINEERING ACCREDITATION An old refrain in engineering education has been the fiveyear undergraduate curriculum. It has been proposed, urged and tried over a forty year period without significant success. At times it appeared that nearly a majority of faculty members would favor it. Why then has there been so much emotional resistance to the concept of the master's degree becoming the "first profes sional degree"? It seems doubtful that the re sistance rests upon the concept that future pro fessional engineers can attain an adequate edu cation in four years. Such is patently not true. It may be that the terminology of "first profe s sional degree" applied to the master's degree raises the specter that a very large fraction of presently practicing engineers would lose profes sional status. Because only a quarter of practic ing engineers now have master s degrees a long transition period would be inevitable. Terminol ogy can often mask the most desirable objectives. It is becoming evident that the Engineers' Council for Professional Development is gradu ally being drawn into graduate accreditation in a stepbystep fashion. The first step over a decade ago was to accredit the master's programs of the Naval Postgraduate School using undergraduate standards. Then a number of master's degree programs or curricula developed in engineering departments having no undergraduate curricula. FALL 1969 These departments applied for accreditation and were gradually accepted. Now there are requests for accreditation of master's level curricula in colleges that offer bachelor's degrees in engineer ing where the bachelor's program is considered to be preprofessional by the institution con cerned. ECPD certainly cannot insist upon ac crediting a preprofessional curriculum, and it is doubtful that it can logically reject the right of any educational institution to define for it s elf what it wishes to call its first professional degree in engineering. The evidence seems to point to the master's degree evolving rather gradually into the main accredited degree whether or not it is called the first professional degree. Important influences are the following: (1) It seems doubtful that a fouryear education in engineering can be made sufficiently superior to four years of either science or technology to form the base for a clearly de fined profession. (2) An accredited master's de gree program based upon s tudent desire and aptitude for advanced study, with the opportunity for those whose interests are not highly prof es sional to accept employment at the bachelor's level, would aid greatly in defining the profes sion of engineering. Quite independent of emo tional reactions this seems to be the most prob able direction of gradual evolution. This change will be stimulated by changes in the engineering college catalog because the course material added always exceeds the deletion s Additions can be made at the master's level without gross eco nomic waste due to greater motivation of selected and selfselected students. A factor that should not be overlooked in the accreditation of graduate education is its useful ness in upgrading the casual offerings at many offcampus centers. Undergraduate work in the evening was at one time taught mainly by indus trial employees on a parttime basis. Gradually through the accreditation process evening study has been upgraded to achieve as nearly as practi cal an equivalency with day curricula and day procedures. At the graduate level there has been a dissemination of degree work to socalled grad uate centers. These centers operate not only un der the difficulties of evening programs on an overtime basis, but they often use parttime teachers to an excessive degree. Many fail to 223
PAGE 66
A factor that should not be overlooked in the accreditation of graduate education is its usefulness in upgrading the casual offerings at many offcampus centers. provide even the minimum essentials of library or laboratory resources. Until graduate accredi tation in engineering becomes a ccepted, these graduate centers will lack standards to guide their activities. They need and their students deserve the support that professional accredita tion would provide. Unfortunately, we still cannot provide the upgrading through accreditation that the offcampus graduate programs 80 clearly need. TECHNOLOGICAL ACCREDITATION At the opposite end of the spectrum from graduateengineering accreditation is found the problem of technology curricula accreditation Beginning with the Wickenden report in the late nineteen twenties it has been recognized that the productivity of engineers depends upon the num ber and quality of the technicians available as engineering assistants. In World War II the engineering colleges became large sca le techni cian training agencies for the Federal Govern ment and made one of their greatest immediate contributions to the war effort through this chan nel. A postwar surplus of technicians may have existed for a time, but if so, this could have been only at the lower levels. The United States has never developed an educational system that has produced highlevel technicians comparable to those produced in most European countries. In stead, our bachelor degree engineers have per formed many technicianlevel act ivities. This country suffers under the status symbol of the bachelor's degree. Parents make great sacrifices for their children to attain degrees. Any degree often appears acceptable. Hence technician curricula ranging from two to three years have never attracted sufficient numbers of students. The result is that new degreelevel programs in technology have been growing in numbers. They now represent a considerable group of curricula that carry the same descrip tive titles as the branches of engineering, i.e., electrical, mechanical, etc. One technological cur riculum widely adopted is building construction, which found a home in colleges of architecture rather than engineering. It has in part super ceded the curriculum of architectural engineering which was technically too demanding upon the type of student who was interested in this field. 224 The curriculum of building construct i on provides the degree incentive and the reward of desirable employment in a status po s ition ultimately di rected toward supervision without requiring the rigor of an engineering curriculum. It has grown rapidly in popularity and is entirely outside the control or direction of the engineering profession. The broad field of industrial technolo g y based educationally upon degree curricula now seems to be ripe for a development comparable to the ex ample given of building construction. The engi neering profession can influence this develop ment through it s procedures of accreditation or it can stand aside and observe the un c ontrolled development of a second channel for the prepara tion of technological personnel. When this prob lem was presented by the establishment of asso ciatedegree technician training curricula in the years immediately following World War II it was decided to lend a hand toward strengthening these technical curricula through ECPD accredi tation. Of course, the question of terminology arose, in particular the use of the adjective en gineering to describe such curricula. Obviously ECPD could serve no function in the field of medical technology or other fields not directly related to engineering. Our interest had to be restricted to the training of engineering techni cians. To make this clear the curricula eligible for ECPD accreditation were classified as "engi neering technology" curricula. However one may feel about the terminology chosen, the logic in volved seems indi sputable. Unless a technical curriculum is designed to produce technicians who will work directly with engineers it could hardly fit within the objectives of ECPD. The recent action of the Board of Directors of ECPD to accredit engineering technology curric ula of two, three and four years duration upon the single basis of inspection of about 70 credit hours of technical course work merely fulfills the concept described above. Beyond the required and regulated core of some 70 credit hours the institution may decide to add additional work requirements to justify the award of a bachelor's degree. This additional work may be in liberal arts, business administration, further technical courses in the major, or in a second specialty, or in any combination it may choose. ECPD will restrict its interest to the core program that CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
PAGE 67
Six Good Reasons To Choose A McGrawHill Text OPTIMIZATION THEORY AND PRACTICE GORDON S. G. BEVERIDGE, HeriotWatt Uni versity, Edinburgh and ROBERT S. SCHECH TER, University of Texas. Available Winter, 1970 This text encompasses techniques from all aspects of mathematical optimization with the objective of introducing these methods to seniors and graduate students. It is organized to illus trate the interrelationships among optimization methods, their ranges of applicability, a nd their comparative effectiveness. The authors provide fully workedout examples throughout the book to aid the student, and discuss the main tech niques in detail to give the student competence in their applications. OPTIMIZATION BY VARIATIONAL METHODS MORTON M. DENN, University of Delaware. 416 pages, $16 .50 In order to present a comprehensive examina tion of optimal process design and control, the author has s imultaneou s ly developed both ana lytical and computational considerations and then united them with detailed practical applications. The text utilizes the "variational" approach, in corporating traditional differential calculus pro cedures and associated computational techniques; classical calculus of variations; Pontryagintype "minimum principles" and related computational methods; and dynamic programming. Many of the examples cited are examined at various levels of sophistication and so l ved by several different procedures. ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS WILLIAM C. REYNOLDS Stanford University and HENRY C. PERKINS University of Arizona Available Winter, 1970 The first half of this book develops the funda mentals of thermodynamics using microscopic insight as the basis for macroscopic postulates. Disorder, randomness, and uncertainty notions are used in conjunction with the Gibbs definition of entropy to provide an intuitive basis for the second law postulate. The rema;nder of the book applies the statist ical concepts that have already been developed to actual engineering systems. Material on power systems and chapters on com pressible flow and heat transfer are included. ENGINEERING DIFFERENTIAL SYSTEMS ROBERT D. KERSTEN, Florida Technological University. 224 pages, $13.50 This is the first book to treat both the ana lytical as well as the numerical methods in engi neering. The author's thesis is that a complete solution to a given engineering differential system can be developed by using these approaches to connect four essential part s of the system: ( 1) properly understood phenomena; (2) a correct mathematical model of the phenomena; (3) a ten tative solution; and ( 4) a proper application of boundary or initial conditions or both. DESCRIBING CHEMICAL ENGINEERING SYSTEMS WILLIAM E. RANZ, University of Minnesota. Available Winter, 1970 With the intention of demonstrating how phy sical and mathematical models are built, this par ticipation textbook discusses states and actions of physical and chemical systems; shows the detailed development of material and energy balances; and includes interactions of simple connected systems as they are applied to chemical engineering. This workbook is based on the premise that a student learns by doingtherefore, numerous questions and worked out examp le s dominate the text. MODERN METHODS OF ENGINEERING COMPUTATION ROBERT L. KETTER and SHERWOOD P. PRA WEL, JR., both of the State University of New York at Buffalo. 500 pages, $15.50 This text (1) presents an introduction to the field of modern computational methods in terms intelligible to the secondor thirdyear student; (2) develops from these various methods the first principles that are basic and / or in general usage and indicates the interrelationships among them; and (3) views the material specifica lly but yet genera ll y enough to give the student the background he will need in numerical methods to cope with future engineering courses. Through out, the emphasis is on the methodology of the solution process and the universality of its appli cation to problems in all fields of engineering and the applied sciences. McGRAWHILL BOOK COMPANY 330 West 42nd Street New York, New York 10036 FALL 1969 225
PAGE 68
relates directly to the title of the curriculum. The award of a degree will be primarily the in terest of the regional accred iting agency. Re gional accreditation at the appropriate level (as sociate or bachelor's degree) must precede ECPD inspection. It is believed that this limited ac crediting procedure by ECPD will eliminate, to the maximum degree possible, confusion between engineering education and engineering technician education. RECOGNITION OF CONTINUING EDUCATION The sign ificance of continuing education for engineers was recognized a few years ago by a comprehensive report sponsored by E.fC. ECPD, ASEE and NSPE that emphasizes it s great im portance to the engineering profession. Never theless, continuing education operates under the handicap that the achievement of the individual receives no formal recognition. In contrast, a reasonable amount of effort directed toward parttime graduate study can result in a master's degree that receives nationwide acceptance. If some type of formal recognition of perhaps an equivalent academic year of effort devoted to continuing education could be developed, the atPROBLEMS {Cont'd from p. 221.) Solution : (a) Assuming heat capacity effects negligible use Eqn. (30) in From the graph Ka= 0.1 at427C and 0.4 at 600C Thus A HO = (l. ( 7 00) ln %:4= 9750 cal/gm mole This agrees well with the 9810 cal given The slope of the lnKa vs 1 / T plot gives the same result. (b) At sooc, Ka= 0.19 for co 2 + H 2 ~co+ H 2 o For the reverse reaction Ka= 0 : 19 Therefore, from Eqn. (29) aG 0 = RTlnKa = (1.99) (773)1n o: 19 =2550 cal/gm mole No. 6. The heat of combustion of hydrogen with oxygen at atmospheric pressur e and 18 C to form liquid water is 68,300 cal/gm mole H 2 0. The reversible voltage for the electrolysis of water in a v ery dilute acid solution at 18 C is 1.23 volts when all products and reactants ar e at atmospheric pressur e The latent heat of vaporiza tion of w ater is 10,500 cal/ gm mole, and both this and the h ea t of combustion vary negligibly with temperature. The vapor pressure of water at 18 C is 15.48 mm Hg (neglect effect of small acid content), while at 40 C the vapor pressure is 55 .3 1 mm Hg. 226 tention given to continuing education would doubtless increase. Because of it s extensive ex perience with the accreditation process, ECPD seems to be the logical agency to experiment with this concept of formal recognition of achievement in cont inuing education. It is hoped that an ap propriate channel for such recognition may be devised. It seems to the writer that such recog nition is a serious responsibility of the engineer ing profession that has been neglected merely be cause of its sensitive nature. DEFINING A PROFESSION A profession may be defined in part by re quired steps of admission and advancement of its members. It can also be defined in part through aid ing in the recognition of associated groups, who relate clearly to its activities, but by using distinctly different standards for recognition. Such a relationship exists between engineers and engineering technicians or technologists. There is reason to hope that these and other actions of engineering societies may aid in defining the pro fession of engineering which has resisted inclu sive definition by words alone. Nevertheless, the writer believes that definitions can be improved. Calculate the reversible voltage to electrolyze water at 40 C if the products and reactants ar e at 5 atm pressure Assume ideal gas b e havior and n eg ligible effect of pres sure on vapor pressure For water tak e the standard state to be (a) pure liquid under atmospheric pressur e and (b) pure gas under its vapor pressure at 18 C. Com pare the two answers. The reaction is H 2 0 H 2 + 0 2 Solution: (a) Integrating Eqn. (33) assuming little change in 6H O cO = 1. 23 (313) + 68,300 (313) r 2 ;l 3i3 = a ~40 291 2(23,050) u = 1.211 volts By Eqn. (35) 1.211 H2~~;~?l)) ln(s) 1 1 2 c's> 1.2438 volts (b) In producing gaseous wat er tiff 68,300 10,500.,. 57,800 cal /gm mole Th ~o = 1.23(313) + (57,800) (313)r 1 1] 1 228 volts u 5 ,<..r 241 2(23,050) L291 Now activity of gaseou!i water under own vapor pressure is aB20 H:H 3.57 So fr 1.228 !MH~m: ln (S)~~:is 1 1.2434 volts which agrees well with 1.2438 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
PAGE 69
CHEMICAL ENGINEERS When you GO with TEXACO you GO with the BEST! The BEST Facilities The BEST Products ... The BE ST People Yet, being the best makes it that much harder to get better With competition constantly at our heels, it takes an aggressive and imaginative R & D team to maintain Texaco's leadership role in the petro leum and petrochemical industry. An important part of this team are Chemical Engineers .. men like yourself ... constantly searching for better ways. It is through their efforts, as well as their professional colleagues and an aggressive management team, that Texaco stays out front. You, too, can be part of this winning combination. For Chemical Engineers with a B.S. or M.S., the professional and economic rewards of a Texaco career in process and product development have The BEST Opportunities never been greater Texaco's practice of basing pro motions on performance and ability afford you the BEST opportunities for advancement, while enjoying our congenial shirtsleeve atmosphere. Texaco has immediate openings at its laboratories in Beacon, N. Y., Richmond, Va., and Port Arthur and Bellaire, Texas for qualified Chemical Engi neers who already are, or are in the process of be coming U. S. Citizens. Interested candidates are invited to send their resume to: W. R. Hencke, Texaco, Research & Tech nical Department, P o. Box 509, Beacon, N. Y 12508. Texaco is an equal opportunity employer
PAGE 70
e1,,c e~m THE CHEMISTRYCHEMICAL ENGINEERING MERRYGOROUND RALPH A. MORGEN Stevens Institute of T e chnology Hobok e n, N. J. THE MAJOR CHARACTERISTIC WHICH distinguishes the chemical engineer from all other engineers is the foundation in chemistry which is required. There is a generally accepted statement, the origin of which has been lost in antiquity that says "The day mechanical engi neers dropped physical chemistry from their cur riculum, chemical engineering was born." Since the birth of the AIChE, the question of chemical engineering education has been uppermost in the minds of its members. One of the first acts of the new Society was to establish a committee on Chemical Engineering Education, under the Chairmanship of C. F. McKenna. There was much debate on the curriculum content for chem ical engineering but little consensus until after World War I, which has been known by many people as the "Chemists' War." Prior to that war, there was little chemical industry in this country As a matter of fact, the United States was so dependent on foreign imports of chemicals that the Germans were encouraged in 1915 to deliver a supply of dyes to the United States by submarine to avoid the Allied blockade. Following the "Chemists' War" there was a major increase in the chemical industry. Along with the growth of that industry, there was a demand for chem ists and chemical engineers to staff these indus tries. The fundamental educational debate at that time was whether or not there really was such a thing as chemical engineering. That chemists were employed in the chemical industry was un questioned. That engineers were employed in the chemical industry was unquestioned. The Ger man concept was to have a team of a chemist and a mechanical engineer perform most of the functions that are today thought of as chemical engineering. It remained for the team of William H. Walker, W. K. Lewis, and W. H. McAdams Pres e nt e d at the Annual Meeting of ASEE, Jun e 1922, 1967. 228 Ralph A. Morg e n i s a g ra d u ate of th e Univ e r s ity of California, Be r k e l e y (PhD '2 5 ) H e has b ee n a c t i v e in research, teaching, and administ ra tion in en g in ee rin g e ducation for thirt y years Hi s most r ec ent a s si g nm e nt s were President of Rose Polyt e chi c In s titut e a nd Dean of Graduat e Studies at Stevens. Cu r rently h e i s an e n g n e ering consultant to Florida Atlantic University to publish a textbook "Principles of Chemical Engineering" in 1923, to clearly and succinctly delineate, for the first time, the place of chemical engineering. Thi s book made a clear distinction between the industrial chemi s t s on the one hand and all other engineers on the other. The most significant contribution of Walker, Lewis and McAdams was to focus the att e ntion of chemical engineers on the unique place of the unit opera tions. While the term 'unit operation' had been used earlier and is credited to Arthur D. Little, who based a curriculum study on unit operations as early as 1915 1, the concept did not take hold until after the publication of this book. Dr. Little, while he was Chairman of the Chemical Engi neering Education Committee of AIChE, made the first steps towards the establishment of ac credited chemical engineering curricula. This initial list appeared in 1925, eight years before the rest of the engineering profession established the Engineers' Council for Professional Develop ment. Only fourteen institutions appeared on this list. In 1933, the chemical engineer s joined ECPD, but they retained a certain amount of autonomy. They were the only ones who, because of their previous experience, saw the necessity for greater emphasis on the basic sciences in the undergraduate curriculum fol lowed by advanced work at the graduate level. This occurred before World War II, commonly known as the "Physicists' War." 1 "Highlights the first 50 ye a r s of th e Am er i c an In s titut e of Chemical En g ineers p g. 56, ( 1958 publi s hed by AIChE). CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
PAGE 71
IN ORDER TO EVALUATE WHAT HAS happened to the chemistry content of the under graduate curriculum over the past 30 years, the 14 institutions on the original accredited list augmented by those institutions which were deemed to have either distinguished or strong faculties in the American Council on Education study 2 have been reviewed. The conclusions in this paper have been confirmed by reviewing what has happened to the chemistry content of these twentyfour institutions. From 1925 until accreditation was tempo rarily abandoned during World War II in 1943, there was general hauling and pulling among the proponents of more chemistry and basic sciences as opposed to those who pref erred more applied and more practical engineering emphasis in the curriculum. Dr. Albert B. Newman 3 sum marized the situation as it existed in the late 1930's very well. Quoting from that paper4 "In modern practice, it seems clear that the chemical engineer must not only have a working quantitative knowledge of the unit operations, but he must have a sound knowledge of chemistry, physics, mathematics, thermodynamics and economics. He must have facility in applying physical chemistry to plant processes, particu larly in relation to reaction velocities and the graphical calculus used in the interpretation of laboratory and pilot plant data on kinetics of chemical reactions." As a result, in order to try to satisfy the two opposing views, more engineering and applied courses versus more chemistry and basic sciences, the credit content of the undergraduate chemical engineering course rose to an almost intolerable level at many of the institutions. In some cases, an average of 20 semester credit hours for a total of eight semesters was required for gradua tion. The four year curriculum was reaching the bursting point. Most of the stronger accredited institutions, in that period, insisted on four years and a summer session, usually between the junior and senior years, to lessen this unrealistic load. The Chemical Engineering Education Committee was far ahead of the education committees of the other engineering societies and of the philosophy of ECPD in two respects in the 1930's. The 2 An Ass ess m e nt of quality in Graduat e Education, Allan M. Cartter, American Council on Education, Wash ington, D. C pg. 70, 1966. s Developm e nt of Chemical Engin ee ring Education in the United States, Supplement to transaction of the American Institute of Chemical Engineers, Volum e 34, No. 3A, July 25, 1938. 4 /bid. Pg 12 FALL 1969 chemical engineers did not consider the four year undergraduate course as terminal education, but rather "that education 5 has just begun at the end of the four year course. No student should prepare for chemical engineering unless he is enthusiastic about the idea of a lifetime of study." The Committee further believed that re search activity by the chemical engineering staff and graduate students is important and was usually found in those institutions which quali fied for accrediting. IN FACT, THE TRADITION OF GRADUATE WORK in chemical engineering was one of the close ties between chemists and chemical engineers which fostered graduate education in both disciplines following (World War I). The recommended content of an undergraduate chemical engineering curriculum in 1938 is shown in Table I. The percent figures are those taken from New man's publication 6 There was little dissension regarding TABLE I CHE CURRICULUM RECOMMENDED IN 1938 Chemistry Chemical Engineering Other Engineering Mathematics Physics Mechanics Other Sciences Cultural Subjects Total Percent 2530 2015 12 12 8 6 2 15 100 (Normal Credits in) Semester Hours 3644 3022 18 18 12 9 3 22 148 Development of Chemical Engineering Education in the United States, Albert B. Newman (Trans. AIChE 34, 3a (1938). the percentages, but the difficulty arose when such a curriculum had to be translated into a reasonable number of credit hours. For convenience, in Table I, the column of normal credits is given for comparison with present day curricula, but many of the actual curricula contained total credit s up to 160. It appears, therefore, that in the 30's, most of the accredited curricula included four whole year courses and at least one additional one semester course in chemistry. The year courses were usually general chemi s try, quantitative analysis, organic chemistry and physical chemistry. The additional courses varied widely depending on the interests competence and backgrounds of the faculty at the various institutions At this time, it was generally agreed that the undergraduate load was too heavy and further that graduate work was to be encouraged. Quoting again from Newman's paper 7 "The Committee is of the opinion that the tendency to extend chemical engineering study into graduate years, especially on the part of those students whose special aptitude in theoretical divisions, is one that should be 5 /bi,d,. pg. 16 6 lb id pg. 23. 7 Ib i d. pg. 23. 229
PAGE 72
encouraged, because of the widely recognized difficulty of giving adequate instruction within a period of four years, especially if any attempt is mad e to teach methods of research in science or engineering ." Thus, it appears that the Chemica l Engineering Education Committee in 19 38 reached the conclusion which apparently the rest of the engineering profession is tentatively approaching in 1967 8 There was general agreement in the thirties that if the amount of chemistry in the chemical engineering curriculum is reduced drastically, then the need for chemical engineering as a sepa rate entity becomes academic. This was about the situation when World War II intervened. A temporary cessation of the accrediting function took place between 1943 and 1946. When the ECPD Education and Accreditation Committee reconvened after World War II, the effect on the undergradu ate engineering curricula was obvious to many. The engineering education of the 30's was found to be insufficient in its content of mathematics and the basic sciences. The need for adding large doses of the engineering sciences (which the chemical engineers had called unit operations in their area for many years) became obvious. The physicists became enamored with subatomic phenomena and tended to abandon classical physics. Thus, the engineering sciences and much of classical physics tended to merge. The resulting effect on the chemistry content of the chemical engineering curricula was serious and in some cases drastic. It became obvious that a thorough restudy of the needs of undergraduate engineering edu cation was in order. At the request of ECPD, ASEE undertook a study which has come to be known as the Grinter Report 9 The report of this committee reads strikingly similar to the recom mendations of the Committee on Education and Accreditation of AIChE as annunciated by its chairman in 1938 10 The obvious difference, how ever, is that when most of the members of the Grinter Committee talked about the basic sci ences and the engineering sciences, they were almost uniformly talking about physics and al most uniformly neglecting chemistry. It was only through the valiant effort of the few chemi cal engineering members of the ASEE Commits 1nterim Report of the Committee on Goals of Engi neering Education, E. A Walker, Chairman, American Society for Engineering Eduction, April, 1967. 9 Report of the Committee on Evaluation of Engineer ing Education, L. E. Grinter, Chairman, ASEE Pamphlet, June 15, 1955. 1 0 Ibid. 230 It appears that the ChE Education Committee in 1938 reached the conclusion which apparently the rest of the engineering profession is tentatively approaching in 1967. teen that some of the normal chemical engineer ing unit operations were included as some of the engineering sciences. The publication of the Grinter Report was a signal for rather drastic revisions of engineering curricula throughout the country The kind of dichotomy which was men tioned previously as occurring among the chemi cal engineers in the 30's, now infected all the branches of engineering, i.e., one group advocat ing more mathematics and basic science as op posed to those who recommend more applied courses and practical training. The course con tent recommended by the ASEE Committee 11 illustrates the dilemma. (See Table II) The whole four year curriculum allows less time for mathematics and all basic sciences than the chem ical engineers thought was necessary for chem istry along in the 1930's. As a result, the chem istry content in 1966 of a ll of the curricula studied contains le ss chemistry than those same institutions had in the 30's or when they were first accredited by ECPD. TABLE II COURSE CONTENT RECOMMENDED BY THE COMMITTEE ON EVALUATION OF ENGINEERING EDUCATION 11 19521955 Proportion of Curriculum (1) Humanistic Social Studies About 20 % (2) Mathematics and Basic Sciences (About equal weight) About 25 % (3) Engineering Sciences About 25 % ( 4) Sequenceof Engineering Analysis, Design and Engineering Systems, including the Technological Background About 25 % (5) Options or Electives About 10 % Total Four years TWO OPPOSING FACTORS FURTHER aggravate the current situation, the explosion of scientific knowledge since World War II, argues for the inclusion of more subject matter while the ASEE Committee recommends decreas ing the total number of credit hours to lighten the burden on the student. This places engineer ing education square l y on the horns of two dilem mas : How to increase the science content of the 11 Report of the Committee on Evaluation of Engineer ing Education, L. E. Grinter, Chairman (ASEE Pamphlet 1955). CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
PAGE 73
curriculum on one side, decrease the total number of contact hours on the other side and still make an engineering curriculum without going beyond four years. The conclusion is obvious. Sooner or later it must be recognized that an adequate four years curriculum in chemical engineering is a misnomer. The Goals of Engineering Education Committee realize that there are many ways to reach the desired objective of a well educated professional engineer. However, in each case the inescapable conclusion must be reached that an engineer has an insufficient background at the end of the Bachelor's degree program to fit him for a productive technical career in engineering The report further contends that formal educa tion to the Master's level followed by continuing education throughout his professional life is a must for the engineer of the future. Equating the Goals report to chemical engineering it ap pears that there is room for various kinds of chemical engineering curricula, all the way from a very "light" chemisti y content at the under graduate level followed by more chemistry at the graduate level to a "strong" chemistry content at the undergraduate level followed later by more engineering at the advanced level. (See Table III) TABLE III FOUR YEAR COMPROMISE BChE CURRICULA Light Chem. Strong Chem. Semester er. Semester er. Mathematics 21 16 Chemistry 24 36 Other Science 12 16 Chem Eng Science 34 28 Other Eng Science 10 10 Chem Eng Design 9 4 Other Eng Design (Electives) 6 6 HumanisticSocial 28 28 Total 144 144 I F A FOUR YEAR CURRICULUM IN CHEMICAL engineering is to continue to be the norm for first accreditation and if the student is not to be given an intolerable overload, then some compromises must be accepted. A reasonable compromise c an be a c hiev e d among the relative amounts of basic s cience (in this case the amount of chemistry), the engineering sciences and the analysis, synthesis and design sequences. This com promise is coupled with the assumption that a course load greater than 18 credits per semester or 144 semester credit hours for four years is undesirable The "light chemistry" curriculum provides for a year course each in general, organic and physical chemistry. This is agreed as the irreducible minimum for a chemical engineer The "strong chemistry program allows for about three semesters of additional c hemistry, but in s o doing some mathematics, chemical e ngineering science FALL 1969 and chemical engineering analysis, design and systems must be sacrificed. The twentythree institutions in Table II with accredited undergraduate chemic:al engineerin~ curricula in 1967 all come within these limits Once the young Bachelor s degree recipient from either of these curricula becomes engaged in technical work in industry, he will feel his inadequacy in one direction or the other depending on his needs. He will be encouraged by his employe r to fill the gaps by pro c e e ding to the Master s degree. A typical program (See Table IV) illustrates how either man can reach the same g en e ral Mast e r's d e gr e e plat e au b y sel e cting the appro priate courses. There is considerable question in this writer's mind whether the graduate from the "strong chemistry" curriculum (which contains the mini mum amount of chemistry recommended by AIChE in the 30's) has sufficient engineering content to justify a designated degree (or an accreditable degree) in chemical engineering. The "light chemistry" curriculum has a reason able engineering content but is shy in chemistry. The problem has now come full circle. When the AIChE Committee on Accreditation published its first accredited list in 1925, the concern was to TABLE IV THREE POSSIBLE ROUTES TO THE MChE DEGREE Mathematics Chemistry Other Science Ch.E. Science Other Eng Science Ch Eng. Analysis, Design and Systems Other Eng Analysis, Design and Systems HumanisticSocial Mathematics Chemistry Chem Eng Science Chem Eng Analysis, Design and Systems (includes thesis) 22 28 16 22 18 4 6 28 144 0 8 6 16 30 21 24 12 34 10 9 6 28 144 3 12 3 12 30 16 36 16 28 10 4 6 28 144 60 6 18 30 231
PAGE 74
No student should prepare from ChE unless he is prepared for a lifetime of study. distinguish the chemical engineer as an engineer distinct from the industrial chemist. Now the problem appears to be to provide the chemical engineer with enough chemistry to distinguish him from other engineers. As EARLY AS THE 19oos, NEWMAN 1 2 AND his Committee recognized that education be yond the Bachelor's level was required if the chemical engineer were to have both sufficient chemistry and engineering. The intervention of the Physicists' War showed everyone the need for basic physics for all engineers. Thus, at the time of the Grinter Report in 1955, the amount of basic science in all engineering curricula was raised for the :first time to the level required by the chemical engineers as early as 1933. The net result has been that chemical engineering, in order to increase the physics content, had to decrease the chemistry content. The Grinter Re port recommended that an engineering curricu lum include in the more general engineering science courses much of the material that in the 1930's the chemical engineer covered (less thor oughly to be sure) under the unit operations label. The result is a squeeze in the chemical engineering sequence in favor of engineering science courses in other departments, i.e. fluid dynamics in place of the unit operations fluid flow. Conversely, some very fine courses in high temperature chemistry are being conducted by departments of astronautics and aeronautical en gineering and some courses in radiation chemis try are being taught by departments of physics and nuclear engineering rather than depart ments of chemistry. Thus, many of the old labels are being confused. At this point, it does not seem desirable to debate the virtues and vices of these changes, but merely to report them as facts. The result is sim ilar to the meeting of the immovable body and the irresistible force. Somebody has to give or the result is chaos. This writer favors a com promise solution in which all engineers will be given a Bachelor's degree in engineering un designated. Each student in the general engi neering curriculum (See Table IV) would be given 1 2 Ibid. pg. 23 232 ... it must be recognized that an adequate four year curriculum in ChE is a misnomer. ... This writer favors a compromise solution in which all engineers will be given a Bachelors degree in engineering undesignated. ... the first designated degree would be at the Master's level. sufficient latitude in electives so that he can choose the basic science and the engineering science that will give him a sufficient flavor of his proposed major. At the same time, the concen tration in his major would be limited so as to permit his getting a broader engineering educa tion than would be the case if there were a des ignated degree at the Bachelor's level. With this type of broad engineering degree, the first desig nated degree would be at the Master's level. It shou ld be a stronger degree with a broader back ground than would be the case with a Master's degree built on either the "light chemistry" BChE degree or the "strong chemistry" BChE degree. (See Table IV for comparison). Nevertheless, it seems perfectly clea r that there are at least three routes toward the Master's level in chemical engineering, any one of which will produce a satisfactory product. It is also evident that more chemistry is needed by the chemical e ngineer than he is now getting in many of the "li g ht chemistry" BChE curricula in institutions listed in Table III. It is further assumed, however, that the better students are wise enough to get that chemistry either by taking additional courses after they graduate or are b ei ng exposed to this material by taking courses otherwise label e d in other departm e nts. The inevitable conclusion is that the explosion of knowledge since World War II has emphasized the im portance of giving to the present day chemical engineer at least as much chemistry as he had before World War II. In addition, his curriculum must include more from the other basic scie nces plus more mathematics as well as new and expanded engineering sciences. If he is to be an engineer, he must have his share of courses in analysis, and design. All this material cannot fit in the old standardize d package. There will be amp le jobs for anyone who wishes to terminate his formal education at the traditional Bachelor 's level. All three routes, the li ght chemistry" BChE, the "strong chemistry" BChE and the general engineering with chemical e lective s BE will find many opportunities for productive careers But in 1967, as in 1938 the chemical engineer has just begun at the end of four years of formal study. No student should prepare for chemical engineering unless he is prepared for a lifetime of study with a maxi mum of chemistry. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
PAGE 75
LETTERS (Cont'd from p. 208.) Wills surveys publication frequencies Sir: Publication of th e results of their continuing re search is a major responsibility of those holding academic positions in the field of Chemical Enginee r ing. Frequently, and at least once a year during salary review, questions arise concerning these scholarly publications. Presumably both individuals and departments as a whole are eval uated. While it is possible to determine an average per formance for an institution, for its component schools and departments, it is not ordinarily possible to compare individuals and departments with th e ir peers (i.e., similar departments and disciplines at other institutions) even though this would be highly desirable. The deficiency in the use of peercomparison is due to the lack of suitably detailed statistics for each discipline. The purpose here is to furnish the data necessary for peercomparison in the field of Chemical Engineering. Detailed reporting of publications by departments and by individuals is available for ChE for the two year period July, 1965 to July, 1967. The source of this in formation is the 'Directory of Graduate Research," pub lished by the ACS. The information contained in this publication was solicited directly from all of the ChE departments in the United States offering graduate de grees While detailed information concerning publication records is available in the ACS "Directory of Graduate Research", there is no statistical correlation of these data. Given here is a correlation of these data. The pub lication records by professional rank are given in Figures 50 CJ) a:: 0 CJ) MEDIAN NO PUB /MANYEAR i CJ) w IL 0 a:: a. ...., CJ) .; ...J ...J ct IL 0 0 0 0 51 l52 2 53 3 5 455 55 6 >6 PUBLICATIONS/ MANYEAR FI GURE (I) PUBLICATIO!l RECORDS or All ASSISTAUT PROFESSORS OF CH[l11CAl ErlGIUEERII.G 1, 2 and 3. Figure 4 gives overall departmental records Table 1 gives additional information concerning the pub lication data. It should be pointed out that the estimates of publica tions should be considered as slightly inflated due to the reporting of items that ordinarily would not be considered publications. However, some editing has been done in this regard and the distributions and averages shown should be substantially correct. Also, the data correlated reflect the period 196567. The decreasing graduate enrollments of the past two years may well result in a reduction in the current rates of publication. George B. Wills Virginia Polytechnic Institute FALL 1969 Table 1. Publication Rates in 78 ChE Departments Pub. per Remarks Professors Number manyr. A s sistant 229 0.73 11.3 % published 2 or papers / yr Associate 216 1.09 10.2 % published 3 or Full Avg. (78 50 CJ) a:: 0 CJ) 40 IL 0 a:: a. g CJ) CJ) 30 ct 20 ...J ...J ct IL 10 0 0 50 40 0 CJ) CJ) "' IL 1i 30 a. ...J ;;J 20 IL 0 10 50 CJ) lz 40 "' ::E ;f. 30 w C ...J ;i 20 IL 0 i!10 0 papers / yr. 308 1.95 10.1 % published more 4 papers / yr. 9.0 % of a ll depts. pub. depts.) 1.27 or more papers / yr. NO PUB /MANYEAR 0 051 1 52 253 35 4.55 5 .5 6 >6 PUBLICATIONS/MANYEAR r!CURC (2) PUBLICATIOH RECORDS OF All ASSOC I ATE PIIOHSSORS OF CHCHICAL [IIG NECRHIG NO PUB./MANYEAR 0 0 51 L52 2.5 3 5 4.5 5.5 >6 PUBLICATIONS/ MANYEAR FIGURE (3) PUB LI CA T IO N RE CORDS O F AL L FULL PROFESSORS O F CHE MI CAL ENGI N EERING 0. 5 51 NO PUB. /MANYEAR 11 5 152 2s25 >2 5 PUBLICATIONS/ MANYEAR FI GURE ( ~ ) PUBLICATIOU l! ECORDS OF 7 8 CHEHlCAl Et l GIN([RIHG DEPARTMENTS FOR 6/65 6 /67 PERIOD more more than 2 25 233
PAGE 76
234 BERKELEY BRAIN BENDER OO WN 1 S equo1a S elllpl!!rvirP.rl'i Is the largut. ACAOSS 2 Btrktlty overlook5 btauttful San Francisco __ 5 Tht Athens of the West 9 Ct ty on Monterey Pen1nsuh, 3 hrs. south of Berktlty 11.C1llf'ornl1 Stilt Unherstty 12.Ttltgraph Avenut ts a Vlr1tlblt _ __ 14.11:tctnt Basketbal 1 stir for southern branch of U C. 15 Ptopte over 30 are likely to be __ ___ 20 Pr!nctplt tte111 dtveloptd during thesis resurch 23 Noted urly Cal 1fornh1n 27 Fruch dttty. 28 .C al oc cut onally scores one t n Mtmorhl StJdlu111 JO Goes halfway to the stirs 32.lnittah of A,urtcan Conser vatory Thuter, noted San Fr1 nc 1 sio repertory group. 33.Graduatt students do spend s0111e t h1t here 34 Jn B er ktlty,75 across 111ahs tht weather ntver ____ 36.Pro ml nent resident of Car tl Valley,south of Berkeley 37.0ptn up th1t Goldin ___ 38 T ll tree on Btrkeley e1111pus 41 .S an Francisco atrport. 43 .Th e Quttn of England 45 Tht __ and fauna of tht Sttrra Ntvad1 ire fl11tous 47 At Btrkthy, a gr1duate stu dtnt ntver feels 11 kt a __ 49.Locat1on of notorious stips oft setn on TV 52 Swtss Sftrra Nevada 56.Btrktley 1n1thls of 1964 58.Where the action ts. 59.Jn oral uams,graduatt 75 : Ciuse of pluunt Bedeley SUIUltrS. 11 Ernest O Lawrtn ce ftrst built one In Berlttley BO If you're not 1ook1ng 1t the bow, you are loolttng . _. _. 83.0bject of Berkeley chr 1n 1.t s research 84 0ppostteof u.v. 85 Berkeley elect r ochemlcill en 1neers t1re con c erned with this 88 Principal product of ulley Just north of Bay Area 89 Another West Cout st,te (1bbr) 90 Where Berkeley students 90 to see W111h Mays 93.Et __ Brutus ? 94 Hlppte home 97 Whttney ts the highest one~ It s tn Ca11fornta, too 98 The111e of 111any a r,lly. 99 __ Vllley, stte of 1960 Winter Oly11plcs easy drive from Berkeley 101.Nottd San Francisco hill 103 At Tradtr Vic 's 1n San Fran or Oaltl 1nd y ou may have a __ .Jal 105 We endeavor not to m i ke our oral exams a ___ 107 Shot In tennts played year round by hculty and students 109 Free ___ l 110 A graduate student Is never __ for very long 1fter he comes to Berkeley 112 Noted wt ne, r oduc Ing ,ru nur Berkeley 114 French plant of World War I. 115.Frtnch king. 116 ___ Cobb, 117 ___ G,hhad l Com111on vtrb 1. l s l.rn d In S 1n fr,nclsco tlv ~ee 116 Down Thing to do In lled elty C ht111tstry L1br1ry 6 Just wr it e [MH here we couldn t think of 1n y tht "IJ : 7. Dutch 1 r I I ne 8 Rtur, Source of qold 1 n I B49 10 .llo ne st ___ ll ln4IH h suffh 14 S ame as 33 Across 16 .S o ur c e of ego I 7 A 1 ver 1 n Art zon1 l8 81Jsh with purple flowH co111111on In Sierr a Nev1d1 19 Potito. 21.Type of current. 22 A 11kt, gem of the Sierra 24 What this ts 111 about ( I nit I, Is) 25 lndustrt1l recruthrs pie Ir: up tht 26 Mass_, Hut ,Mo111tnlu111.._ 28 Scholarly 1ru stresstd It 8!rkeley 29 St11cone queen of North Buch ll Type of record 35 FI rst I etter of 1crony111 of rtcent Berkeley 11tove1unt. 37 lt wts found at Suttu 1 s "I 11. 38 Afttr you come to Berlr elty your future ts_ 39 Modern art for 40 Go1l of grid studies 1t Btrktley (degree). Cl.Type of food, muslc,etc. 42 Btrktley ts __ 44 .J t tnttrsects Ashbury 2 3 4 46 Lut two letters of 1crony111 begun t n 35 OOwn 48 Scottish no SO. 11_ only in wlnttr tn 8trlteley (French). 5 1 Initials of su water conv ersion process ,p1tents held bv U C 3 3..All but would gre et you war ly. S C.Noted hrlttlty fac1.1lty 11eniber. 55 Statio University {1bbr) SJ.When you 90 Fishing In the Slerr1, you brtn9 your __ 60 What ol d professonbtco e 62 Contilner for beer 1nd ale 1t L1VII 's nur ca pus 64 Reclprocal of cosine 65 .N ature of Berkeley faculty 66 Mr H,nchu 67 Reg ts ltrtd nurse 68 Unlverslty of C1llfornh __ Berkeley. 72 length of typical t4term qu Ii 73 Another result of 75 Across 74 Type of flower 76. Poem 11 Btrkelty s co puhr tsn't IBM or HAL 18 Subs ta nee of concern to ch11111e1l engineers 19 Computtr 1 s ts so111tt1111 count In ___ 82 Attend f ng Btrkelty starts you on the __ to success. 85 Btrktley Is 1lw1ys free of snow 1nd __ 86 0utred verdict fro11 Qu111fytng Examlnitton 87 : Eltment No. 93, dtsconred at Btrktle'y 91 Type of w1 ter under rtsurch students hope not to ___ :t::;:r;:; 1: ~c~:~!/;~~ gr1n 1 te 5 8 'E R domu,4 hrs. ust of Berkeley .,'+=+=+'''..,_;,..;._ E 'y by Bed tlty Chem. E s 92.Fa11111 i ar n1111 for H11dle11 Horsem1n 95 Never re91rd the hculty 66 First word represented by I fnfthls of 56 A c ross 68 The entu1ng Berkeley grad student Is 111 ____ 69 .Compone nt of cyc lotron ~~:;~;!~~!~{ ~:1~~~~~~: polHt~o 14 73, __ Va lley,lowest spot in US. 20 21 21 34 IO IS your ___ 96 Most chsses are held tn the 100 The C 1l lfornfl sun tee ps ont from looking __ IOI .Greek letter ~102 B,ghdid __ tho B,y (SF). 17 II II 104.Con j unctlo n 105.Component of dtst1lhtton ~~~,I CO 1 umn CO URTE S Y O F ; DEPARTMENT O F C HEMICAL EN C. 1'1EERIN C. UN I VER5ITY OF C ALI FOR N I A. BERKE L EY , ,WHERE WE U SU ALL Y PUR S U E MORE S ERIOU S GO AL S INQUIR E OIRECTLY FOR ADMI SS lotl S (PUZ Z LE ANSWER S AL S O!) 106 C urse you,_ Baroni 108 Berlttley che111tsts found =~~,I CH, 1nd NH 1 on ___ 109.Popuhr 11ustc1l, now ol1ytn9 In San Fran ~~....I 1 11 .0 ur gr1duate students 101 are 111 __ scholars. IIJ H1w1ttan food ____ 4_4_,. 112 Ill 111 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
PAGE 77
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, SANTA BARBARA The Department of Chemical and Nuclear Engineering offers a full program of graduate courses and research projects leading to the M S. and Ph D degrees in chemical engineering. Eight fulltime faculty members direct research over a wide variety of chemical engineering and related nuclear engineering problems Modern well equipped research laboratories and computer facilities (IBM 360 / 75) back up all research programs. FACULTY ... John E. Myers, Ph.D ., Univ. of Michigan 1952 Professor of chem i cal engineering and chair man of Department Research program: Two phase flow in porous media, mechanisms of boiling heat transfer Henri J Fenech, Sc.D ., Massachusetts Institute of Technology 1959 Professor of nuclear engineering. Research program : Reactor engineering and reactor analysis heat transfer. Owen T. Hanna, Ph.D Purdue Univ 196 l Asso ciate professor of chemical engineering. Research pro gram : Applications of mathematics in chemical engi neering. ., A. Edward Profio, Ph D ., Massachusetts Institute o f Technology 1963. Associate Professor of Nuclear Engineering. Research program : Reactor e x perimental physics, neutron shielding, nuclear interaction with matter. Robert G. Rinker, Ph.D., California Institute of Tech nology 1959. Associate professor of chemical engi neering Research program : Kinetics and reactor de sign, energy conversion, air pollution control. Duncan A. Mellichamp, Ph.D ., Purdue Univ. 1964 Assistant professor of chemical engineering. Research program : Dy n amics of chemical processes, hybrid computer applications to adaptive and predictive con trol problems Paul G Mikolaj, Ph.D ., California Institute of Tech nology 1965 Assistant professor of chemical engi neering. Research program : Thermodynamics and FALL 1969 phase equilibria, structure of liquids and dense gases, oil pollution control. Orville C. Sandall, Ph D ., Univ of California, Berkeley 1966 Assistant professor of chemical engi neering Research program : NonNewtonian heat trans fer, interphase mass transfer, fluid mechanics of film flow. CAMPUS ... Santa Barbara is located on the Pacific coast one hundred miles north of Los Angeles The campus occupies a 630acre scenic promontory with the Santa Ynez mou ntain s immediately behind. Twelve thousand students are enrolled in programs in diverse fields of engineering, science, humanities and the arts. Attractive housing of all kinds is available within walking distance of the campus. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE AND ADMISSION PROCED URt:S . Teaching assistantships are available to qualif ied students; the stipend begins at $3,402 for the academic year with merit increases a s progress is made towards a degree A number of University F ellows hips, Research Assistant3hips and various Train eeships are also available for qualified students. In formation concerning departmental procedures can be obtained by writing Professor J. E. Myers, Department of Chemical and Nuclear Engineering, University of California, Santa Barbara 93106. Application forms for admission and financial assistance should be re quested from the Dean of the Graduate D ivisi on, Uni versity of Ca lifornia, Santa Barbara 93106 235
PAGE 78
CALIFORNIA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY G UATE STUDY IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING The Division of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering Offers Programs of Advanced Study ancl Research Leading to the Degrees of Master of Scienctt and Doctor of Philosophy in Chemical Engineering PROGRAM OF STUDY Distinctive features of study in c hemi ca l engineering at the California Institute of Tech nology are the creative research atmosphere in which the student finds himself and the strong emphasis on basic chemical, physical and mathematical disciplines in his program of study. In this way a student can properly pre pare himself for a productive career of research, develop ment, or teaching in a rapidly changing and expanding technological society. A course of study is selected in consultation with one or more of the faculty listed below. Required courses are minimal. The Master of Science degree is normally com pleted in one academic year and a thesis is not required. The Ph D. degree requires a minimum of three years subsequent to the B.S. degree, consisting of thesis re search and further advanced study. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Graduate students are sup ported by fellowship, research assistantship, or teaching assistantship appointments during both the academic year and the summer months A student may carry a full load of graduate study and research in addition to any assigned assistantship duties. APPLICAT IONS Further information and an application form may be obtained by writing Prof C. J. Pings Executive Officer for Chemical Engineering California Institute of Technology Pasadena, California 91109 It is advisable to submit applications before February 15, 1970. FACULTY IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING WILLIAM H. CORCORAN, Professor and Vice President for Institute Relations Ph.D. (1948), California Institute of Technology Kinetics and catalysis; gas chromatography; plasma chemistry. SHELDON K FRIEDLANDER, Professor Ph D (1954), University of Illinois Aerosol physics; particlesurface interactions; interfacial transfer; diffusion and membrane transport .. GEORGE R. GA VALAS, Associate Professor Ph.D. (1964), University of Minnesota Mathematical methods applied to problems of chemical reactions and transport, process dy namics and control. CORNELIUS J PINGS, Professor and Executive Officer Ph.D. (1955), California Institute of Technology Liquid state physics and chemistry; statistical mechanics. BRUCE H. SAGE, Research Associate Ph.D. (1934), California Institute of Technology Eng D (1953), New Mexico State College. JOHN H SEINFELD, Assistant Professor Ph D. (1967), Princeton University Optimization and systems studies in chemical process control. FRED H. SHAIR, Associate Professor Ph.D. (1963), University of California, Berkeley Phenomena associated with magnetohydrody namic power generation; chemical reactions and diffusion in electrical discharges. NICHOLAS W. TSCHOEGL, Professor Ph.D. (1958), University of New South Wales Mechanical properties of polymeric materials and dilute polymer solutions. ROBERT W. VAUGHAN, Assistant Professor Ph.D. (1967), University of Illinois Solid state chemistry and physics, particularly effects of high pressure.
PAGE 79
COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING POTSDAM, N. Y. PROGRAMS LEADING TO THE DOCTORAL DEGREE IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING AND ENGINEERING SCIENCE We are proud to announce that the National Science Foundation has awarded our department a Departmental Development Grant in the amount of $590,000. As a consequence we have available attractive Assistantships, Traineeships and Fellowships. For information on programs and stipends contact Professor W. N Gill Chairm a n Chemical Eng i neering D epar tm ent Clarkson College of Technology Potsdam N Y 13676 Please send furth e r information on y our gradu a te program to Name Undergraduate School Number and Street City State ______________ Zip Code ______
PAGE 80
DREXEL IS NOT AN AVERAGE SCHOOL 238 For example Drexel awards more engineer i ng degrees than any other private university PROGRAMS: M S. and Ph.D. in Chemical Engineering RESEARCH: Drying Dynamics Atomization Phenomena Environmental Problems Biomedical Engineering Proce s s Dynamic s and Control Fluid Mechanics of Films Optimization of Drying Processes Catalysis of Reverse Flow Reactors SUPPORT: Fellowships, Research Assistantships and Teaching Assistantships are awarded to qualified students. The minimum stipend i s $275 / month plus remission of tuition and fees. LOCATION: In Philadelphia, the hub of the industrialize d Delaware Valle y. Contact with many of the chemical and petroleum companies o f the area is convenient and frequent. For further details, please send this form to: Dr. John A. Tallmadge, Graduate Advisor; or Dr. Donald R. Coughanowr, Chairman Department of Chemical Engineering NAME: ADDRESS: __________ __ SCHOOL : ____________ I AM INTERESTED IN: M.S. ___ Ph.D __ FullTime __ PartTime __ DREXEL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY i> PHILADELPHIA, PENNSYLVANIA 19104 C HEMIC A L EN G INEERING EDUCATION
PAGE 81
THE UNIVERSITY OF FLORIDA o/Je,u,'I" Remote IBM 360 Terminals Computer Controlled Laboratory Individual Student Attention A Dynamically Developing Department Modern Airconditioned $1,500,000 Building Balanced Department Faculty of 17: diversified interests Wide course selection Four degree programs Participation in NSF "Center of Excellence" Grant GRADUATE PROGRAMS IN SCIENCE AND SYSTEMS Since many of you are interested in industrial careers in development and design, while others intend to teach and do basic research our gradu ate program is divided into two main areas and several interdisciplinary activities. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING SCIENCE Transport phenomena Fluid dynamics Thermodynamics Kinetics Materials science Applied Math CHEMICAL ENGINEERING SYSTEMS Chemical reaction engineering Process dynamics Separations processes Process control Computer aided design Optimization INTERDISCIPLINARY Energy conversion Polymer science Biomedical Process economic s Microelectronics Bioengineering DIVERSIFIED DEGREE PROGRAMS Master of Engineering with project on de sign, cost analysis, experimental investiga tion, or computer study. Master of Science with thesis. Master of Engineering PrePh.D. Doctor of Philosophy. FALL 1969 New Chemical Engineering Bu ilding located at center of new Engineering Building Complex. BASIC GRADUATE COURSES Models and Methods Multidimensional and Discrete Systems Thermodynamics of Reac tion and Phase Equilibria Fundamental Transport Phenomena Process Dynamics 1 or Process Dynamics 2 Reactor Design and Op timization (Systems Program) or Chemical Kinetics (Science Program) TYPICAL ADDITIONAL COURSES Mathematical Methods in Chemical Engineering Applied Field Theory Computer Control of Processes Optimization Techniques Trans port Properties and Irreversible Thermody namics Applied Statistical Mechanics Sta tistical Thermodynamics Interfacial Trans port Phenomena Turbulent Transport Phe nomena Advanced Transport Phenomena Rheolog y NonNewtonian Fluid Dynamics Chemical Energy Conversion Particulate Sys tems Applied Fluid Dynamics Process Engi neering Process Equipment Design Process and Plant Design Process Economy Analysis Tensor Fields and Fluid Dynamics Biochem ical Engineering Chairman, Chemical Engineering Department University of Florida Gainesville, Florida 32601 Please send information on your graduate program to: 239
PAGE 82
Iowa State University in Ames, Iowa, the first school to be established under the 1862 Land Grant Act, has a long tradition of lead ership in Engineering and Applied Science. Today it ranks seventh in the nation in Ph.D. degrees granted in Engineering and ninth in degrees in Chemical Engineering. Its College of Engineering is the largest yvest of the Mississippi River. To those interested in Chemical Engineer ing, Iowa State offers a variety of courses and research areas leading to the M.E., M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. The Department of Chemical Engineering is one of the oldest in the United States and enjoys a rich heritage of excellence in teaching and research. The staff numbers 22 and the enrollment consists of 300 under graduate and 70 graduate students. In addition to facilities available in a new Chemical Engineering building, research is conducted in the Ames Laboratory, a Nation al Laboratory of the US Atomic Energy Com mission, located on the Iowa State campus. A staff of nearly 1,000 at the Laboratory con ducts basic research of longrange interest to the nuclear industry. Ames lies amid the gently rolling hills of central Iowa. Typical of the picturesque yet modern campus is the new cultural center shown above, now half complete. This fall the Festival of Concerts at the center auditorium was opened by the New York Philharmonic. The 14,000seat coliseum will host many Big Eight Conference athletic events. A large variety of assistantships and fellow ships are filled each year by new graduate stu dents in Chemical Engineering. Living accom odations are available for single students in a new eightstory graduate dormitory, and for married students in more than 1300 apart ments operated by the University. I 1 I George Burnet, Head I Chemical Engineering Department I Iowa State University I Ames, Iowa 50010 I I Please send application forms and further information on your graduate program. I I Name ______________ Undergraduate SchoolI I Number and Street______________________________ I I City ______________ State ______ Zip Code_______ : '
PAGE 83
UNIVERSITY OF I{ENTUCI{Y FALL 1969 M.S. and Ph.D. Study in Chemical Engineering including A Unique Program in AIR POLLUTION CONTROL Kinetics and equilibria of atmospheric reactions Micrometeorology Diffusion in the atmosphere: modelling of urban areas Air sampling and analysis Process and system control; air cleaning Effects of pollutants on man, materials, and environs Excellent, U.S.P.H.S. Traineeships available At U.K.a nineman faculty, new laboratory and class room facilities, a complete graduate curriculum, a variety of research topics ... Contact: Robert B. Grieves Dep't of Chemical Engineering University of Kentucky Lexington Kentucky 40506 241
PAGE 84
Program of Study Research Facilities Financial Aid Cost of Study Cost of Living Student Body The Community The University Applying Correspondence and Information LOUISIANA STATE UNIVERSITY Department of Chemical Engineering This department offers work leading to the Master of Science degree in chemical engineering and the Doctor of Philosophy degree in chemical engineering The Master of Science degree may be earned under either thesis option or a course work option Where practical the thesis option is encouraged for students planning a terminal Master of Science A Master of Science in sugar engineering is also available through the department Each of twenty graduate courses is taught at least once each academic year Undergraduate preparation should normally be the equivalent of that established as the minimum requirement for accreditation by the Engineers Council for Professional Development Special cases will be considered by the Head of the Department The Master of Science degree requires a thesis plus 24 course work credit hours of which a minimum of 12 must be taken in chemical engineering. For nonthesis Master of Science students, 36 credit hours are required For the Ph.D. degree a minimum of 60 credit hours beyond the baccalaureate are required These must include 18 to 27 credit hours in chemical engineering, 12 to 15 in one or two minor subjects, 3 to 6 in cultural electives, and 12 to 15 in technical electives A maximum of 9 credit hours is allowed for dissertation research In addition each candidate must demonstrate a reading knowledge in at least one foreign language Within the Chemical Engineering Department are a number of special purpo~e research facilities which include a reacting fluids laboratory, thermal fluids laboratory ; a high polymers laboratory and a modern computing laboratory which includes analog digital and hybrid computers The department is also serviced by such University facilities as the Nuclear Science Center, the Computer Research Center, and one of the most modern libraries in the South with holdings of more than 1 300 000 volumes A number of fellowships and assistantships are available for graduate students during the academic year Fellowship and research assistantship support is provided by the NSF, NDEA, HEW, NASA DOD the University, and private industry. Typical academic year stipends for half time graduate assistantships or fellowships range between $2250 and $2700 (taxfree) plus an additional tuition and fee exemption (not including an activity fee of $55). Graduate students have no difficulty i n obtaining technical employment during the summer because of the local concentration of chemical and allied industry i n the area. Alternatively, full time summer research support is also possible. For each regular semester (up to 12 credit hours) graduate student tuition i ncludes a general fee of $50 a University fee of $55, an activity fee of $55, and a nonresident fee (if applicable) of $100 For single students, dormitory rooms vary from $81 to $225 for men and $119 to $227 for women per semester. Unforr ished apartments for married students rent for $65 to $90 monthly Many reasonably priced off campus apartments and residences also are available for students within the University environs. Undergraduate enrollment on the Baton Rouge campus averages 14,800, 40 per cent of whom are women Graduate and professional enrollment is over 3,500. Students are drawn from every state in the Union and more than 60 foreign countries About 730 international students are registered each academ i c year i n both the undergraduate and graduate programs Graduate enrollment within the Department of Chemical Engineering is approximately 90, including parttime and fulltime students There are 40 full time graduate students, of whom 19 are doctoral candidates and 21 are master's or predoctoral candidates. Currently, 38 full time graduate students in the department are receiving financial aid. LSU, situated within the city of Baton Rouge has the unique advantages of a growing metropolis of over a quarter of a million people as well as those of the outlying countryside a paradise for fishing, boating, and hunting enthusiasts In addition the University supports a vast cultural and recreational program in music, drama, art and literature as well as fine programs in athletics Just eighty miles southeast of the main campus, at the entrance to the Gulf of Mexico is New Orleans internationally known for its southern hospitality, charm and recreational activities. Louisiana State Unive r sity and Agricultural and Mechanical College is a multicampus, multipurpose system of higher education, exerting a major influence on the economic, social and cultural life of all its citizens Founded as a landgrant i nstitution in 1860 LSU has grown to become one of the leading universities in the South. The main campus consisting of 15 colleges and specialized schools is located on a beautifully landscaped 300acre plateau just east of the Mississippi River Although physically retaining the beauty of its southern heritage, the University is nevertheless a modern facility reflecting the scholarship and culture of the present Applications for admission although considered throughout the year, should be made as early as possible For those seeking financial assistance it should be made preferably by March 1 for a fall appointment and November 1 for the spring semester. The aptitude portion of the Graduate Record Examination is required for all applicants Department of Chemical Engineering Louisiana State University University Station Baton Rouge, Louisiana 70803
PAGE 85
A CAREER IN THE PAPER INDUSTRY? Manufacture of Pulp and Paper is one of the largest and fastest growing industries in the United States and the world A research ren aissance in product and process diversification provides exceptional growth opportunities for men and women in all disciplines of engi neering and science Such talents are in demand for research, indus trial engineering business management, marketing, systems planning you name it, this industry offers it. Train for it at the University of Maine FALL 1969 The Department of Chemical Engineering at the University of Maine, Orono pioneered the first paper studies program in the United States, and continues to lead in teaching multidisciplinary application of engi neering sciences to the varied and complex operational decisions of this forest resources industry. The modern and rapidly expanding paper industry of this state provides an exceptional opportunity for cooperative interraction of University based programs with real life problems of industrial development Students with a B S. degree in most scientific or engineering disci plines can program a fifth year extension of their undergraduate cur riculum to fulfill requirements for a Certificate of Advanced Study in Pulp and Paper Management. One half of the fifth year covers basic fiber science and the technology of pulp and paper production. The other half can be an elective sequence to develop special interests in: COURSES Systems Engineering Environmental Engineering Applied Computer Sciences Polymer Science .. and others Process Control Plant Design Operations Economy Engineering Management Students who apply and qualify for admission to graduate school can fit a substantial part of their fifth year Certificate Program to graduate school requirements for a Master of Science degree in Pulp and Paper Technology, in Systems Engineering, or in Chemical Engineering. GRANTS The University of Maine Pulp and Paper Foundation offers grants to qualified students who undertake the fifth year program Such grants of full tuition plus $1100 cover all essential academic costs. Fellowships and Assistantships are available also for a limi t ed number of students beyond the fifth year who aim for a Ph.D in Chemical Engineering. I FOR DETAILED INFORMATION For more detailed information about the pulp and paper programs at the University of Maine and the financial assistance available write : Dr. Edward G. Bobalek Chemical Engineering Department 255 Aubert Hall University of Maine Orono Maine 04473 243
PAGE 86
What are YOU looking for 1n a GRADUATE PROGRAM? II 244 THE UNIVERSITY Of MICHIGAN OFFERS EXPERIENCE The University of Michigan, Department of Chemical and Metallurgical Engineering, has operated gradu ate degree programs for over 50 years We have awarded over 300 doctorates and 1000 master s degrees VARIED RESEARCH The 35 faculty members work in all the traditional areas of research and also such fields as plasma reactions, process dynamics, catalyst structure, bio chemical processes, electrochemistry, multiphase systems, computerassisted design, nonNewtonian fluids, and reservoir engineering. CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT Besides the usual campus activities the University and the Ann Arbor community offers the students scores of concerts by famous artists, lectures held throughout the year, plus the three drama seriesall handy to campus Ann Arbor is located in a river valley and is ideal for both winter and summer sports. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Most of our American and Canadian students receive financial assistance. Also, the University has excellent employment opportunities for student wives. Write for information and a special book to: Robert H. Kadlec, Chairman of the Graduate Committee Department of Chemical and Metallurgical Engineering The University of Michigan Ann Arbor, Michigan 48104 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
PAGE 87
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND COLLEGE PARK, MARYLAND 20740 The Department offers graduate work in chemical materials, and nuclear engineering leading to the M S and Ph D degrees. Some of the fields of specialization of the faculty are : Chemical Engineering Process Control Systems Heat and Mass Transfer Turbulent Transport Solvent Extraction Design and Cost Studies Reaction Kinetics Catalysis Multiphase Flow Process Dynamics Computer Simulation Biological and Environmental Engineering Aerosol Mechanics Membrane Separations Artificial Organs Bioengineering Environmental Health Air Pollution Control Nuclear Engineering Nuclear Reactor Physics Nuclear Reactor Design Nuclear Reactor Operation Radiation Induced React i ons System Dynamics Radiation Shielding Radiation Engineering Thermionics Engineering Materials Reaction of Solid Surfaces Solid State Behavior Composite Materials Statistical Thermodynamics Structure of Metallic Solutions Applied Polymer Science Polymer Physics Graft Polymerization Polymerization Kinetics NonNewtonian Flow The general requirements are set forth in the Graduate Catalog. The chemical engineering program is designed for qualified bachelors chemical engineering students The materials and nuclear en gineering programs are open to qualified students holding bachelors degrees in engineering, the physical sciences, and mathematics Address inquiries to Dean, Graduate School or Chairman Department of Chemical Engineering FALL 1969 245
PAGE 88
246 Department of Chemical Engineering UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI ROLLA ROLLA, MISSOURI 65401 Contact Dr. M. R. Strunk, Chairman Day Programs M.S. and Ph.D. Degrees Established fields of specialization in which re search programs are in progress are: In addition, research projects are being carried out in the following areas: (1) Fluid Turbulence and Drag Reduction Studies Drs. J. L. Zakin and G. K. Patterson (a) Optimization of Chemical SystemsDr. J. L. Gaddy (2) Electrochemistry and Fuel CellsDr. J. W. (b) Evaporation through nonWettable Porous MembranesDr. M. E Findley Johnson (3) Heat Transfer (Cryogenics) Dr. E. L. Park, Jr (4) Mass Transfer Studies Dr. R. M. Wellek (c) Multicomponent Distillation EfficienciesDr. R. C. Waggoner (d) Gas Permeability StudiesDr. R. A. Prim(5) Structure and Properties of PolymersDr K. rose G Mayhan (e) Separations by Electrodialysis Techniques Dr. H. H. Grice (f) Process Dynamics and ControlOrs. M. E. Findley, and R. C. Waggoner (g) Transport Properties and KineticsDr. 0 K. Crosser Tuiifon: Out of state tuition waived for Graduate Stu dents. Fees are approximately $200 per semester for 10 credit hours or more. Financial aid is obtainable in the form of Graduate and Research Assistantships, Industrial Fellowships and Fed eral Sponsored Programs. Aid is also obtainable through the Materials Research Center. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
PAGE 89
GRADUATE STUDY IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING AT THE UNIVERSITY OF NEBRASKA PROGRAMS LEADING TO THE M.S. AND PH D. DEGREES WITH RESEARCH IN Biochemical Engineering Computer Applications Cr yst allization Desalination Laser Applications Mass Transfer Mixing Polymerization Thermod y namics Ultrasonjcs Food Processing Heat Transfer Kinetics and other areas FOR APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON AVAILABLE FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE WRITE TO Prof. J. H. Weber Chairman Department of Chemical Engineering University of Nebraska Lincoln, Nebraska 68508
PAGE 90
THE CITY COLLEGE OF THE CITY UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK ANNOUNCES A SPECIAL PROGRAM IN 248 ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS OF PROBABILITY THEORY Engineer s working in the areas of control, communications and reliability have long been familiar with stochastic processes and have contributed to the development of the theory. The powerful mathematical tools developed in these contexts, s uch as the Theory of Markov processes, Queueing and Renewal Theory, etc., have till recently found only limited application in the chemical engineering profession and many research engineers are still unfamiliar with its use. In the last few years these methods have gained wider acceptance and their usefulness has been demonstrated by different workers in a number of fields. Our department is conducting one of the largest concentrated research efforts in this field. The research group is headed by Profe ssors Stanley Katz and Reuel Shinnar and is active in a wide variety of problem areas endeavoring to demonstrate the usefulness and power of probability methods when applied to contemporary chemical engineering problems. Emphasis is given both to extensions of the theory and the development of new methods, as well as to new applications of the methods developed in other fields Areas of investigation include: 1) Mixing and turbulence in chemical reactors. 2) Control of process plants. 3) Theory of tracer experiments. 4) Applications of tracer experiments to physiological prob lems. 5) Behavior of particulate systems, with emphasis on crys tallization, polymerization and more recently, meteo rological problems. The program is specially suited for students with a mathe matical inclination, providing them an opportunity to enter a new and growing field in chemical engineering. Research assis tantships for students intending to study for the doctoral degree as well as a few postdoctoral fellowships are available. Inquiries should be directed to Professor A. X. Schmidt Department of Chemical Engineering The City College of the City University of New York New York, N. Y. 10031 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
PAGE 91
Oklahoma, a vigorous state with space to dream and grow, with a unique heritage and a promising future ... a friendly city with a tradition of fine arts excellence and exceptional recreation opportunities ... a University where human beings share values and con cerns, where innovation and relevance are more than words .. a balanced department oriented to its missions ... quality teaching for graduate and undergraduate stu dents .. pro v iding basic knowledge through research ... translating that knowledge to practical use through pub! ic service ... bright, young faculty members with energy and dedi cation, highlymotivated in teaching, research and public service, beginning to achieve deserved recogni tion ... a curriculum that has produced outstanding doctor of philosophy recipients, 68 in the past 7 years, 17 of whom are in professorial positions ... academic opportunity, intellectual challenge, and an atmosphere of creativity The School of Chemical Engineering and Materials Science The University of Oklahoma Norman Oklahoma
PAGE 92
i ,.1. '. .. c_. t i' . / I I _,, _,_. GRAOYATE '.\ STUDY IN CHEMICAL ANQ ,, J:~TB PLEUM ENGINEERING lt)f~ University of Pittsburgh , f~,) M.S. and Ph.D. Degrees er, ,., ;:a,y : :i \, \ ;p RQ'GRAM < '..:_ ;, ', \ \_ \ i:.. 1.. '~ .:: r; 1<.: Chemical and P.et.roleum Eng i. .; ( ., ' ; ; " ,i; <'.!_n.~_, <~~:~ ;rt~ JC:"' \ ' : i "'4 >I ( "( ;;L,P! L~_.:: <0, ~, "' T, t \ .. ~~,.,.; (,,.;Jrf.\ , . , ~, u 1Jv {J. :1~,Jz{,: ,:.:: neecing is one o t' six School of EnJt ~ n1' E rFi.n~ 1 depart'!lents ., which : offer graouate degrees. lnter~ i scipl i nar y programs with ~ther engine_ering depart mtlnts and w 'i th o"ther PITT scho_pls alifcl d i' visions such as P1,rtilic ~Hh; Natural Sci en'cifs and Medicine are en. courages , ( Cou ~ se s' ; t :f egin in Septem ber J a nuary i:1 nd April ; gradu ate students may enter.in any ~::/'', ~'; ~; . FACULTY ANO FJELOS OF RESEARcH ,~\f?~,~ 'l i/.i' _j;'.t ;: \ t )'" > ter m :' ,/ ./ .' .,,~ : IN CHEMICA~ ENGINEERIN ~ ::: ., \ 1 _ : _. f'~Y!";li, Fi,NAN~IAL ASSIST ANGE J '.'I' G rad"u ~ e assistantljhips reDr : .,, .Charl~s ~Be r; es p~s Dy~all'.!,ics, Process ~esig r{ ~ 'O~tir,ni~a ~ ~t,'.~""J!/' c~ : : 1 ,unsteady State 1fe a h rimsmisslo rF' ... <:.: J?. ( Alan J . Brainard 1 i' Thermodynamic~, ~as/ Tran : sf sea r, ch assist~ntshii;>s, fellow shi and tuition sc : holarships ; rn i teorge D. Byrne . . 1 . . . . .. Applied '. '. ShiaoHling Chiang 1 : Mass Transf~r. lnterfacial Dr. Morton Corn . ./ '.... A1 Dr \ iames Coull ./ Chemical Kinetics, Catalysis Thermogravitational Separ Dr .' 1 8enjamin GalOr Dr :, Harold E. Hoelscher .__, Dr George E. Klinzing . Dr. ChungChiun Liu Dr. Yatish T. Shah /. Dr Edward 8. Stuart Dr. John W. Tierney Dr. Lemuel 8. Wingard : .< IN PETROLEUM ENGINEERING Dr. Paul F. Fulton Prof. James H. Hartsock Dr. Joseph J. Taber . TranspoFI. Phenomen a ; Relaflvislic Ther]npdynamics ........ Reac tion Kinetics lnterfacial Phenomena Fluid Dynamics, Transport Phenomena ...... ... Electr6chemical Engineering . Transport Phenomena .... Thermodynamics, Adsorption Process Dynamics, Equilibrium Stage Calculations .. Biomedical Engineering, Enzyme Catalysis Multiphase Flow in Porous Media, Wettability Computer Applications to Unsteady State Flow .. lnterfacial and Surface Phenomena Miscible Displacement vailable to qualif fe d stu~: inancial s..(Jpport is pro ded by the U?i vers it y indus try, and various government agencies. Among sponsors o f .. __ curren J iffe sea p ch programs are Petr qf,fu um Research Fund Na tional Science Foundation, U S Department of Agricul ture National Aeronautics and Space Administration and United States Steel Corpora tion For application forms and detailed information on FEL LOWSHIPS ASSISTANT SHIPS, and ACADEMIC AND RESEARCH PROGRAMS wr i te to : Graduate Coordinator Chemical and Petroleum Engineering Department 601 Engineering Hall University of Pittsburgh Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15213
PAGE 93
SYRACUSE UNIVERSITY SYRACUSE, NEW YORK 13210 Syracuse University is a private university situated among the hills of Central New York State. A broad cultural climate which stimulates interest in engineering, science, the social sciences, and the humanities exists at the university. DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING AND METALLURGY Programs leading to Master's and Ph.D. Degrees in Chemical Engi neering, Master's Degree in Metallurgy and Master's and Ph.D. Degrees in Solid State Science. GRADUATE CURRICULUM EMPHASES: Computer Science Solid Mechanics Mathematical Modeling X R ay and Electron Diffraction INDEPENDENT STUDY AND RESEARCH PROBLEMS: Separation Processes Solid State Physics Water Renovation Optimization of Multistage Processes Rheology and Viscoelastic Fluid Phenomena Membrane Processes Mechanical Behavior of Solids Surface Science FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE: Metal Physics Biomedical Applications Thermodynamics and Kinetics Electron Microscopy Graduate Fellowships and Assistantships. Stipends range from $2,000 to $5,000 with most students receiving $4,000 per annum in addition to remitted tuition privileges. For Information Contact: FALL 1969 Dr. James A. Luker, Chairman Department of Chemical Engineering and Metallurgy Syracuse University Syracuse New York 13210 Telephone: Area 3154765541, extension 2559 251
PAGE 94
AT THE UNIVER~ITV OF TENNESSEE GRADUATE STUDY IN CHEMICAL & METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAMS for the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy are offered in both chemica l and metallurgical eng ine e ring The Master's program may be tailored as a terminal one with emphasis on systems and design, or it may serve as preparation for more advanced work leading to the Doctorate. Interests of the staff include thermodynamics, physical metallurgy, diffusional operations, heat transfer, fluid mechanics, polymer science, reaction kinetics, information operations, and systems analysis and design as applied to both chemical and metallurgical engineering FACULTY AND RESEARCH INTERESTSWilliam T. Becker, Ph.D., Illinois Mechanical Properties and Deformation; Donald C. Bogue, Ph D Delaware, Rheology; Charlie R Brooks, Ph D., Tennessee, Electron Microscopy, Thermodynamics ; Oran L. Culberson, Ph D., Texas, Operations Research, Process Design; George C. Frazier, Jr ., D Eng., Johns Hopkins, Kinetics and Combustion, Transfer with Reaction ; HsienWen Hsu, Ph.D Wisconsin, Thermodynamics, Transport Phenom ena, Optimization; Homer F. Johnson, D. Eng Yale, (Department Head), Mass Transfer, Interface Phenomena; Stanley H. Jury, Ph.D., Cincinnati, Sorption Kinetics, Hygrometry, Information Operations; William J Kooyman, Ph.D., Johns Hopkins, Reaction Kinetics in Flow Systems; Carl D. Lundin, Ph.D., Rensselaer, Physical Metallurgy, Welding; Charles F. Moore, Ph.D., L.S. U., Process Control and Dynamics; Ben F. Oliver, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University, Solidification, High Purity Metals; Joseph J. Perona, Ph.D ., Northwestern, Mass Transfer and Kinetics, Heat Transfer; Joseph E. Spruiell, Ph.D., Tennessee, Xray Diffraction, Electron Microscopy; E Eugene Stansbury, Ph.D., Cincinnati, Thermodynamics Kinetics of Phase Transformation, Co~rosion; James L. White, Ph D., Delaware, Rheology, Polymer Chemistry REGULAR PART TIMELloyd G. Alexander Ph.D Purdue, Fluid Flow, Heat Transfer; Bernard S. Borie, Ph.D., M.I.T ., Xray Diffraction; Albert H Cooper, Ph.D., Michigan State, Process Design, Economics; Kenneth H. McCorkle; Ph.D., fennessee, Colloidal Systems; Carl J. McHargue, Ph.D., Kentucky, Physical Metallurgy; Jack S. Watson, Ph ; D. Tennessee Fluid Mechanics; Monroe S. Wechsler, Ph D., Columbia, Physical Metallurgy, Effect of Radiation on Metals LABORATORIES AND SHOPSAnalog computer (Expanded EAl ,' PACE 221R) and digital computer (DEC PDP 15/20 with analog interface), Highspeed automatic frost point hygrometer Mass and heat transfer in porou s m e dia, Polymer rheology (Weisenburg rheogoniometer Instron rheological tester, roll mill, extruder), P~lymer characterization (gel per meation chromatograph, osmometer), Mass spectograph, Continuous zone centrifuge Process dynamics, Xray diffraction (including single crystal diffuse scattering analysis), Electron microscopes (Phillips EM75 and EM300j, Calorimetry (25 10000C), Electrical resistivity measurements for studies of structural and phase changes, Single crystal pr;eparation facilities, Mechanical fabrication and testing, (metallograph, optical microscopes and melting, etc.), High purity materials preparation Electronic and mechanical shops staffed by thirteen fulltime technicians and craftsmen. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE from a number of sources is available, including graduate assistantships, graduate teaching assistantships, research assistantships, industrial fellowships, industrial grantsinaid NSF Traineeships, NAS A Traineeships, NDEA (Title IV) Fellowships and University NonService Fellowships. COST OF STUDY Fulltime students who are Tennessee residents pay $105 per quarter maintenance fee ; outofstate students pay an additional tuition of $205 per quarter. Holders of fellowships graduate assistantships, and certain teaching appointments pay no fees or tuition. COST OF LIVINGDormitory rooms costs for single students range from $75 to $100 per quarter; combined roomand board arrangements are available at $305 per quarter. Attractive oneand twobedroom apartments for married students ;c ent from $60 to $110 per month unfurnished, approximately $15 higher furnished. Privately operated apartments are a.vailable to single or married graduate students at equivalent and higher rates. Food and other living expenses are below national averages. STUDENT BODYAbout 16,000 undergraduate and 4,000 graduate students are enrolled at the Knoxville campus of The University of Tennessee. In the College of Engineering there are approximately 2200 undergraduate and 300 resident graduate students. KNOXVILLE AND SURROUNDINGS. Knoxville, with a population near 200,000, is i the trade and industrial center of East Tennessee; convenient transportation is available to all parts of the country The University is located about five blocks from the downtown business area. In the nearby AuditoriumColiseum, Broadway plays, musical and dramatic artists, and other entertainment events are regularly scheduled. Knoxville has a number of points of historical interest, a theaterintheround, an excellent symphony orchestra, two art galleries, arid a number of museums. Within an hour's drive are many TV A lakes and mountain streams for fishing, boating, and water sports; the Great Smoky Mountains National Park with the Gatlinburg tourist area; two state parks; and the atomic energy installations at Oak Ridge, including the Museum of Atomic Energy. A vast number of cultural, recreational, and social activities are available on the University campus A WORD ABOUT U. T. Founded in 1794 as Blount College, The University of Tennessee has grown to a large mu lti campus, multipurpose system of higher education covering the entire state. Graduate programs in science and engineering centered at the Knoxville campus have developed to major size and strength over the past 25 years. A major stimulus to the growth of these programs has been the proximity of the atomic energy facilities at Oak Ridge and the close cooperation that has developed between these facilities and the University. 252 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
PAGE 95
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING BUCKNELL UNIVERSITY LEWISBURG, PENNSYLVANIA 17837 For admission, address Dr. David S. Ray, Coordinator of Graduate Studies Graduate degrees granted: Master of Science in Chemical Engineering Courses for graduate credit are available in the evenings. Typical research interests of the faculty include the areas of: mass transfer, particularly distillation and liquidliquid extraction; thermodynamics; mathematical applications in chemical systems; reaction kinetics; process dynamics and control; metallurgy and the science of materials; nuclear engineering. Assistantships and scholarships are available. For the usual candidate, with a B.S. in Chemical Engineering, the equivalent of thirty semesterhours of graduate credit including a thesis is the requirement for graduation. COMPLIMENTS OF THE DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING CarnegieMel Ion Un1vers1ty PITTSBURGH, PENNSYLVANIA FALL 1969 Howard Brenner Duane Condiff Edward Cussler Kun Li Clarence Miller Carl Monrad Matthew Reilly Stephen Rosen Robert Rothfus Herbert Toor Raymond Zahradnik 253
PAGE 96
CLEMSON UNIVERSITY Chemical Engineering Department M.S. and Doctoral Programs THE FACULTY AND THEIR INTERESTS Alley F C., Ph.D ., U. North CarolinaAir Pollution Unit Operations Barlage, W. B ., Ph.D ., N C. StateTransfer Processes in NonNewtonian Fluids Beckwith, W. F., Ph.D., Iowa State Transport Phenomena Bruley, D F., Ph D., U. TennesseeProcess Dynamics, Biomedical Engineering Hall, J. W ., Ph D., U Texas Chemical Kinetics Catalysis, Design Harshman, R. C., Ph D ., Ohio State C hemical and Biological Kinetics, Design Littlejohn, C. E., Ph.D ., V.P 1.Mass Transfer Melsheimer, S S., Ph.D TulaneProcess Dynamics Applied Mathematics Mullins, J C., Ph.D., Georgia TechThermodynamics, Adsorption FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Fellowships, Assistantships, Traineeships Contact : C. E. Littlejohn, Head Department of Chemical Engineering Clemson University Clemson, S. C. 29631 CASE WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY Case Institute of Technology, a privately en dowed institution with a tradition of excellence in Engineering and Applied Science has long offered a variety of courses and rese~rch are~s leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees ~n Cherm cal Engineering. In 1967 Case Institute and Western Reserve University joined together. The enrollment and endowment m a ke Case Western Reserve Universit y one of the largest private schools in the country. UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO CHEMICAL ENGINEERING GRADUATE STUDY The Department of Chemical Eng i neering at the University of Colorado offers excellent oppor tunities for graduate study and research leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in Chemical Engineering. Research i nterests of the faculty include cryo genics, process control, polymer science, catalysis, fluid mechanics, heat transfer, mass transfer, air and water pollution biomedical engineering, and ecological engineering. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION YOU ARE INVITED TO WRITE: 254 ROBERT J. ADLER, Head Chemical Engineering Science Division Case Western Reserve University University Circle Cleveland, Ohio 44106 For application and information, write to: Chairman, Graduate Committee Chemical Engineering Department University of Colorado, Boulder CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
PAGE 97
GRADUATE STUDY IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING UNIVERSITY OF HOUSTON IMPORT ANT FEATURES R esearch in most areas of current chemical engineering activity Recipient of a $ 420 000 NSF "Center of Exce ll ence" departmenta l deve l opment grant New 4.5 million dollar engineering bui l d i ng Graduate st u dies through P h .D. with a faculty of 1 6 and over 90 grad u ate st u dents Located in the petroleum and petrochemical capitol of the world Yearround recreational activities Qual i fied applicants are encouraged to app l y. Fellowships and assistantships are avai l ab l e in amounts of $ 3600$ 5000 in ann u a l stipends For details and applications contact: Chairman, Graduate Admissions Committee Department of Chemical Engineering University of Houston Houston Texas 77004. F ALL 1969 WRITE : LEHIGH UNIVERSITY ESTABLISHE D & AC T IVE FLUID MECHANICS KINETICS & CATALYSIS ADSORPTION R HEOLOGY ENVIRONMENTAL P ROCESS CONTROL SIMULATION HEAT TRANSFE R THERMODYNAMICS POLYMERS CHEMICAL METALLURGY Chairman Department of Chemical Engineering Lehigh University Bethlehem, Pe nn a. 18015 McMASTER UN I VERSIT Y, HAMIL TON CANADA. INT E RDI SCI PUN ARY BALANCE INNOVAT I ON DEPTH S i mulat i on, Opt i mization and Compute(A i ded Analysis Water & Waste Water T r eatment Chem i cal Reaction Engineering Transport Phenomena Contact : D r T, W, Hoffman, Chairman Dept. of Chemical Engineering 255
PAGE 98
256 MICHIGAN STATE UNIVERSITY The Department of Chemical Engineerin g of Michi g an State University ha s assistantships and fellowships available for the academic year 1970 71. CURRENT RESEARCH AREAS Transport Phenomena R ad i a ti o n E n g in eering Novel Sep ara tions Bi omed i ca l E ngin eer in g Hybrid Computation Chemical P rocess Systems Theory Pro cess D y n am i cs and Co ntrol Fl ow Through P oro u s Med i a Kinetics and Re act i o n Engineering Di ff u s i on in Liquids App li e d Chemical Engi n eer ing Ma th ematics GRADUATE OPPORTUNITIES IN ChE AT NEWARK COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING Students seek i ng a commitment to excellence in careers in Chemical Engineering will find a wealth of opportunity at Newark College of En gineering. The ChE Department at NCE has a well de veloped graduate program lead i ng to the degrees of Master of Science in Chemical Engineering or Master of Science with major in such interdisci plinary areas as Polymer Engineering or Polymer Science. Beyond the Master's degree, NCE offers the degrees of Engineer and of Doctor of Engineering Science. Over sixty ongoing projects in Chemical En gineering and Chemistry provide exceptional re search opportunities for Master's and Doctoral candidates Research topics include the follow ing areas : Fluid Mechanics Heat Transfer Thermodynamics Process Dynamics Kinetics and Catalysis Transport Phenomena Mathematical Methods NCE is located on a modern twentyacre cam pus in Newark, within 30 minutes of Manhattan Tuition for New Jersey residents is $24 per credit; for nonresidents, the cost is $35 per credit Fellowships and financial assistance are available to qualified applicants. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION ADDRESS: Mr Alex Bedrosian, Assistant Dean Graduate Division Newark College of Engineering 323 High Street, Newark, N. J 07102 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
PAGE 99
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY Graduate Program CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Heat Transfer and F l uid Mechanics Kinetics Mathematical Applicat i ons in Chemical Engineering In The Areas Of Non Newtonian Phenomena Opt i mi z ation of Chemical Processes Pro c es s Dynamics Thermodynamics LEADING TO THE DEGREES OF M.S. AND Ph D For application forms and further information address: Department of Chem i cal Engineering NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY 360 Huntington Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts 02115 graduate study CHEMICAL in ENGINEERING plus: AT OKLAHOMA STATE offering ... UNIVERSITY Master of Science in Chemical Engineering Master of Science in Nuclear Engineering Doctor of Philosophy in Chemical Engineering programs designed to ... develop and expand your scientific and engineering background . equip you to play an effective role in R&D and in production and design .. prepare you to undertake major responsi bilities for scientific and technical aspects of chemical engineering A d i vers i fied faculty with wide ranging research i nter est s ... e x ce llent laboratory fac i l iti es e s p e cially equipped for g r aduat e research .. modern comput i ng facilit i es, i ncluding a hands on" fa ci l i t y exclusively for engineering students and ava i labl e 24 hours da il y ... finan ci al suppor t availabl e Your inquir i es are iri ii ited Address : Dr. Robert N. Maddox, P E Professor and Head School of Chemical Engineering Oklahoma State University Stillwater, Oklahoma 74074 FALL 1969 257
PAGE 100
THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH CAROLINA AT COLUMBIA Offers the M.S., the M.E. and the Ph.D. in Engineering. Em phasis on transport processes and thermodynamics. Strong in terdisciplinary support in chemistry, physics, mathematics, ma terials and computer science Small classes taught by professors with industrial experience Research and teaching assistantships, fellowships, and traineeships are available. For particulars and application forms write to : Dr. M. W. Davis, Jr., Chairman Graduate Studies Committee College of Engineering University of South Carolina Columbia, S. C. 29208 New Mexico State University THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW MEXICO ALBUQUERQUE, NEW MEXICO 258 M. S. Program m Chemical Reaction Engineering P. 0. Box 3805 Las Cruces, N. M. 88001 GRADUATE STUDY TOWARD THE M.S. AND Ph.D. DEGREES IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Graduate Assistantships, Teaching Assistantsh ips and Fellowships Ava i lable For Further information and appl i cations for graduate study in the La n d of Enchantment, contac t : Dr T T. Castonguay Chairman Department of Chemical Engineering University of New Mexico Albuquerque, New Mexico 87106 C HEMICAL ENGINEERIN G ED UCA TION
PAGE 101
Texas A&M University GRADUATE OPPORTUNITIES IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING nate program of s tud y, the Master of Engineering degree consists of thirtytwo credit hours of course work and a four creditbour research paper, which is often a literatur e review and n eed not be an original contribution to the chem i cal engineering literature. STAH R. G. Anthony, Polymer Kinetics, Phase Equilibria Ronald Darby, Rheolo gy, Biomedical Engineering, Electro chemistry R R Davison, Desalination, Liquid Solution ThermoPROGRAM OF STUDY The Department of Chemical Engineering at Texas A&M University offers programs of study for the Master of Science, Master of Engineering, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Thirtytwo credit hours consisting of twentyfour credit hours of course work and an eightcredit hour research t h esis are required for the Master of Science degree As an alter dynamics L. D. Durbin, Process Dynamics and Control P T. Eubank, Gas Phase Thermodynamics D. T. Hanson, BioEngineering C D. Holland, Separation ProcessesDistillation, Adsorption Vv B. Harris, Flow Through Porous Media W. D. Harris, Heat Transfer A. Kreglewski, Thermodynamic Properties of Mixtures W W Meinke, Bio E ngineering E. A. Schweikert, Activation Analys i s R. E. Wainerdi, Activation Analysis For information concerning the graduate program contact Dr . P. T. Eubank Graduate Advisor Texas A&M University, Department of Chemical Engineering, College Station Texas 77843 FALL 1969 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING M.S. AND Ph.D. PROGRAMS TUFTS UNIVERSITY CURRENT RESEARCH TOPICS Metropolitan Boston RHEOLOGY OPTIMIZATION CRYSTALLIZATION POLYMER STUDIES MEMBRANE PHENOMENA CONTINUOUS CHROMATOGRAPHY BIOENGINEERING MECHANO CHEMISTRY FOR INFORMATION AND APPLICATIONS, WRITE: PROF M V SUSSMAN, CHAIRMAN DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING TUFTS UNIVERSITY MEDFORD, MASSACHUSETTS 02155 259
PAGE 102
UNIVERSITY OF WASHINGTON Department of Chemical Eng i neer i ng Seattl e, W a sh i n g t o n 9 8105 GRADUATE STUDY BROCHURE AVAILABLE ON REQUE S T NEW GRADUATE PROGRAMS A uniq u e opport un ity for graduate study d esigned for interdisciplinary researc h D egrees Off e r ed: M.S in Chemical Engineering P h D in Engineering Science Assistantsh i ps and fellowships are availab l e. For more details write to: 26 0 Dr Charles E. Stoops Department of Chemical Engineering The University of Toledo Toledo, Ohio 43606 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY St. Louis, Misso uri A distinguished faculty and well equi pp e d laboratories B eau tiful parklike campus Cosmopolitan env ironm en t o f a major metro politan area Close in t eractionwith the research and engi neering staffs of l oca l major chemical com pani es Cooperation in biomedical research with one o f th e world s great m e dical ce nt ers For further information on graduate study op po r tunities write to : Dr. Eric Weger, Chairman Department of Chemical Engineering Washington University St. Louis Missouri 63130 C HE M I CA L EN G INE E RING E D UCA TIO N
PAGE 103
It's a strange kind of paradox. We work hard for fortyone years. We build ourselves up into a billion and a half dollar corporation one of the nation's top 70. And what happens. A lot of people walking around to day think that FMC means Ford Motor Company. We're not even kissing cousins. We build less romantic but bigger horsepower things like power shovels and harvesting machines. We are one of t he nation's leading suppliers of organic and inorganic chemicals. We make auto mated egg handling systems, citrus processing machinery, marine vessels, freezedrying equip ment. And it doesn't end there. We manufacture rayon fiber that goes into tire cord as well as throwaway bikinis. And then we turn right around and manufacture turbo pumps. We even make fire engines. That's a far cry from a snappy Mustang. We're not a conglomerate, but a diversified company. Which means that everything we do relates to everything else we do. FMC CORPORATION Even so, people find it hard to pin a 1abel on us. Anyway, now that you know we're not Ford Motor Company, nor the Fancy Marble Company, nor the Flying Machine Corporation, nor any otker F.M.C., we hope you ll take a second look at who we really are. We need talented people in many dif ferent disciplines: engineers, scientists, lawyers, accountants, MBA's. If the challenge intrigues you, write for our descriptive brochure, "Careers with FMC:' FMC Corporation, Box 760, San Jose, California 95106 We are an equal opportunity employer. Putting ideas to work in Machinery, Chemicals Defense,Fibers & Films
PAGE 104
They're already looking for the fuels we'll use in 1978. Isn't that the kind of company you'd like to work for? In just ten years, our world will need 40% more petroleum. And there may not be 40% more available. So the people at Atlantic Richfield's new Production Research Center the largest and most modern in the worldare working on the problem now Searching for new materials new ways to meet those growing energy needs It's the kind of project that takes people with ideals and energy. People like you We AtlanticRichfiel dC ompany making things happen with petroleum energy need your ideasand your motivationto help make things happen. Talk to our interviewer when he is on your campus Or send a resume to Mr G 0 Wheeler 717 Fifth Ave. New York N Y 10022
xml version 1.0 encoding UTF8
REPORT xmlns http:www.fcla.edudlsmddaitss xmlns:xsi http:www.w3.org2001XMLSchemainstance xsi:schemaLocation http:www.fcla.edudlsmddaitssdaitssReport.xsd
INGEST IEID E7PBMO6KS_7X001V INGEST_TIME 20111102T15:42:03Z PACKAGE AA00000383_00026
AGREEMENT_INFO ACCOUNT UF PROJECT UFDC
FILES

